W220 S-Class Encyclopedia - User contributions [en]

Option codes

2023-11-23T09:28:26Z

Ricebubbles: Added extra codes

<div class="noautonum">__TOC__</div>

This page contains option or SA codes observed on W220 and later series [[data card|data cards]]. The SA Codes refer to the equipment on the vehicle when delivered.

If your W220 and later series [[data card]] contains codes not listed here, please add them with a description of what the option code means. Note that the meaning of the option code may depend on your model year.

== General Codes==

===001 - Freshup2 at launch===

===003 - CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE===


===01U - Mercedes-Benz Connect - Services for navigation===

===026 - SERIENVERSUCH SBC 3===


===03A - OEL-OFFSETMENGE +300ML OEL===

===030 - NACHRUESTUNG DIESEL (ZPD)===

===041 - STEUERCODE EU3 OPT./EU4-TECHNIK M648===

[220] - 20020516 - STEUERCODE EU3 OPT./EU4-TECHNIK M648
[648.9] - 20020516 - SERIENVERSUCH M276 E30 DEH LA G

===044 - REGULATION WASHER SYSTEM===


===055 - YoM X4/2===

===05B - Operating instructions and service booklet-English===

===059 - YoM X8/2===

===070 - Update of HU software===

===08U - Mercedes-Benz Connect - Services for Vehicle Setup (HERMES)===

===09U - Mercedes-Benz Connect - Vehicle Monitoring (HERMES)===

===103 - CONTROL PRODUCTION TEST 3===


===110 - FUEL AMOUNT FOR COLLECTION BY CUSTOMER===


===11R - Light-alloy wheel multi spoke design 19” “mixed tires”===

===12U - Mercedes-Benz Connect - Services for Mercedes me Concierge Service===

===141 - Package of measures 2===

===14U - Smartphone integration package===

===15U - Pre-installation for MB-Link smartphone integration===

===16U - Apple Carplay smartphone integration

===17U - Android Auto smartphone integration===

===187 - Alternative seat ventilation supplier (PYROFUSE ACTIVATION)===

===197 - Obsidian black - Metallic finish===

===1A2 - 6-cyl. gasoline converter===

===1B2 - Communication module, Australia version===

===1U1 - Protection valve for activated charcoal filter===

===200A - Leather===

===201A - Leather - Black / anthracite===

===21A - ehs generation===

===218 - Rear view camera===

===219 - PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL===


Cars with this option code have feature called [[Distronic]] that allows to maintain and regulate the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.
The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille.

Vehicles without this option code have standard cruise control function allowing to maintain or limit selected vehicle speed.

[[File:W220_Distronic_system_sensor_cover.png|thumb|none|Distronic system sensor cover.]]

===22B - Operating instructions and service booklet-Japanese===

===220 - PARKTRONIC SYSTEM (PTS)===

[[Parktronic]] system consists of 6 sensors in front and 4 sensors in rear.

[[File:W220_Parktronic_sensors_in_the_front_bumper.png|thumb|none|Parktronic system parking sensors in the front bumper.]]

===223 - REAR BACK REST ADJUSTMENT AND HEAD RESTRAINTS, ELE===


This option code is also known as "power seat bench".
It provides [[Rear_seats#Rear_seat_adjustment|electronically adjustable]] left and right rear seat with adjustable backrest [[Rear_seats#Lumbar_support|lumbar support]].
The head restraint is automatically raised when the seat belt is plugged into the buckle.

{|
|[[File:W220_option_code_223_power_seat_bench_facelift.jpg|thumb|none|Vehicle equipped with power seats in rear.]]
|[[File:W220_rear_power_seat_bench_feature.png|thumb|none|Seat adjustment (1 - fore and aft, 2 - head restraint).]]
|[[File:Remove_Rear_Seat_Lumbar_Adjustment_Control_and_Trim.jpg|thumb|none|Lumbar adjustment switch for outer rear seats.]]
|}

[[File:W220_rear_adjustable_seats_without_heating_and_ventilation.jpg|thumb|none|Rear adjustable seats without heating and ventilation.]]

===224 - INDIV.REAR SEAT AND HEAD RESTRAINTS, ELEC.ADJUSTAB===


This option code is also known as "individual power seats".
It provides [[Rear_seats#Rear_seat_adjustment|electronically adjustable]] left and right rear seat with 3 programmable memory settings
and [[Front_seats#Multicontour_seat_function|multicontour backrest]] control.
Stowage box is installed between the seats.
Observed on [[S600]].

{|
|[[File:W220_option_code_224_-_rear_individual_power_seats.jpg|thumb|none|Vehicle equipped with individual power seats in rear.]]
|[[File:W220_individual_rear_seats_stowage_box.jpg|thumb|none|Stowage box between rear seats.]]
|}
{|
|[[File:W220_individual_rear_power_seats.png|thumb|none|Seat adjustment (1 - fore and aft, 2 - height, 3 - head restraint).]]
|[[File:W220_remove_install_rear_seat_multicontour_backrestr_control_switch.jpg|thumb|none|A/B - multicontour backrest switch up to / as of model refinement package 2003.]]
|}

===228 - AUXILIARY HEATER===

Comes with Webasto powered [[auxiliary heater]] and additional remote control to power on/off the heater.
Three timers can be set from inside the car.

{|
|[[File:W220_auxiliary_heater_control_button.jpg|thumb|none|Auxiliary heater control button.]]
|[[File:W220_Auxiliary_heater_Webasto_remote_T90_front.jpg|thumb|200px|none|Remote control from Webasto T90 (front).]]
|}

===231 - GARAGE DOOR OPENER===


[[File:Garage_door_opener_mirror.jpg|thumb|none|[[Rearview mirror]] with garage door opener buttons.]]

===232 - GARAGE DOOR OPENER WITH 284 - 390 MHZ FREQUENCY===

Garage door opener for U.S. market works in 284-390 MHz frequency.

[[File:Garage_door_opener_mirror.jpg|thumb|none|[[Rearview mirror]] with garage door opener buttons.]]

===235 - Active Parking Assist===

===236 - SPECIAL LAMP SWITCHING - DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS===


===237 - Active Blind Spot Assist===

===238 - ACTIVE LANE KEEPING ASSIST (FAP)===

===23P - Driving Package===

===247 - SEAT ADJUSTMENT ELEC. ALSO OPERABLE FROM REAR===


[[Door Control Module|Door control module]] in the rear door behind front passenger seat has buttons which [[Rear_seats#Front_passenger_seat_adjustment_from_rear|can be used to control front passenger seat]].

[[File:W220_adjust_front_passenger_seat_from_rear.png|thumb|none|Front seat control from rear.]]

===249 - INSIDE AND OUTSIDE MIRROR AUTOMATIC DIMMING===


[[Rearview_mirror#Automatic_dimming_function|Automatic dimming function]] dimms internal [[rearview mirror]] and [[Exterior_mirrors|exterior mirror]] on driver's side based on input received from ambient light sensors built in [[rearview mirror]].

{|
|[[File:W220_rearview_mirror_dimming_forward_sensor.jpg|thumb|none|Ambient light forward sensor in [[rearview mirror]].]]
|[[File:W220_rearview_mirror_dimming_backward_sensor.jpg|thumb|none|Ambient light backward sensor in [[rearview mirror]].]]
|}

===251B - Digital service booklet===

===253 - Rear impact warning and protection system===

===255B - Mb-Mobilo with DSB and GGD===

===258 - Collision warning system with FCW-Stop active brake application===

===260 - TYPE DESTINATION ON TRUNK LID - ELIMINATION===


===261 - TYPE DESIGNATION ON FENDER / SIDEWARD DELETION===

[[File:W220_261_TYPE_DESIGNATION_ON_FENDER_SIDEWARD_DELETION.jpg|thumb|none|Type designation on fender.]]

===263 - License plate mounting for Asia/Mexico===

===264 - LICENSE PLATE ATTACHMENT AMERICA===


===266 - DISTRONIC PLUS transverse support (DTR+Q)===

===267 - Different model plate===

===268 - Brake Assist System Plus===

===269 - Brake Assist PLUS with Cross-Traffic Assist (BAS+Q)===

===26A - EFTI ELECTRIC MOTOR 50-80 KW===

===26U - Mercedes-Benz Connect - Remote engine start (HERMES)===

===271 - Autonomous brake application / pedestrian protection, PRE-SAFE® PLUS===

===275 - MEMORY PACKAGE (DRIVER SEAT, STRG. COL., MIRROR)===


[[Door_control_module#Memory_function|Memory function]] allows the settings for the left and right [[exterior mirrors]], the [[rearview mirror|interior
rearview mirror]] and the steering column to be stored together
with the [[Front seats|driver's seat]] setting (including [[Front_seats#Multicontour_seat_function|air cushion]] setting), and the stored positions to be
called up using memory buttons on the [[door control module]] (DCM).

[[File:W220_seat_with_memory_without_heating_and_cooling.jpg|thumb|none|[[Door control module]] with memory buttons.]]

===276 - Memory feature in rear===

===282 - SKI-BAG===

Ski-bag option (also known as through-loading feature) allows to fit long items into the car.
Center armrest in the back seat has a removable panel and there is hatch in the boot that allows, for example, skis to be loaded.
The ski bag is also included.

{|
|[[File:W220_skibag_hole_rear_seats_rear_armrest.jpg|thumb|none|Rear seats with ski-bag option.]]
|[[File:W220_skibag_hole_rear_seats.jpg|thumb|none|Hatch from the [[trunk]].]]
|[[File:W220_A2108400162_ski-bag.jpg|thumb|none|Ski-bag (A2108400162).]]
|}

The [[fuel tank]] is smaller in volume - 78 liters instead of 88 liters.

===283B - Airbag sign - English===

===284 - SELECTOR LEVER, WOOD===


[[File:W220_284_SELECTOR_LEVER_WOOD.jpg|thumb|none|Selector lever ([[Gearshift#Shift_knob|gearshift knob]]) with wood.]]

===289 - WOOD/LEATHER STEERING-WHEEL===

{|
|[[File:W220_289_WOOD_LEATHER_STEERING-WHEEL.jpg|thumb|none|Wood/leather [[steering wheel]].]]
|[[File:W220_steering_wheel_leather.jpg|thumb|none|Leather [[steering wheel]] (without option code 289).]]
|}

===293 - Sidebags in rear===

===297 - SUN BLIND IN REAR DOORS LH AND RH===


{|
|[[File:W220_rear_door_window_sunshade.png|thumb|none|Rear door window sunshade.]]
|[[File:W220_rear_door_sunshades.jpg|thumb|none|Rear door window sunshade (photo).]]
|}

===308 - REFRIGERATOR IN REAR===

{|
|[[File:W220_REFRIGERATOR_IN_REAR_closed.jpg|thumb|none|Refrigerator in the armrest of the rear seats.]]
|[[File:W220_REFRIGERATOR_IN_REAR.jpg|thumb|none|Refrigerator (opened).]]
|}

The [[fuel tank]] is smaller in volume - 78 liters instead of 88 liters.

===2A8 - converter version 9===

===2U1 - Radiator shutter===

===300 - PRE-SAFE® Brake (COLLISION MINIMIZATION BRAKE INTERV./WARNING (CMS))===

===301 - Package SMOKER===

===310 - Double cup holder===

===309 - CUP HOLDER===


===328 - PHONECARD D2 DEBITEL (PRICE REDUCTION)===


===335B - Language of instrument cluster/HU - English===

===347 - Mercedes-Benz emergency call system, TELEAID emergency call system (D2B)===

===349B - Language of instrument cluster/HU - Japanese-Kanji===

===351 - Ecall emergency call system===

===352 - COMAND===

[[D2B]]-based [[D2B COMAND#COMAND 2.5|COMAND 2.5]].

===354 - ANTENNA FOR TELEPHONE D/E-NET===


===355K - ab motorcharge eaa===

===362 - HERMES communications module LTE===

===380 - PORTABLE CTEL PREPARATION ASSEMBLY===


===381 - CTEL FIXED INSTALLATION CP LIGHT===


===384 - CTEL PREPARATION CP HIGH FOR USA===


===386 - MOBILE PRE.-INSTALLATION (MTUS)===


===390 - LINGUATRONIC-ENGLICH(BRITISH)===


===3U1 - Head unit for Europe/CIS states/Mongolia===

===3U3 - HU country set for Japan===

===401 - DELUXE FRONT SEATS WITH VENTILATION AND HEATING CO===


Provides heated and ventilated [[front seats]] with two heating intensity modes and three ventilation intensity modes.

{|
|[[File:W220_seat_heating_and_ventilation_switch.png|thumb|none|Seat heating buttons on the [[Door control module|DCM]].]]
||[[File:W220_front_seats_without_heater_and_ventilation.jpg|thumb|none|Front seats without heating or ventilation.]]
|}

Ventilated seats have perforated leather and air intakes on the back of the seats.

{|
|[[File:W220_facelift_front_seat_with_seat_ventilation.jpg|thumb|none|Facelift front seat with seat ventilation (notice the air intake on the back of the seat).]]
|[[File:W220_facelift_front_seat_without_seat_ventilation.jpg|thumb|none|Facelift front seat without seat ventilation (lack of air intake opening).]]
|}

===402 - COMFORT REAR SEATS WITH VENTILATION AND SEAT HEATE===


===404 - MULTI-CONTOUR SEAT, FRONT LEFT===




[[Front_seats#Multicontour_seat_function|Multicontour seat function]] provides adjustable air cushions in shoulder region (1) and side region (2) in addition to standard adjustable air cushion in lumbar region (3).
The cushions are adjustable with [[Front_seats#Multicontour_seat_switches|multicontour switch]] (4) located on the seat cushion frame.
The "PULSE" button enables [[Front_seats#Dynamic_lumbar_support_of_multicontour_backrest|dynamic lumbar support]] feature which helps to soothe lower back muscles on long drives.

{|
|[[File:W220_multicontour_seat_function.png|thumb|none|Multicontour front seat air cushions.]]
|[[File:W220_front_right_multicontour_seat_switch.jpg|thumb|none|Multicontour switch on front right seat.]]
|[[File:W220_lumbar_support_thumbwheel.jpg|thumb|none|Basic [[Front_seats#Lumbar_support|lumbar support]] thumbwheel on vehicles without multicontour or dynamic seats.]]
|}

===405 - MULTI-CONTOUR SEAT, FRONT RIGHT===

Same as [[Option_codes#404_-_MULTI-CONTOUR_SEAT.2C_FRONT_LEFT|left]].

===406 - Multicontour rear seat===

===407 - FOLDING TABLE,MANL.ADJUSTAB.,IN REAR LEFT===

[[File:W220_FOLDING_TABLE_MANL_ADJUSTAB_IN_REAR.jpg|thumb|none|Folding table in rear.]]

===408 - FOLDING TABLE,MANL.ADJUSTAB.,IN REAR RIGHT===

[[File:W220_FOLDING_TABLE_MANL_ADJUSTAB_IN_REAR.jpg|thumb|none|Folding table in rear.]]

===413 - Automatic panoramic sliding sunroof===

===414 - ELECTRIC TILT/SLIDE SUNROOF IN GLASS VERSION===

Sunroof which can be slided open or tilted up.
{|
|[[File:W220_ELECTRIC_SUNROOF_IN_GLASS_VERSION.jpg|thumb|none|W220 with sunroof.]]
|[[File:W220_without_sunroof.jpg|thumb|none|W220 without sunroof.]]
|}

===421 - 9-speed automatic transmission===

===427 - AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 7-SPEED===

The 5-speed automatic transmission is the standard transmission on W220 vehicles.

The 7-speed automatic transmission is used on S430 and S500 vehicles, except for vehicles with the option code [[Option_codes#M005_-_VEHICLES_WITH_4-MATIC-.2FALL_WHEEL_DRIVE|M005 - VEHICLES WITH 4-MATIC-/ALL WHEEL DRIVE]], which use the standard 5-speed transmission.

===432 - Dynamic seats left and right===

===433 - LEFT DRIVING DYNAMICS SEAT===

[[Front_seats#Dynamic_seat_function|Dynamic seat function]] (also known as Drive-Dynamic front seats) is standard on the S55 AMG and optional on all other S-Class models. These seats feature air chambers within the left and right seat bolsters that automatically inflate and deflate while cornering, helping keep you in position with optimum lateral support.
The option includes modified [[Front_seats#Multicontour_seat_function|multicontour seat function]], but with small differences in operation of manual air cushion adjustment and dynamic lumbar support (activated by "PULSE" button).

{|
|[[File:W220_Dynamic_seat_switch.jpg|thumb|none|Multicontour air cushions in and "DYNAMIC" button on dynamic seat.]]
|[[File:W220_lumbar_support_thumbwheel.jpg|thumb|none|Basic [[Front_seats#Lumbar_support|lumbar support]] thumbwheel on vehicles without multicontour or dynamic seats.]]
|}

===434 - RIGHT DRIVING DYNAMICS SEAT===

Same as [[Option_codes#433_-_LEFT_DRIVING_DYNAMICS_SEAT|left]].

===436 - Driver and front passenger luxury head restraint===

===439 - Intelligent / folding front comfort head restraint===

===443 - HEATED STEERING WHEEL===

Steering wheel adjustment control has additional control which can be used to switch
on [[Steering wheel heater|steering wheel heating]]. The led shows whether the heating is turned on.
The heater shuts off after 24 minutes and can not restart unless the engine is restarted.
{|
|[[File:W220_heated_steering_wheel_control.jpg|thumb|none|Heated steering wheel adjustment control.]]
|[[File:W220_heated_steering_wheel_on.jpg|thumb|none|Heated steering wheel adjustment control with heating turned on.]]
|}

===448 - Touchpad with rotary pushbutton===

===461 - INSTRUMENT WITH MILES IND. AND ENGLISH LEGEND===

U.S.

===463 - Front visual display (head-up display)===

===474 - Diesel particulate filter===

===475 - TIRE PRESSURE MONITOR (TPM) HIGH LINE/MID LINE===


Vehicles produced up to approximately October 2003. 

[[File:W220_tire_pressure_display_on_instrument_cluster.png|thumb|none|Tire pressure information displayed on the instrument cluster.]]

===477 - Tire pressure loss warner===

===479 - ADJUSTABLE SUSPENSION===

[113.9] - 19970807 - ADJUSTABLE SUSPENSION
[220] - 19970804 - CYLINDER CUT-OUT SYSTEM (ZAS)
[722.6] - 19980911 - ADJUSTABLE SUSPENSION

===481 - UNDERSHIELDS===


===487 - ABC SUSPENSION (ACTIVE BODY CONTROL)===

[[ABC]] suspension is standard on all [[S600]], [[S55]], [[S63]], and [[S65]] models.
Vehicles without this option code have [[Airmatic]] suspension system.

{|
|[[File:W220_engine_compartment_abc.jpg|thumb|none|Vehicle with [[ABC]].]]
|[[File:W220_engine_compartment_abc_zoom.jpg|thumb|none|Vehicle with [[ABC]] (shock absorber).]]
|[[File:W220_engine_compartment_airmatic_zoom.jpg|thumb|none|Vehicle with [[Airmatic]] (shock absorber).]]
|}

===494 - U.S. VERSION===


Vehicles for the USA market have a more advanced [[EVAP system]] providing possibility for a leakage test of the [[EVAP system]]. The main difference is that the USA vehicles have an activated charcoal canister shutoff valve to close the ventilation of the activated charcoal canister and have a [[fuel tank|fuel tank pressure sensor]] which is able to measure the pressure of the [[EVAP system]].

===498 - Japanese version===

===501 - 360-degree camera or surround view camera ===

===502 - Multi-year free map updates 3 YEARS OF MAP UPDATES FREE OF CHARGE===

===503 - Remote-controlled parking===

===513 - Road sign recognition system===

===518 - Universal communications interface (UCI)===

===51B - Rating, country group EURO-NCAP===

===51U - Headliner, black fabric (BLACK FABRIC ROOF INTERIOR TRIM)===

===524 - PAINTWORK - PRESERVATION===


===527 - COMAND DVD APS WITH NAVIGATION===
Before production date 01/09/2003 [[D2B]]-enabled wide screen [[D2B_COMAND#COMAND_2.0_MOPF | COMAND]].

After production date 01/09/2003 [[MOST]]-enabled [[MOST COMAND-APS|COMAND-APS]].


===529 - COMAND DVD JAPAN WITH NAVIGATION===

===530 - COMAND DVD APS USA WITH NAVIGATION===

===531 - COMAND APS NTG5/NTG5.5===

===537 - Digital Radio standard DAB (Digi. Audio Broadc.)===

===537L - Great Britain and Northern Ireland===

===53V - Speed/load index 99Y XL + 102Y XL===

===540 - ROLLER BLIND, ELECTRIC, FOR REAR WINDOW===

{|
|[[File:W220_rear_sunshade_control_button.png|thumb|none|Rear sunshade control button.]]
|[[File:W220_540_ROLLER_BLIND_ELECTRIC_FOR_REAR_WINDOW.jpg|thumb|none|Electric curtain for rear window.]]
|}

===54B - Speed/load index 102Y XL + 101Y===

===54V - Speed/load index 102Y XL + 101Y===

===543 - Sun visor with additional function===

===551 - ANTI-THEFT/ANTI-BREAK-IN WARNING SYSTEM===


Vehicle equipped with tow-away alarm that will trigger a visual and audible alarm when someone attempts to raise the vehicle.

[[File:W220_tow-away_alarm_off_switch.png|thumb|none|Tow-away alarm off switch.]]

===573 - CHILD SEAT MOUNTING, ISOFIX IN REAR===


===582 - AIR CONDITIONER IN THE REAR===


{|
|[[File:W220_rear_air_conditioner_controls.png|thumb|none|Vehicle with rear air conditioner.]]
|[[File:W220_rear_center_vents_without_air_conditioner.png|thumb|none|Vehicle without rear air conditioner.]]
|[[File:W220_rear_climte_control.jpg|thumb|none|W220 with climate control in rear.]]
|}

===595 - HEAT INSULATING+IR REFLECTG.SAFETY GLASS SIDE+REAR===


Vehicles with this option code are equipped with infrared reflecting glass for all windows, except the [[windshield]].
IR glass reduces the amount of radiated heat entering the interior through the windows.

===596 - HEAT INSULATING+IR REFLECTG.SAFETY GLASS ALL-ROUND===


Vehicles with this option code are equipped with infrared reflecting glass for all windows, including the [[Windshield#Infrared Reflecting Glass|windshield]].
IR glass reduces the amount of radiated heat entering the interior through the windows.

[[File:W220_pilkington_windshield_43R001536_IR_circled.jpg|thumb|none|"IR" mark on the [[windshield]] denoting infrared reflecting glass.]]

===5A1 - electrohydraulic controller unit-converter===

===5XXL - europe===

===600 - HEADLAMPS - CLEANING EQUIPMENT===


===608 - LA 5 HOLE HALLOW SPOKE WHEEL W/ MIX. TIRES===

Vehicle fitted with light alloy 5-hole [[Wheels,_Tyres#Difda|Difda]] wheels.
Front axle 18x8 ET44 with tyre 245/45R18, rear axle 18x9 ET46 with tyre 265/40R18.

[[File:W220_difda_wheel.png]]

===610 - Night view assist plus ===

===612 - HEADLAMP-XENON R.H.TRAFFIC===


===613 - HEADLAMP LEFT-HAND TRAFFIC===

Australia and Great Britain.

===614 - BI-XENON HEADLAMPS FOR RIGHT-HAND TRAFFIC===


Facelift vehicle with [[Headlights#Bi-Xenon_headlamp|bi-xenon headlamps]] installed.
Headlight uses one HID (High-Intensity Discharge) bulb for both high and low beam illumination.
The high beam is supported by additional halogen H7 bulb.

[[File:W220_headlamps_facelift.jpg|thumb|none|Bi-Xenon headlamp (right).]]

===623 - VERSION FOR THE GULF STATES===


===625 - VERSION FOR AUSTRALIA===


===628 - Automatic high beam control plus (IHC+)===

===634 - DELETION - FIRST AID KIT===


===636 - DELETION - WARNING TRIANGLE===


===63N - Plant control code STEUERCODE WERK SINDELFINGEN/GRAZ===

===641 - Dynamic LED headlamps, left hand traffic===

===644 - LIGHT-ALLOY-WHEEL 5-SPOKE-DESIGN 17" ===

Vehicle fitted with [[Wheels_tyres#generic_2|generic 2]] wheels.

[[File:W220_wheel_A2204014202_B66474249.jpg|200px]]

===645 - WINTER TIRES M + S===


===646 - LIGHT ALLOY 5-HOLE SPOKED WHEEL 8X18===




Vehicle fitted with light alloy 5-hole [[Wheels,_Tyres#Difda|Difda]] wheels. Front and rear 245/45R18.

[[File:W220_difda_wheel.png]]

===666 - Product protection for shipment veh. without transport eyelets===

===668 - PACKAGING FOR SHIPPING VEHICLES W/ TIE-DOWN HOOKS===


===66R - 18" LT ALLOY WHEEL 5 DOUBLE-SPOKE DES. ALL-ROUND===

===671 - LIGHT-ALLOY-WHEEL 7-SPOKE-DESIGN===

Vehicle fitted with light alloy 7-spoke [[Wheels,_Tyres#Carmenta_II|Carmenta II wheels]].
[[File:W220_LIGHT_ALLOY_WHEEL_7-SPOKE_DESIGN_carmenta_II.jpg|thumb|none|Carmenta II wheels.]]

===672 - LIGHT-ALLOY-WHEEL 5-STAR DESIGN===
Vehicle fitted with light alloy 5-spoke [[Wheels_tyres#Yad|Yad wheels]].
[[File:W220_yad_wheel.png|thumb|none|Yad wheels.]]

===673 - HIGH-CAPACITY BATTERY===


===674 - L.A. 5-DOUBLE-SPOKE DESIGN WITH WIDE TIRES===

Vehicle fitted with light alloy [[Wheels,_Tyres#Mismar|Mismar wheels]].
[[File:W220_5-DOUBLE-SPOKE_DESIGN_Mismar.jpg|thumb|none|Mismar wheels.]]

===682 - FIRE EXTINGUISHER===

Fire extinguisher in place of stowage compartment in the [[front seats|drivers seat]].
{|
|[[File:W220_drivers_seat_fire_extinguisher_compartment.jpg|thumb|none|Fire extinguisher compartment.]]
|[[File:W220_drivers_seat_fire_extinguisher.jpg|thumb|none|Fire extinguisher.]]
|[[File:W220_drivers_seat_fire_extinguisher_removed.jpg|thumb|none|Compartment with fire extinguisher removed.]]
|}

[[File:W220_drivers_seat_stowage_compartment_opened.jpg|thumb|none|Stowage compartment (without option 682).]]

===687 - MODEL YEAR ON TYPE LABEL===


===6A4 - JOINT FLANGE W/ GW 120 / 4, 4-ARM X 120===

===71B - Safety vest - driver and passengers===

===729 - Trim elements - Poplar wood===

===731 - WOOD TRIM BURRED WALNUT ROOT===


{|
|[[File:W220_731_WOOD_TRIM_BURRED_WALNUT_ROOT.jpg|thumb|none|Wood interior in walnut color.]]
|[[File:W220_731_WOOD_TRIM_BURRED_WALNUT_ROOT_b.jpg|thumb|none|Wood interior in walnut color.]]
|}

===733 - WOOD VERSION CHEST NUT===

[[File:W220_733_WOOD_VERSION_CHEST_NUT.jpg|thumb|none|Wooden interior in chest nut color.]]

===735 - Exclusive trim package===
( Includes: Additional wood in the front, wood door center panels, the rear, wood door center panels, rear air vent cover) (Additional wood trim on the back of the front seats only with Designo trims)

===750 - MB AUDIO 30 RADIO WITH VK/RDS===


===752 - RADIO MB AUDIO 30 WITHOUT VK/RDS===
Early W220 vehicles equipped with [[RADIO#AUDIO 30|MB RADIO AUDIO 30]].
[[File:W220_RADIO_30.jpg|thumb|none|MB RADIO AUDIO 30.]]

===753 - RADIO MB AUDIO 10 CC WITH VK/RDS===

Early W220 vehicles equipped with [[RADIO#AUDIO 10|MB RADIO AUDIO 10]].
[[File:W220_RADIO_10.jpg|thumb|none|MB RADIO AUDIO 10.]]

===762 - RADIO REMOTE CONTROL W/O PANIC SWITCH (315 MHZ)===

[[SmartKey]] without panic button operating at 315.00 MHz frequency (otherwise operating in 433.92 MHz frequency).
Option code seen on W220s sold in Australia.

[[File:W220_SmartKey_with_without_panic_button.jpg|thumb|none|[[SmartKey]] without (left) and with (right) panic button.]]

===763 - RADIO REMOTE CONTROL W/ PANIC SWITCH (315 MHZ)===

[[SmartKey]] with panic button operating at 315.00 MHz frequency (otherwise operating in 433.92 MHz frequency).
Option code seen on W220s sold in USA.

[[File:W220_SmartKey_with_without_panic_button.jpg|thumb|none|[[SmartKey]] without (left) and with (right) panic button.]]

===772 - AMG STYLING PACKAGE-FRONT SPOILER, SIDE SKIRT===


[[File:W220_772_AMG_STYLING_PACKAG_FRONT_SPOILER_SIDE_SKIRT.jpg|thumb|none|AMG styling package front spoiler and side skirt.]]

===774 - SHELL MODIFICATION FOR AMG-WHEELS===


===776 - Wider wheel arch for AMG wheels===

===782 - AMG-SPOKEN WEELS 18" MIXED TIRES===


===792 - AMG-WHEELS 8X18 SQUEEZE-IN DEPTH 31 235/40 (S210)===


===793 - Inv. AMG double-spoke wheels 19" with mixed tires===

===799 - Diamond white - Metallic finish===

===799U - Diamond white - Metallic finish===

===7A1 - different length of torque converter housing===

===800 - Leather / nappa / semi-aniline===

===800A - Leather / nappa / semi-aniline===

===801 - AEJ 00/1 R 170 AEJ 99/2===


===801A - Leather / nappa / semi-aniline - Black / anthracite===

===802 - AEJ 01/1/X===


===803 - AEJ 02/1/2/X===

[220] - 19961211 - AEJ 02/1/2/X
[722.6] - 20010316 - YOM 12/1

===804 - AEJ 03/1; 03/X===


[112.9] - 20030127 - YEAR OF MODIFICATION
[220] - 19961211 - AEJ 03/1; 03/X
[722.6] - 20020805 - YEAR OF MODIFICATION

===805 - YEAR OF MODIFICATION===



===810 - SOUND SYSTEM===


Vehicles with BOSE sound apmlifier ([[D2B Sound Amplifier]] before 01/09/2003, [[MOST Sound Amplifier]] after).

{|
|[[File:W220_bose_designation_door_speaker.jpg|thumb|none|BOSE designation on door speakers.]]
|[[File:W220_BOSE_aplifier_COMAND_sound_menu.jpg|thumb|none|BOSE sound menu in [[MOST_COMAND-APS|COMAND-APS]].]]
|[[File:W220_COMAND_without_BOSE_aplifier_sound_menu.jpg|thumb|none|[[MOST_COMAND-APS|COMAND-APS]] without BOSE sound menu.]]
|}

===811 - Burmester high end 3D surround sound system===

===813 - LINGUATRONIC-GERMAN (VOICE OPERATION)===


[[File:W220_linguatronic.jpg|thumb|none|Voice control system wand in steering wheel.]]

===814 - DVD changer===

===815 - Single DVD drive===

===815A - Leather/nappa/semi-aniline - Beige===

===816 - REMOTE CONTROL FOR RADIO /COMMAND (OMS)===


===819 - CD CHANGER===

Based on production date can be MOST or D2B connected CD changer.

===839L - Japan===

===840 - Glas dunkel getönt (Dark tinted glass)===

===853 - TELEPHONE FITTED ON "TOWER"; NOKIA, D-NET===


===854 - TELEPHONE "CELL PHONE", NOKIA 6210/6310I===


===855 - TEL. TELEAID AT "UPPER CENTER CONSOLE",NOKIA,D-NET===


===856 - PHONE HANDSET IN REAR ARMREST===


[[File:W220_856_PHONE_HANDSET_IN_REAR_ARMREST.jpg|thumb|none|Phone headset in rear armrest.]]

===860 - TV-TUNER ANALOG===

Vehicles before 01/09/2003 have analog [[D2B Television|D2B TV-tuner]]. Vehicles after 01/09/2003 have analog [[MOST Television|MOST TV-tuner]].

===861 - TELEVISION SCREEN IN THE REAR===

{|
|[[File:W220_861_TELEVISION_SCREEN_IN_THE_REAR_facelift.jpg|thumb|none|Television screen in the rear.]]
|[[File:W220_861_TELEVISION_SCREEN_IN_THE_REAR.jpg|thumb|none|Television screen in the rear (pre-facelift).]]
|}

===862 - PROVISION FOR INSTALLATION OF TELEVISION===


For [[facelift]] vehicles with this code the wiring is in place for retrofitting the TV tuner and rear display system (see [[MOST Television]]).

===864 - Rear Seat Entertainment System (2 screens)===

===865 - digital TV===

===871 - Sensor system for trunk lid opening/closing===

===872 - REAR SEAT BENCH HEATING LEFT AND RIGHT===
[[File:W220_rear_right_door_seat_heating.jpg|thumb|none|Seat heating switch on rear right door.]]

===873 - SEAT HEATER FOR LEFT AND RIGHT FRONT SEATS===

Provides heated [[front seats]] with two heating intensity modes.
{|
|[[File:W220_seat_heating_switch.png|thumb|none|Seat heating buttons on the [[Door control module|DCM]].]]
|[[File:W220_front_seats_without_heater_and_ventilation.jpg|thumb|none|Front seats without heating or ventilation.]]
|}

===874 - Magic Vision Control incl. heated windshield washer system===

===875 - HEATED SCREEN WASH SYSTEM===


The [[windshield washing system|windscreen washer fluid reservoir and washer nozzles]] are heated, meaning they are better protected against icing up. This allows the windscreen to be cleaned more effectively at low temperatures.

There is an extra line from the engine coolant system into the washer fluid reservoir heating screen washing liquid.
{|
|[[File:W220_heated_screen_wash_reservoir.jpg|thumb|none|Heated screen wash reservoir.]]
|[[File:W220_reservoir_without_heated_screen_wash.jpg|thumb|none|Unheated screen wash reservoir.]]
|}

===877 - Ambient lighting===

===881 - REMOTE TRUNK LOCKING===




[[Trunk#Remote_Closing|Remote trunk locking]] is a hydraulic system which uses a cylinder to
close or open the trunk at the press of the button on the lip of the trunk lid or
from inside the vehicle.
{|
|[[File:W220_trunk_lid_closing_switch.jpg|thumb|none|Trunk lid closing button (without KEYLESS-GO)]]
|[[File:W220_trunk_lid_closing_switch_keylessgo.jpg|thumb|none|Trunk lid closing button (KEYLESS-GO)]]
|}

===882 - INTERIOR SAFEGUARD===



[[File:W220_882_INTERIOR_SAFEGUARD.jpg|thumb|none|Motion detector sensor mounted to the roof.]]

===883 - POWER CLOSING SYSTEM===


Power closing system (also known as soft-close) is the [[Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump|pneumatic system]]
that closes the final 3/4 inch of the trunk and the doors
so that there is no need to slam the door to make sure it is shut.

===884 - TRUNK LID ADDITIONAL LOCKING MECHANISM (HZS)===

Vehicles equipped with this option code have a function permitting the [[Trunk#Trunk_lid_additional_locking_mechanism|separate locking of the trunk using the mechanical key]]. If present, this feature can permit you to deny any unauthorized person access to the trunk by locking the trunk separately and leaving the [[SmartKey]] less the mechanical key with the vehicle.

===885 - Increased anti-theft protection===

===887 - Separate boot lid lock===

===889 - KEYLESS - GO===

On vehicles equipped with [[KEYLESS-GO]] you do not need to remove the [[SmartKey]] from your pocket or handbag to unlock the car.
Simply grab the door handle and pull to unlock and open the door.
To lock the door close it and press the knob on the door handle.
To start or stop the engine hold brake and push the "start/stop" button on the gear selector.
The vehicle can still be operated with the electronic key which then has priority over the KEYLESS-GO card.

{|
|[[File:W220_keyless-go_door_handle.jpg|thumb|none|[[KEYLESS-GO]] knob on the door handle.]]
|[[File:W220_keyless-go_gear_selector_button.jpg|thumb|none|[[KEYLESS-GO]] push button on the [[Gearshift#Shift_knob|gear selector]].]]
|}

===889 - KEYLESS-GO===

===891 - Premium ambiance illumination===

===897 - Front wireless telephone charging===

===898 - Wireless telephone charging in rear passenger compartment===

===8U6 - Assistance system steering wheel control changeover===

===8XXL - Asia===

===901L - Australia Association===

===902 - Front comfort seat heating===

===903 - Rear comfort seat heating===

===906 - Front heated rests===

===907 - Rear heated rests===

===918 - EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM UNREGULATED===


===926 - EXHAUST GAS CLEANING WITH EU4 TECHNOLOGY (EURO 4)===


===927 - Exhaust treatment, Euro 6 technology===

===936 - Cylinder cut-out system===

===950 - AMG line===

===968 - Euro 6 technology COC document - without motor vehicle registration certificate, part 2===

===983 - COC PAPER EU4 TECHN. + NO VEH. TITLE OF OWNERSHIP===


===984 - COC DOC., DELETION OF VEHICLE REGISTRATION DOC.===


===985 - REG.DOC. AND COC DOC. EU4 TECHNOLOGY===


===986 - IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN-NO.)===

[[File:W220_certification_label_below_drivers_door_latch.png|thumb|none|VIN label below driver's door latch.]]

===987 - BATTERY ISOLATION SWITCH FOR SHIPMENT VEHICLES===


===988 - VEH. TIT. OF OWN. & COC DOC. + MODEL PLATE (MACH.)===


===989 - IDENTIFICATION LABEL UNDER WINDSHIELD===


===992U - Selenite gray - Metallic finish===

===997 - Driver assistance package (Distronic Plus with steering assist)===

===99B - Active adjustment damping "Normally Open"===

===9XXL - Australia/Pacific===

== Paint ==

===025U - DESIGNO-BRILLIANT BLACK PAINT===

[[File:W220_025U_-_DESIGNO-BRILLIANT_BLACK_PAINT.jpg|thumb|none|W220 in 025U color.]]

===040U - BLACK===

[[File:W220_040U_BLACK.jpg|thumb|none|W220 in 040U color.]]

===182U - ALMANDINE-BLACK METALLIC PAINT===

[[File:W220_182U_-_ALMANDINE-BLACK_METALLIC_PAINT.jpg|thumb|none|W220 in 182U color.]]

===189U - GREEN BLACK METALLIC===

[[File:W220_189U_GREEN_BLACK_METALLIC.jpg|thumb|none|W220 in 189U color.]]
Looks different in different lighting conditions.

===347U - BLUE QUARTZ METALLIC PAINT===

[[File:W220_347U_BLUE_QUARTZ_METALLIC_PAINT.jpg|thumb|none|W220 in 347U color.]]

===359U - TANZANITE BLUE METALLIC FINISH===


[[File:W220_359U_TANZANITE_BLUE_METALLIC_FINISH_PAINT.jpg|thumb|none|W220 in 359U color.]]

===693U - TRAVERTINE BEIGE METALLIC PAINT===

[[File:W220_693U_TRAVERTINE_BEIGE_METALLIC_PAINT.jpg|thumb|none|W220 in 693U color.]]

===723U - CUBANITE SILVER - METALIC===

[[File:W220_723U_-_CUBANITE_SILVER_METALIC.jpg|thumb|none|W220 in 723U color.]]

===744U - BRILLIANT SILVER METALLIC===

[[File:W220_744U_BRILLIANT_SILVER_METALLIC.jpg|thumb|none|W220 in 744U color.]]

===960U - ALABASTER WHITE - NON METALLIC===

[[File:W220_960U_ALABASTER_WHITE_-_NON_METALLIC.jpg|thumb|none|W220 in 960U color.]]

== Information ==
===202B - OWNERS MANUAL AND SERVICE RECORD - GERMAN===


===203B - OWNERS MANUAL AND SERVICE RECORD - RUSSIAN===


===205B - OWNERS MANUAL AND SERVICE RECORD - ENGLISH===


===211B - OWNERS MANUAL AND SERVICE RECORD - ARABIC===


===212B - OWNERS MANUAL AND SERVICE RECORD - AMERICAN===


===221B - SIGN COOLANT/REFUELING - ENGLISH===


===230B - CUSTOMER SERVICE - STATION EUROPE===


===233B - CUSTOMER SERVICE - STATION ASIA WITHOUT ISRAEL===


===250B - MOBILO LIFE/EUROPE SERVICE PACKAGE===


===260B - AIRBAG LABEL - GERMAN/ENGLISH===


===264B - AIRBAG LABEL - RUSSIAN/ENGLISH===


===283B - AIRBAGLABLE - ENGLISH===


== Location ==

===2XXL - FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY===
Delivered to Germany.


===216L - DUESSELDORF BRANCH===


===217L - FRANKFURT BRANCH===


===218L - FULDA BRANCH===


===219L - HAMBURG BRANCH===


===223L - DARMSTADT BRANCH===


===233L - BREMEN BRANCH===


===235L - WUERZBURG BRANCH===


===236L - FREIBURG BRANCH===


===238L - ROSTOCK BRANCH===


===362L - LUEG, BOCHUM===


===5XXL - EUROPE===
Delivered to Europe.


===523L - ESTONIA===

Delivered to Estonia.

===525L - LATVIA===
Delivered to Latvia.


===7XXL - NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA===


===705L - UNITED STATES (USA)===


===8XXL - ASIA===


===841L - YEMEN ARABIC REPUBLIC===


===901L - AUSTRALIA ASSOCIATION===


===9XXL - AUSTRALIA / PACIFIC===


== Equipment ==

===070A - FABRIC===

Upholstery for seats and doors made of fabric (cloth).

===071A - FABRIC BLACK/ANTHRACITE===

[[File:W220_071A_-_FABRIC_BLACK_ANTHRACITE.jpg|thumb|none|W220 interior made of fabric (black/anthracite).]]

===230A - LEATHER, 2-COLOR===


===231A - LEATHER BLACK===

[[File:W220_231A_LEATHER_BLACK.jpg|thumb|none|W220 leather interior in black color.]]

===270A - LEATHER===


===271A - LEATHER ANTHRACITE===
[[File:W220_271A_LEATHER_ANTHRACITE.jpg|thumb|none|W220 leather interior in anthracite color.]]

===278A - LEATHER ALPACA GRAY===

[[File:W220_278A_LEATHER_ALPACA_GRAY.jpg|thumb|none|W220 leather interior in alpaca gray color.]]

===500A - LEATHER, EXCLUSIVE===


===519A - EXCLUSIVE LEATHER HELIOS===


===570A - EXCLUSIVE LEATHER TRIM===

[[File:W220_570A_EXCLUSIVE_LEATHER_TRIM.jpg|thumb|none|Leather interior.]]

===571A - ANTHRACITE EXCLUSIVE LEATHER===

[[File:W220_571A_ANTHRACITE_EXCLUSIVE_LEATHER.jpg|thumb|none|W220 leather interior in antchracite color.]]

===574A - LEATHER EXCLUSIVE JAVA===

[[File:W220_574A_LEATHER_EXCLUSIVE_JAVA.jpg|thumb|none|W220 exclusive java leather interior.]]

===840A - LEATHER, NAPPA===



===845A - NAPPA LEATHER GRAVEL===

[[File:W220_NAPPA_LEATHER_GRAVEL.jpg|thumb|none]]

===848A - NAPPA LEATHER SIERRA GREY/ALPACA GREY===

[[File:W220_NAPPA_LEATHER_SIERRA_GREY_ALPACA_GREY.jpg|thumb|none|W220 leather interior in nappa leather sierra grey.]]

== Other ==

===M32 - CAPACITY 3,2 LITER===

[[S320#CDI]]

===M37 - DISPLACEMENT 3.7 LITERS===

[[S350]]

===M43 - CAPACITY 4,3 LITRE===

[[S430]]

===M50 - DISPLACEMENT 5.0 LITER===

[[S500]]

===M55 - CAPACITY 5,5 LITRE===


[[S600]]

===M002 - ENGINES WITH EXH.TURBOCHARGER WITH INTERCOOLER===

[[S320#CDI]]

===M005 - VEHICLES WITH 4-MATIC-/ALL WHEEL DRIVE===


===M112 - V6-GASOLINE ENGINE M112===

[[S350]]

===M113 - V8-GASOLINE ENGINE M113===

[[S430]] and [[S500]]

===M275 - V12-GASOLINE ENGINE M275 BI-TURBO===


[[S600]]

===M648 - R6-DIESEL ENGINE OM648===

[[S320#CDI]]

===N38 - CONTROL CODE SINDELFINGEN PLANT===


===N45 - CONTROL CODE SINDELFINGEN PLANT===


===15N - STEUERCODE WERK SINDELFINGEN/GRAZ===


===34N - STEUERCODE WERK SINDELFINGEN/GRAZ===


===35N - STEUERCODE WERK SINDELFINGEN/GRAZ===

The vehicle has been assembled in Mercedes-Benz Sindelfingen plant.

===U27 - BOTTLE HOLDER===


===W66 - TRIM PARTS, SOFT MAPLE, DESIGNO UMBER===

[[File:W220_DESIGNO-WOOD_VERSION.jpg|thumb|none]]

===Y94 - SELECTOR LEVER IN LEATHER-/DESIGNO-WOOD VERSION===

[[File:W220_DESIGNO-WOOD_VERSION.jpg|thumb|none]]

===Y95 - STEERING WHEEL IN LEATHER-/DESIGNO-WOOD DESIGN===

[[File:W220_DESIGNO-WOOD_VERSION.jpg|thumb|none]]

===Q26 - CONSUMPTION-OPTIMIZED TIRES===

Q26 - [112.9] - 20040713 - CONSUMPTION-OPTIMIZED TIRES
Q26 - [220] - 20040713 - GV - KEILRIPPENRIEMEN (LFT CONTITEC)

===Z04 - B4-REINFORCEMENT ON SPECIAL PROTECTION VERSION===


The B4 established itself as the second widely accepted resistance level. It applies to vehicles that resist shots from a .44 Magnum handgun, as well as attacks with batons. Vehicles such as this are aimed at a much larger target group than the highest protection vehicles armored against attacks. They are also intended to protect against criminal acts such as street robbery and car-jacking.

===Z07 - B7-REINFORCEMENT ON SPECIAL PROTECTION VERSION===

The B6/B7 resistance level applies to vehicles that basically meet the requirements for B6 (7.62x51 caliber rifle bullets), but are more strongly armored in particularly exposed areas, so that, in accordance with B7 standards, they can withstand even armor-piercing hard-core shells of the same caliber.

Data card

2023-11-23T08:13:38Z

Ricebubbles: /* Electronic Data Card */ Added mor eprominent link to Option Codes.

==Vehicle Data Card==
The Vehicle Data Card is a small card that lists important information such as the [[option codes|options fitted]], serial numbers, delivery dates, key codes to cut new keys etc.

For W220 the data card can be found on the paper glued to the last page of your Service Book (Serviceheft).
[[Option codes]] are listed also on the sticker adhered to the underside of the hood and trunk floor.

Dealer-installed [[option codes|options]] are not coded on the paper version of data card, but should be available in electronic version (see below).

[[File:W220_Serviceheft_mit_Mobilo_Life.jpg|thumb|none|Service Book (Serviceheft).]]
{|
|[[File:W220_data_card_WDB2201752A387356.jpg|thumb|none|Example data card.]]
|[[File:W220_data_card_WDB2201751A432027.jpg|thumb|none|Example data card.]]
|[[File:W220_data_card_WDB2200671A419444.jpg|thumb|none|Example data card (printed off by one line).]]
|}

{|
|[[File:W220_paint_codes_underside_of_hood.jpg|thumb|none|[[Option codes]] on the sticker adhered to the underside of the hood.]]
|[[File:W220_option_code_sticker_trunk_floor.jpg|thumb|none|[[Option codes]] on the sticker adhered to the trunk floor.]]
|}

{|
|
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|-
!style="text-align:center;"|Original
!English
|-
|1 Mercedes-Benz Fahrzeugdaten
|Vehicle Data
|-
|2 Fg.-Nr.
|Vehicle Title Number
|-
|3 Motor-Nr.
|Engine Number
|-
|4 Typ.
|Type
|-
|5 Auftrags-Nr.
|Order Number
|-
|6 Produkt-Nr.
|Production Order Number
|-
|7 Getriebe
|Transmission
|-
|8 Vert. Getriebe
|?
|-
|9 Nebenantrieb
|Power Take-Off
|-
|10 Kunde
|Customer
|-
|11 Reifen vorn 1
|Front Tyre 1
|-
|12 Reifen vorn 2
|Front Tyre 2
|-
|13 Reifen hint. 1
|Rear Tyre 1
|-
|14 Reifen hint. 2
|Rear Tyre 2
|-
|15 Heizung
|Heating ?
|-
|16 Felgen
|Wheels/Rims
|-
|17 Leuchten
|Lamps/Lights
|-
|18 Scheibenwisch
|Windshield Wipers
|-
|19 Seilwinde
|Cable Winch
|-
|20 Wegdrehz.-A.
|Speed. Corr. ?
|}
|
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|-
!style="text-align:center;"|Original
!English
|-
|21 Achse vorn 1
|Front axle 1
|-
|22 Achse vorn 2
|Front axle 2
|-
|23 Achse hint. 1
|Rear axle 1
|-
|24 Achse hint. 2
|Rear axle 2
|-
|25 Aufbau Fahrerhaus
|Body Cab
|-
|26 Pritsche
|Platform
|-
|27 VIN
|Vehicle Identification Number
|-
|28 Anh.-Kuppl. (Anhänger Kuppl.)
|Trailer-Hitch
|-
|29 Lenkung
|Steering
|-
|30 Ausstattung
|Equipment
|-
|31 Lack./L.-Zus.1
|Paint/code 1
|-
|32 Lack./L.-Zus.2
|Paint/code 2
|-
|33 Lack./L.-Zus.3
|Paint/code 3
|-
|34 Lack./L.-Zus.4
|Paint/code 4
|-
|35 Lack./L.-Zus.5
|Paint/code 5
|-
|36 Türschloss
|Door Lock
|-
|37 Lenkschloss
|Steering Lock
|-
|38 Getriebeschloss
|Transmission Lock
|-
|39 Tankschloss
|Tank Lock
|-
|40 Retarder
|?
|}
|}

==Electronic Data Card==
Most of the data cards (but not all) are available in electronic form in vehicle data card database
which can be looked-up by [[VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)]] in M-B's
Electronic Parts Catalog ([[EPC]]) or Workshop Information System ([[WIS]]).
Online database is available at http://mbfans.info/EN/mercedes/vin. Link doesn't work as at Nov 2023. Try following links; https://mb.vin/ or https://www.vindecoderz.com/EN/Mercedes-Benz which works well but you pay for a more detailed report which you don’t really need.

A list of the OPTION CODES and their MEANING is here [[Option codes]].

Note that Electronic Data Card can contain more information than the paper version.

=== Example Data Card (EPC/WIS) ===
<nowiki>
WDB2200671A419444
Engine number ... 112972 31 773883 Front axle 1 ....
Sales des. ...... S 350 Radio unit no. .. SI309140538006
Order number .... 0 4 217 57276 Rear axle 1 .....
Production order Rear axle 2 .....
Transmission .... 722644 05 166143 Cab .............
Vehicle title no. Platform ........
Power take-off .. VIN .............
Front tire 1 .... Trailer hitch ...
Front tire 2 .... Steering ........
Rear tire 1 ..... Equipment ....... 278A
Rear tire 2 ..... Paint/code 1 .... 189U
Order number 1 .. Paint/code 2 ....
Rims ............ Paint/code 3 ....
Lamps ........... Paint/code 4 ....
Windshield wipers Paint/code 5 ....
Order number 2 .. Door lock .......
Speed. corr. .... Steering lock ...
Transmission lock
Tank lock .......
SA codes: Delivery date ... 3 040227

044 REGULATION WASHER SYSTEM
110 FUEL AMOUNT FOR COLLECTION BY CUSTOMER
15N STEUERCODE WERK SINDELFINGEN/GRAZ
189U GREEN BLACK METALLIC
202B OWNERS MANUAL AND SERVICE RECORD - GERMAN
217L FRANKFURT BRANCH
220 PARKTRONIC SYSTEM (PTS)
249 INSIDE AND OUTSIDE MIRROR AUTOMATIC DIMMING
250B MOBILO LIFE/EUROPE SERVICE PACKAGE
260B AIRBAGLABEL - GERMAN/ENGLISH
270A LEATHER
278A LEATHER ALPACA GRAY
282 SKI-BAG
2XXL FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
354 ANTENNA FOR TELEPHONE D/E-NET
381 CTEL FIXED INSTALLATION CP LIGHT
401 DELUXE FRONT SEATS WITH VENTILATION AND HEATING CO
414 ELECTRIC TILT/SLIDE SUNROOF IN GLASS VERSION
527 COMAND DVD APS WITH NAVIGATION
540 ROLLER BLIND, ELECTRIC, FOR REAR WINDOW
600 HEADLAMPS - CLEANING EQUIPMENT
614 BI-XENON HEADLAMPS FOR RIGHT-HAND TRAFFIC
673 HIGH-CAPACITY BATTERY
804 AEJ 03/1; 03/X
819 CD CHANGER
862 PROVISION FOR INSTALLATION OF TELEVISION
875 HEATED SCREEN WASH SYSTEM
883 POWER CLOSING SYSTEM
985 REG.DOC. AND COC DOC. EU4 TECHNOLOGY
M112 V6-GASOLINE ENGINE M112
M37 DISPLACEMENT 3.7 LITERS
</nowiki>

<nowiki>
WDB2201751A432027
Engine number ... 113960 30 592852 Front axle 1 ....
Sales des. ...... S 500 Radio unit no. ..
Order number .... 0 4 368 01024 Rear axle 1 .....
Production order Rear axle 2 .....
Transmission .... 722901 00 044047 Cab .............
Vehicle title no. Platform ........
Power take-off .. VIN .............
Front tire 1 .... Trailer hitch ...
Front tire 2 .... Steering ........
Rear tire 1 ..... Equipment ....... 278A
Rear tire 2 ..... Paint/code 1 .... 359U
Order number 1 .. 0-23621584 Paint/code 2 ....
Rims ............ Paint/code 3 ....
Lamps ........... Paint/code 4 ....
Windshield wipers Paint/code 5 ....
Order number 2 .. Door lock .......
Speed. corr. .... Steering lock ...
Transmission lock
Tank lock .......
SA codes: Delivery date ...

044 REGULATION WASHER SYSTEM
220 PARKTRONIC SYSTEM(PTS)
223 REAR BACK REST ADJUSTMENT AND HEAD RESTRAINTS, ELE
231 GARAGE DOOR OPENER
236L FREIBURG BRANCH
247 SEAT ADJUSTMENT ELEC. ALSO OPERABLE FROM REAR
249 INSIDE AND OUTSIDE MIRROR AUTOMATIC DIMMING
250B MOBILO LIFE/EUROPE SERVICE PACKAGE
260B AIRBAGLABEL - GERMAN/ENGLISH
270A LEATHER
275 MEMORY PACKAGE (DRIVER SEAT, STRG. COL., MIRROR)
278A LEATHER ALPACA GRAY
284 SELECTOR LEVER, WOOD
289 WOOD/LEATHER STEERING-WHEEL
2XXL FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
354 ANTENNA FOR TELEPHONE D/E-NET
359U TANZANITE BLUE METALLIC FINISH
380 PORTABLE CTEL PREPARATION ASSEMBLY
401 DELUXE FRONT SEATS WITH VENTILATION AND HEATING CO
402 COMFORT REAR SEATS WITH VENTILATION AND SEAT HEATE
404 MULTI-CONTOUR SEAT, FRONT LEFT
405 MULTI-CONTOUR SEAT, FRONT RIGHT
414 ELECTRIC TILT/SLIDE SUNROOF IN GLASS VERSION
427 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 7-SPEED
527 COMAND DVD APS WITH NAVIGATION
540 ROLLER BLIND, ELECTRIC, FOR REAR WINDOW
582 AIR CONDITIONER IN THE REAR
600 HEADLAMPS - CLEANING EQUIPMENT
614 BI-XENON HEADLAMPS FOR RIGHT-HAND TRAFFIC
671 LIGHT-ALLOY-WHEEL 7-SPOKE-DESIGN
673 HIGH-CAPACITY BATTERY
682 FIRE EXTINGUISHER
731 WOOD TRIM BURRED WALNUT ROOT
804 AEJ 03/1; 03/X
810 SOUND SYSTEM
813 LINGUATRONIC-GERMAN (VOICE OPERATION)
819 CD CHANGER
881 REMOTE TRUNK LOCKING
883 POWER CLOSING SYSTEM
889 KEYLESS - GO
985 REG.DOC. AND COC DOC. EU4 TECHNOLOGY
F220 SERIES PRODUCTION 220
FV SEDAN ELONGATED
G901 TRANSMISSION CODE VERSION 01
GA AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
HA REAR AXLE
L LEFT-HAND STEERING
M113 V8-GASOLINE ENGINE M113
M50 DISPLACEMENT 5.0 LITER
VL FRONT AXLE HALF, LEFT
VR FRONT AXLE HALF, RIGHT
</nowiki>

Data card

2023-11-23T08:08:39Z

Ricebubbles: /* Electronic Data Card */ changed link to on-line VIN decoder sites as old one no longer works

==Vehicle Data Card==
The Vehicle Data Card is a small card that lists important information such as the [[option codes|options fitted]], serial numbers, delivery dates, key codes to cut new keys etc.

For W220 the data card can be found on the paper glued to the last page of your Service Book (Serviceheft).
[[Option codes]] are listed also on the sticker adhered to the underside of the hood and trunk floor.

Dealer-installed [[option codes|options]] are not coded on the paper version of data card, but should be available in electronic version (see below).

[[File:W220_Serviceheft_mit_Mobilo_Life.jpg|thumb|none|Service Book (Serviceheft).]]
{|
|[[File:W220_data_card_WDB2201752A387356.jpg|thumb|none|Example data card.]]
|[[File:W220_data_card_WDB2201751A432027.jpg|thumb|none|Example data card.]]
|[[File:W220_data_card_WDB2200671A419444.jpg|thumb|none|Example data card (printed off by one line).]]
|}

{|
|[[File:W220_paint_codes_underside_of_hood.jpg|thumb|none|[[Option codes]] on the sticker adhered to the underside of the hood.]]
|[[File:W220_option_code_sticker_trunk_floor.jpg|thumb|none|[[Option codes]] on the sticker adhered to the trunk floor.]]
|}

{|
|
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|-
!style="text-align:center;"|Original
!English
|-
|1 Mercedes-Benz Fahrzeugdaten
|Vehicle Data
|-
|2 Fg.-Nr.
|Vehicle Title Number
|-
|3 Motor-Nr.
|Engine Number
|-
|4 Typ.
|Type
|-
|5 Auftrags-Nr.
|Order Number
|-
|6 Produkt-Nr.
|Production Order Number
|-
|7 Getriebe
|Transmission
|-
|8 Vert. Getriebe
|?
|-
|9 Nebenantrieb
|Power Take-Off
|-
|10 Kunde
|Customer
|-
|11 Reifen vorn 1
|Front Tyre 1
|-
|12 Reifen vorn 2
|Front Tyre 2
|-
|13 Reifen hint. 1
|Rear Tyre 1
|-
|14 Reifen hint. 2
|Rear Tyre 2
|-
|15 Heizung
|Heating ?
|-
|16 Felgen
|Wheels/Rims
|-
|17 Leuchten
|Lamps/Lights
|-
|18 Scheibenwisch
|Windshield Wipers
|-
|19 Seilwinde
|Cable Winch
|-
|20 Wegdrehz.-A.
|Speed. Corr. ?
|}
|
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|-
!style="text-align:center;"|Original
!English
|-
|21 Achse vorn 1
|Front axle 1
|-
|22 Achse vorn 2
|Front axle 2
|-
|23 Achse hint. 1
|Rear axle 1
|-
|24 Achse hint. 2
|Rear axle 2
|-
|25 Aufbau Fahrerhaus
|Body Cab
|-
|26 Pritsche
|Platform
|-
|27 VIN
|Vehicle Identification Number
|-
|28 Anh.-Kuppl. (Anhänger Kuppl.)
|Trailer-Hitch
|-
|29 Lenkung
|Steering
|-
|30 Ausstattung
|Equipment
|-
|31 Lack./L.-Zus.1
|Paint/code 1
|-
|32 Lack./L.-Zus.2
|Paint/code 2
|-
|33 Lack./L.-Zus.3
|Paint/code 3
|-
|34 Lack./L.-Zus.4
|Paint/code 4
|-
|35 Lack./L.-Zus.5
|Paint/code 5
|-
|36 Türschloss
|Door Lock
|-
|37 Lenkschloss
|Steering Lock
|-
|38 Getriebeschloss
|Transmission Lock
|-
|39 Tankschloss
|Tank Lock
|-
|40 Retarder
|?
|}
|}

==Electronic Data Card==
Most of the data cards (but not all) are available in electronic form in vehicle data card database
which can be looked-up by [[VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)]] in M-B's
Electronic Parts Catalog ([[EPC]]) or Workshop Information System ([[WIS]]).
Online database is available at http://mbfans.info/EN/mercedes/vin. Link doesn't work as at Nov 2023. Try following links; https://mb.vin/ or https://www.vindecoderz.com/EN/Mercedes-Benz which works well but you pay for a more detailed report which you don’t really need.

Note that Electronic Data Card can contain more information than the paper version.

=== Example Data Card (EPC/WIS) ===
<nowiki>
WDB2200671A419444
Engine number ... 112972 31 773883 Front axle 1 ....
Sales des. ...... S 350 Radio unit no. .. SI309140538006
Order number .... 0 4 217 57276 Rear axle 1 .....
Production order Rear axle 2 .....
Transmission .... 722644 05 166143 Cab .............
Vehicle title no. Platform ........
Power take-off .. VIN .............
Front tire 1 .... Trailer hitch ...
Front tire 2 .... Steering ........
Rear tire 1 ..... Equipment ....... 278A
Rear tire 2 ..... Paint/code 1 .... 189U
Order number 1 .. Paint/code 2 ....
Rims ............ Paint/code 3 ....
Lamps ........... Paint/code 4 ....
Windshield wipers Paint/code 5 ....
Order number 2 .. Door lock .......
Speed. corr. .... Steering lock ...
Transmission lock
Tank lock .......
SA codes: Delivery date ... 3 040227

044 REGULATION WASHER SYSTEM
110 FUEL AMOUNT FOR COLLECTION BY CUSTOMER
15N STEUERCODE WERK SINDELFINGEN/GRAZ
189U GREEN BLACK METALLIC
202B OWNERS MANUAL AND SERVICE RECORD - GERMAN
217L FRANKFURT BRANCH
220 PARKTRONIC SYSTEM (PTS)
249 INSIDE AND OUTSIDE MIRROR AUTOMATIC DIMMING
250B MOBILO LIFE/EUROPE SERVICE PACKAGE
260B AIRBAGLABEL - GERMAN/ENGLISH
270A LEATHER
278A LEATHER ALPACA GRAY
282 SKI-BAG
2XXL FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
354 ANTENNA FOR TELEPHONE D/E-NET
381 CTEL FIXED INSTALLATION CP LIGHT
401 DELUXE FRONT SEATS WITH VENTILATION AND HEATING CO
414 ELECTRIC TILT/SLIDE SUNROOF IN GLASS VERSION
527 COMAND DVD APS WITH NAVIGATION
540 ROLLER BLIND, ELECTRIC, FOR REAR WINDOW
600 HEADLAMPS - CLEANING EQUIPMENT
614 BI-XENON HEADLAMPS FOR RIGHT-HAND TRAFFIC
673 HIGH-CAPACITY BATTERY
804 AEJ 03/1; 03/X
819 CD CHANGER
862 PROVISION FOR INSTALLATION OF TELEVISION
875 HEATED SCREEN WASH SYSTEM
883 POWER CLOSING SYSTEM
985 REG.DOC. AND COC DOC. EU4 TECHNOLOGY
M112 V6-GASOLINE ENGINE M112
M37 DISPLACEMENT 3.7 LITERS
</nowiki>

<nowiki>
WDB2201751A432027
Engine number ... 113960 30 592852 Front axle 1 ....
Sales des. ...... S 500 Radio unit no. ..
Order number .... 0 4 368 01024 Rear axle 1 .....
Production order Rear axle 2 .....
Transmission .... 722901 00 044047 Cab .............
Vehicle title no. Platform ........
Power take-off .. VIN .............
Front tire 1 .... Trailer hitch ...
Front tire 2 .... Steering ........
Rear tire 1 ..... Equipment ....... 278A
Rear tire 2 ..... Paint/code 1 .... 359U
Order number 1 .. 0-23621584 Paint/code 2 ....
Rims ............ Paint/code 3 ....
Lamps ........... Paint/code 4 ....
Windshield wipers Paint/code 5 ....
Order number 2 .. Door lock .......
Speed. corr. .... Steering lock ...
Transmission lock
Tank lock .......
SA codes: Delivery date ...

044 REGULATION WASHER SYSTEM
220 PARKTRONIC SYSTEM(PTS)
223 REAR BACK REST ADJUSTMENT AND HEAD RESTRAINTS, ELE
231 GARAGE DOOR OPENER
236L FREIBURG BRANCH
247 SEAT ADJUSTMENT ELEC. ALSO OPERABLE FROM REAR
249 INSIDE AND OUTSIDE MIRROR AUTOMATIC DIMMING
250B MOBILO LIFE/EUROPE SERVICE PACKAGE
260B AIRBAGLABEL - GERMAN/ENGLISH
270A LEATHER
275 MEMORY PACKAGE (DRIVER SEAT, STRG. COL., MIRROR)
278A LEATHER ALPACA GRAY
284 SELECTOR LEVER, WOOD
289 WOOD/LEATHER STEERING-WHEEL
2XXL FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
354 ANTENNA FOR TELEPHONE D/E-NET
359U TANZANITE BLUE METALLIC FINISH
380 PORTABLE CTEL PREPARATION ASSEMBLY
401 DELUXE FRONT SEATS WITH VENTILATION AND HEATING CO
402 COMFORT REAR SEATS WITH VENTILATION AND SEAT HEATE
404 MULTI-CONTOUR SEAT, FRONT LEFT
405 MULTI-CONTOUR SEAT, FRONT RIGHT
414 ELECTRIC TILT/SLIDE SUNROOF IN GLASS VERSION
427 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 7-SPEED
527 COMAND DVD APS WITH NAVIGATION
540 ROLLER BLIND, ELECTRIC, FOR REAR WINDOW
582 AIR CONDITIONER IN THE REAR
600 HEADLAMPS - CLEANING EQUIPMENT
614 BI-XENON HEADLAMPS FOR RIGHT-HAND TRAFFIC
671 LIGHT-ALLOY-WHEEL 7-SPOKE-DESIGN
673 HIGH-CAPACITY BATTERY
682 FIRE EXTINGUISHER
731 WOOD TRIM BURRED WALNUT ROOT
804 AEJ 03/1; 03/X
810 SOUND SYSTEM
813 LINGUATRONIC-GERMAN (VOICE OPERATION)
819 CD CHANGER
881 REMOTE TRUNK LOCKING
883 POWER CLOSING SYSTEM
889 KEYLESS - GO
985 REG.DOC. AND COC DOC. EU4 TECHNOLOGY
F220 SERIES PRODUCTION 220
FV SEDAN ELONGATED
G901 TRANSMISSION CODE VERSION 01
GA AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
HA REAR AXLE
L LEFT-HAND STEERING
M113 V8-GASOLINE ENGINE M113
M50 DISPLACEMENT 5.0 LITER
VL FRONT AXLE HALF, LEFT
VR FRONT AXLE HALF, RIGHT
</nowiki>

Key Words with Links to Relevant Sections

2021-07-24T03:36:18Z

Ricebubbles: Fixed links for Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump

Back to '''[[Index]]'''

==Tip==
The best way to use "Key Words with Links to Relevant Sections" is to do a search using the computer key board's Control and F keys. Press the Ctrl and F keys simultaneously, then enter your search word.

[[WIS 32.50 Active Body Control (ABC)|ABC]]

[[Acronyms and Abbreviations|Abbreviations]]

[[WIS 42.30 Anti-locking System ABS|ABS]]

[[WIS 33.00 Wheel Bearings Front Axle|ABS Error Caused by Front Wheel Speed Sensor Malfunction]]

[[WIS 09.10 Air Filter|Air Cleaner]]

[[WIS 83.40 Automatic Climate Control (ACC) or Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)|ACC]]

[[Acronyms and Abbreviations|Acronyms]]

[[WIS 32.50 Active Body Control (ABC)|Active Body Control]]

[[WIS 83.40 Automatic Climate Control (ACC) or Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)|Air Conditioning]]

[[WIS 32.22 Air Suspension / Airmatic|Airmatic]]

[http://w220.ee/WIS_32.22_Air_Suspension_/_Airmatic Airmatic - Emergency Procedure]

[[WIS 15.40 Generator / Alternator|Alternator]]

[[Instrument cluster|Alternator Output Voltage via Instrument Cluster Hidden Menu]]

[[WIS 20.00 General|Anti Freeze]]

[[WIS 80.50 Anti-theft Alarm System (ATA), Interior Protection, Tow Away Protection|Anti-theft Alarm System]]

[[Reset Service Interval Indicator|ASSYST Service Light Reset]]

[[WIS 80.50 Anti-theft Alarm System (ATA), Interior Protection, Tow Away Protection|ATA]]

[[Angle Measuring Device or Inclinometer|Axle Angle Measurement Tool]]

[http://w220.ee/#WIS_32_Suspension Ball Joints]

[[WIS 54.10 Battery, Power Supply, Voltage Converter|Battery]]

[[Instrument cluster|Battery Voltage via Instrument Cluster Hidden Menu]]

[[WIS 33.00 Wheel Bearings Front Axle|Bearings - Front Wheel]]

[[WIS 35.30 Final Drive, Rear Drive Shafts|Bearings - Rear Wheel]]

[[WIS 13.22 Single-belt Drive|Belt Serpentine]]

[[WIS 83.40 Automatic Climate Control (ACC) or Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)|Blower]]

[[WIS 88.50 Trunk/Boot Lid|Boot]]

[http://w220.ee/Index#WIS_42_Brakes_.E2.80.93_Hydraulics_and_Mechanical_Components Brakes]

[[W220 S-Class Brochure|Brochure]]

[[WIS 88.20 Bumpers|Bumpers]]

[[Burn mp3 Audio Files to a CD or DVD|Burn mp3 Audio Files - How to Burn to a CD or DVD]]

[http://w220.ee/WIS_32.22_Air_Suspension_/_Airmatic Car Too Low - Airmatic - Emergency Procedure]

[[Rear view camera|Camera - Rear View]]

[[Rear view camera|Camera - Reverse or Reversing]]

[[WIS 82.90 On-board Communication System, Multi-function Steering Wheel|CAN (Controller Area Network) Bus]]

[[WIS 82.90 On-board Communication System, Multi-function Steering Wheel|CAN B - Interior CAN (also known as Body CAN)]]

[[WIS 82.90 On-board Communication System, Multi-function Steering Wheel|CAN C - Engine CAN (also known as Chassis CAN)]]

[[WIS 49.10 Exhaust Pipes, Catalytic Converter, Mufflers|Catalytic Converters]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|CCM Multi-function Control Module]]

[[Burn mp3 Audio Files to a CD or DVD|CD Audio Files - How to Burn mp3 Files to a CD or DVD]]

[[WIS_82.90_On-board_Communication_System,_Multi-function_Steering_Wheel|Central Gateway (CGW or ZGW)]]

[[WIS_82.90_On-board_Communication_System,_Multi-function_Steering_Wheel|CGW or ZGW (Central Gateway)]]

[[WIS 83.40 Automatic Climate Control (ACC) or Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)|Charcoal Filter]]

[[WIS 15.40 Generator / Alternator|Charging System]]

[[WIS 82.00 Electrical System, Body, General|Circuit Diagrams]]

[[WIS 54.30 Instrument Cluster, Display Instrument, Warning System|Clock]]

[[WIS 72.30 Shutting Assist (SHI) / Close Assist / Self Close|Close Assist]]

[[Code Readers]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Codes]]

[[WIS 82.00 Electrical System, Body, General|Color Colour Codes]]

[[WIS 82.85 Navigation and Communication System (CNS, ICS, COMAND, FleetBoa) A40/3|COMAND]]

[[Description - Air Conditioning Drive Pulley)|Compressor - Air Conditioning]]

[[Air Conditioning Compressor|Compressor Drive Pulley]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Control Module]]

[[WIS 80.45 Convenience Feature (CF) / Convenience Locking System|Convenience Feature]]

[[WIS 20.00 General|Coolant]]

[[WIS 20.20 Radiator, Coolant Hoses|Coolant (Heater) Hoses]]

[[WIS 20.40 Fan, Fan Clutch|Cooling Fan (Engine Electric Suction Fan)]]

[[WIS 80.45 Convenience Feature (CF) / Convenience Locking System|Convenience Opening Closing]]

[[Crankshaft Position Sensor|CPS]]

[[Crankshaft Position Sensor|Crankshaft Position Sensor]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|DAM (FBM) Drive Authorization Module]]

[[STAR Diagnosis System (SDS) or Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS)|DAS or Diagnosis Assistance System]]

[[Data Card | Data Card (List of Option Codes)]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|DCM Door Control Module]]

[[STAR Diagnosis System (SDS) or Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS)|Diagnostics]]

[[STAR Diagnosis System (SDS) or Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS)|Diagnostic Assistance System (DAS)]]

[[M-B Fault Error Codes/Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)|Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)]]

[http://w220.ee/Index#WIS_42_Brakes_.E2.80.93_Hydraulics_and_Mechanical_Components Disc Brakes]

[[WIS 30.30 Cruise Control (CC), Distronic (DTR)|Distronic]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Door Control Module DCM)]]

[[WIS 72.10 Front Door|Door Handle]]

[[WIS 72.30 Shutting Assist (SHI) / Close Assist / Self Close|Door Self Close]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Drive Authorization Module DAM (FBM)]]

[[Air Conditioning Compressor|Drive Pulley - Air Conditioning Compressor]]

[[M-B Fault Error Codes/Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)|DTC]]

[[WIS 30.30 Cruise Control (CC), Distronic (DTR)|DTR]]

[[Burn mp3 Audio Files to a CD or DVD|DVD Audio Files - How to Burn mp3 Files to a CD or DVD]]

[[WIS 46.15 Steering Column Adjustment|Easy Entry/Exit Feature]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|EIS (EZS) Electronic Ignition Switch Control Module]]

[[WIS 82.00 Electrical System, Body, General|Electrical Wiring or Circuit Diagrams]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Electronic Ignition Switch Control Module EIS (EZS)]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Electronic Selector Lever Module ESM (EWM)]]

[[WIS 42.45 Electronic Stability Program, Telligent® Stability Control|Electronic Stability Program (ESP)]]

[[WIS 33.00 Wheel Bearings Front Axle|ESP Error Caused by Front Wheel Speed Sensor Malfunction]]

[http://w220.ee/WIS_32.22_Air_Suspension_/_Airmatic Emergency - Airmatic]

[[WIS 91.40 Seat Belts, Emergency Tensioning Retractors|Emergency Tensioning Retractors]]

[[WIS 09.10 Air Filter|Engine Air Cleaner]]

[[WIS 09.10 Air Filter|Engine Air Filter]]

[[WIS 09.10 Air Filter|Engine Dust Filter]]

[[WIS 20.40 Fan, Fan Clutch|Engine Electric Suction Fan (Cooling Fan)]]

[[WIS 22.10 Engine Mounts, Engine Brackets|Engine Mounts]]

[[WIS 18.20 Oil Filter, Internal Combustion Engine|Engine Oil Filter]]

[[WIS 01.10 Complete Engine|Engine Removal]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Engine Systems Control Module ESCM (MAS)]]

[[M-B Fault Error Codes/Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)|Error Codes]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|ESCM (MAS) Engine Systems Control Module]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|ESM (EWM) Electronic Selector Lever Module]]

[[WIS 91.40 Seat Belts, Emergency Tensioning Retractors|ETR]]

[[WIS 49.10 Exhaust Pipes, Catalytic Converter, Mufflers|Exhaust]]

[[WIS 88.70 Exterior Mirrors|Exterior Mirrors]]

[[WIS 88.79 Exterior Mirrors - Electrical System|Exterior Mirrors - Electrical]]

[[M-B Fault Error Codes/Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)|Fault Error Codes]]

[[WIS 83.40 Automatic Climate Control (ACC) or Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)|Filter ACC]]

[[WIS 18.20 Oil Filter, Internal Combustion Engine|Filter Oil]]

[[Four Quadrant Sun Sensor (B32/2)|Four Quadrant Sun Sensor]]

[[WIS 33.10 Complete Front Axle|Front Axle]]

[http://w220.ee/#WIS_32_Suspension Front Suspension]

[[WIS 47.00 Fuel Filler Cover|Fuel Filler Cover]]

[[WIS 07.61 Gasoline Engine and Injection System ME|Fuel Injectors]]

[[WIS 54.15 Fuse and Relay Box|Fuses]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Gear Recognition Module GRM (GEM)]]

[[WIS 15.40 Generator / Alternator|Generator]]

[[WIS 82.85 Navigation and Communication System (CNS, ICS, COMAND, FleetBoa) A40/3|GPS]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|GRM (GEM) Gear Recognition Module]]

[[WIS 07.61 Gasoline Engine and Injection System ME|H2OS]]

[[WIS 82.15 Headlamp Cleaning System|Headlamp Cleaning]]

[[Headlights|Headlights, Headlamps]]

[[WIS 82.15 Headlamp Cleaning System|Headlight Washer]]

[[WIS 91.16 Head-rest/Restraint|Head-rest]]

[[WIS 91.10 Front Seats|Heated Seats]]

[[WIS 83.40 Automatic Climate Control (ACC) or Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)|Heater]]

[[WIS 20.20 Radiator, Coolant Hoses|Heater (Coolant) Hoses]]

[[WIS 07.61 Gasoline Engine and Injection System ME|Heated O2 Sensors]]

[[Automatic Climate Control (ACC) Service Menus|Hidden Automatic Climate Control (ACC) Service Menus]]

[[Instrument cluster|Hidden Instrument Cluster Menu]]

[[Instrument cluster|Hidden Menu for VIN]]

[[WIS 83.40 Automatic Climate Control (ACC) or Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)|HVAC]]

[[Index]]

[[WIS 80.45 Convenience Feature (CF) / Convenience Locking System|Infrared Sensor]]

[[WIS 07.61 Gasoline Engine and Injection System ME|Injectors - Fuel]]

[[Instrument cluster|Instrument Cluster]]

[[Instrument cluster|Instrument Cluster Hidden Menu]]

[[Interior Door Handle Illumination|Interior Door Handle Illumination]]

[[WIS 80.45 Convenience Feature (CF) / Convenience Locking System|IR Sensor]]

[[WIS 80.57 Drive Authorization System|Key]]

[[WIS 07.61 Gasoline Engine and Injection System ME|Lambda Sensors]]

[[Interior Door Handle Illumination|LED Interior Door Handle Illumination]]

[[WIS 82.10 Exterior Lights|Licence Plate Lights]]

[[Interior Door Handle Illumination|Light in Interior Door Handle]]

[[WIS 07.07 Air Volume Gauge, Air Mass Gauge|MAF]]

[[Workshop Training Manuals for All Mercedes-Benz|Manuals]]

[[WIS 07.07 Air Volume Gauge, Air Mass Gauge|Mass Air Flow]]

[[Instrument cluster|Multi Function Display (MFD) Hidden Menu]]

[[WIS 88.70 Exterior Mirrors|Mirrors Exterior]]

[[WIS 68.40 Rearview Mirror|Mirrors Internal]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Module Location Diagram]]

[[WIS 77.20 Electric Sliding Roof|Moon Roof]]

[[Burn mp3 Audio Files to a CD or DVD|mp3 Audio Files - How to Burn to a CD or DVD]]

[[WIS 82.85 Navigation and Communication System (CNS, ICS, COMAND, FleetBoa) A40/3|MOST]]

[[WIS 22.10 Engine Mounts, Engine Brackets|Mounts]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Multi-function Control Module CCM]]

[[WIS 49.10 Exhaust Pipes, Catalytic Converter, Mufflers|Mufflers]]

[[WIS 82.85 Navigation and Communication System (CNS, ICS, COMAND, FleetBoa) A40/3|Multimedia]]

[[WIS 82.85 Navigation and Communication System (CNS, ICS, COMAND, FleetBoa) A40/3|Navigation]]

[[Code Readers|OBDII Code Readers]]

[[WIS 83.40 Automatic Climate Control (ACC) or Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)|OCP]]

[[VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)|Option Codes or SA Codes]]

[[WIS 18.20 Oil Filter, Internal Combustion Engine|Oil Filter]]

[[WIS 07.61 Gasoline Engine and Injection System ME|Oxygen Sensors]]

[[WIS 90.00 General|Paint Codes]]

[[Battery|Parasitic Current Draw]]

[[WIS 42.20 Parking Brake|Parking Brake]]

[[Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump|Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump]]

[[WIS 13.22 Single-belt Drive|Poly-v-Belt]]

[[WIS 72.29 Doors Electrical System|Power Window Motor]]

[[WIS 72.29 Doors Electrical System|Power Windows]]

[[WIS 72.29 Doors Electrical System|Power Window Switches]]

[[Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump|PSE or Pneumatic System Equipment Pump]]

[[Battery|Quiescent Current Draw]]

[[WIS 20.20 Radiator, Coolant Hoses|Radiator]]

[[WIS 35.30 Final Drive, Rear Drive Shafts|Rear Axle/Drive Shafts]]

[http://w220.ee/#WIS_32_Suspension Rear Suspension]

[[Rear view camera|Rear View Camera]]

[[WIS 35.30 Final Drive, Rear Drive Shafts|Rear Wheel Bearings]]

[[Recall Campaigns|Recall Campaigns]]

[[WIS 54.15 Fuse and Relay Box|Relays]]

[[WIS 77.20 Electric Sliding Roof|Reset Electric Sliding/Sun Roof]]

[[WIS 42.45 Electronic Stability Program, Telligent® Stability Control|Reset Electronic Stability Program (ESP)]]

[[WIS 88.70 Exterior Mirrors - Electrical System|Reset Exterior Mirror Parking Position Passenger Side]]

[[Reset Service Interval Indicator|Reset Service Interval Indicator]]

[[WIS 46.15 Steering Column Adjustment|Reset Steering Column]]

[[WIS 91.16 Head-rest/Restraint|Restraint or Head Rests]]

[[WIS 88.52 Retractable Trunk Lid Grip (RTG)|Retractable Trunk Lid Grip (RTG)]]

[[VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)|SA Codes or Option Codes]]

[[Data Card | SA Codes - Vehicle Data Card]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|SAM Signal Acquisition / Actuation Module]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|SCM (MRM) Steering Column Module]]

[[STAR Diagnosis System (SDS) or Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS)|SDS or Star Diagnosis System]]

[[WIS 91.10 Front Seats|Seat Heaters]]

[[WIS 91.30 Seat Heater, Seat Ventilation|Seat Ventilation]]

[[WIS 03.20 Crankshaft|Sensor - Crankshaft Position (CPS)]]

[[Sensors - Engine Timing|Sensor - Engine Timing]]

[[Four Quadrant Sun Sensor (B32/2)|Sensor – Four Quadrant Sun Sensor]]

[[WIS 80.45 Convenience Feature (CF) / Convenience Locking System|Sensor - Infrared (IR)]]

[[WIS 07.07 Air Volume Gauge, Air Mass Gauge|Sensor - MAF Element]]

[[WIS 07.04 Sender, Feeler, Sensors|Sensor – Mixture]]

[[WIS 15.50 Oil Pressure Sensor|Sensor – Oil Pressure]]

[[WIS 18.40 Oil Sensor|Sensor – Oil Sensor]]

[[WIS 15.60 Temperature Sensor|Sensor – Oil Temperature]]

[[WIS 54.70 Proximity Warning Device Parktronic System (PTS) Distance Sensor|Sensor - Parktronic]]

[[Temperature Sensors - Electrical System|Sensor - Temperature]]

[[WIS 13.22 Single-belt Drive|Serpentine Belt]]

[[Reset Service Interval Indicator|Service Interval Indicator]]

[[Reset Service Interval Indicator|Service Light Reset]]

[[Automatic Climate Control (ACC) Service Menus|Service Menus - Automatic Climate Control (ACC)]]

[[WIS 82.10 Exterior Lights|Sidelights]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Signal Acquisition / Actuation Module SAM)]]

[[WIS 82.25 Signalling Equipment/Emergency Alarm System|Signal Indicators]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|SIM Subscriber Identification Module]]

[[WIS 27.60 Gearshift, Control|Shifter Locked in Park]]

[[WIS 72.30 Shutting Assist (SHI) / Close Assist / Self Close|Shutting Assist]]

[[WIS 77.20 Electric Sliding Roof|Sliding Roof]]

[[WIS 72.30 Shutting Assist (SHI) / Close Assist / Self Close|Soft/Self Close Function]]

[[Four Quadrant Sun Sensor (B32/2)|Solar (Sun) Sensor]]

[[WIS 15.10 Ignition System General|Spark Plugs]]

[http://w220.ee/Special_Tools Special Tools]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Special Vehicle Multi-function Control Module SVCM (MSS)]]

[[WIS 91.40 Seat Belts, Emergency Tensioning Retractors|SRS]]

[[STAR Diagnosis System (SDS) or Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS)|STAR]]

[[WIS 15.30 Starter Motor|Starter Motor]]

[[WIS 46.15 Steering Column Adjustment|Steering Column]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Steering Column Module SCM (MRM)]]

[[WIS 82.90 On-board Communication System, Multi-function Steering Wheel|Steering Wheel]]

[[WIS 88.70 Exterior Mirrors - Electrical System|Storing Exterior Mirror Parking Position Passenger Side]]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|Subscriber Identification Module SIM)]]

[[WIS 77.20 Electric Sliding Roof|Sun Roof]]

[[Four Quadrant Sun Sensor (B32/2)|Sun Sensor]]

[[WIS 91.40 Seat Belts, Emergency Tensioning Retractors|Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)]]

[http://w220.ee/#WIS_32_Suspension Sruts]

[http://w220.ee/#WIS_32_Suspension Suspension]

[[WIS 54.21 Control Units/Modules|SVCM (MSS) Special Vehicle Multi-function Control Module]]

[[WIS 82.10 Exterior Lights|Tail Lights]]

[http://w220.ee/Technical_Service_Bulletins_(TSB) Technical Service Bulletins]

[[MOST Television|Television]]

[[Template for W220 Wiki Articles|Template for new single page Wiki article]]

[[WIS 27.20 Torque Converter|TCM]]

[[Temperature Sensors - Electrical System|Thermistor]]

[[WIS 20.10 Coolant Pump, Coolant Thermostat|Thermostat]]

[[WIS 20.40 Fan, Fan Clutch|Threshold Temperature - Engine Electric Suction Fan (Cooling Fan)]]

[http://w220.ee/#WIS_32_Suspension Thrust Arm]

[[Wheels, Tyres|Tires]]

[http://w220.ee/Special_Tools Tools]

[[WIS 27.20 Torque Converter|Torque Converter]]

[http://w220.ee/#WIS_32_Suspension Torque Arm Torque Strut]

[http://w220.ee/#WIS_27_Automatic_Transmission Transmission]

[[WIS 27.60 Gearshift, Control|Transmission Locked in Park]]

[[WIS 27.60 Gearshift, Control|Transmission Selector/Shifter]]

[[WIS 88.50 Trunk/Boot Lid|Trunk/Boot]]

[[WIS 88.50 Trunk/Boot Lid|Trunk Latch Pneumatic Solenoid Valves]]

[http://w220.ee/Technical_Service_Bulletins_(TSB) TSBs]

[[WIS 82.25 Signalling Equipment/Emergency Alarm System|Turn Indicators]]

[[Wheels, Tyres|Tyres]]

[[WIS 82.85 Navigation and Communication System (CNS, ICS, COMAND, FleetBoa) A40/3|Universal Handy Interface (UHI)]]

[[WIS 32.22 Air Suspension / Airmatic|Valve Block - AIRmatic]]

[[WIS 27.35 Valve Body Housing|Valve Body]]

[[Data Card | Vehicle Data Card (List of Option Codes)]]

[[VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)|Vehicle Identification Number]]

[[WIS 83.40 Automatic Climate Control (ACC) or Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)|Ventilation - ACC]]

[[WIS 91.30 Seat Heater, Seat Ventilation|Ventilation - Seat]]

[[VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)|VIN]]

[[Instrument cluster|VIN via Instrument Cluster Hidden Menu]]

[[Instrument cluster|Voltmeter via Instrument Cluster Hidden Menu]]

[https://w220.ee/Wheels,_Tyres#Wheel_Alignment Wheel Alignment]

[[WIS 33.00 Wheel Bearings Front Axle|Wheel Bearings - Front]]

[[WIS 35.30 Final Drive, Rear Drive Shafts|Wheel Bearings - Rear]]

[[WIS 33.00 Wheel Bearings Front Axle|Wheel Speed Sensor - Front]]

[[Code Readers|WiFi Adapters or OBDII Code Readers]]

[[W220 Encyclopedia:About|Wiki About]]

[[WIS 82.30 Windshield Wiper|Windscreen Wipers]]

[http://w220.ee/WIS_20.20_Radiator,_Coolant_Hoses#How_to_Remove_Windscreen_Wiper_Panel.2FGuard Windscreen Wiper Panel/Guard]

[[WIS 82.30 Windshield Wiper|Windshield Wipers]]

[[WIS 82.00 Electrical System, Body, General|Wire Color Codes]]

[[WIS 82.00 Electrical System, Body, General|Wiring Circuit Diagrams]]

[[Wheels, Tyres|Wheels]]

[[STAR Diagnosis System (SDS) or Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS)|XEntry]]

[[WIS_82.90_On-board_Communication_System,_Multi-function_Steering_Wheel|ZGW or CGW (Central Gateway)]]

Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump

2021-07-24T03:31:02Z

Ricebubbles: Removed link to WIS 80.20 Central Locking System, Interior Central Locking as it no longer works!!!!!

==Description==
The [[Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE)]] Pump does the closing of the doors and trunk with pressure. It either increases or decreases the pressure in the lines causing the movement of pistons in actuators, which in turn move levers in the various latches, which pull the doors or trunk closed.

Notice that the PSE Pump is very clever, and can both blow (create +ve pressure) and suck (create -ve pressure or vacuum).

The negative pressure (vacuum) pulled by the PSE Pump may ensure retraction of various actuators but it also performs function in it’s own right, such as retracting the Boot/Trunk Handle.

'''Pneumatic System Equipment or PSE Pump in Boot or Trunk'''

[[File:Pneumatic System Equipment or PSE Pump in Boot or Trunk.JPG|600px|center]]

==Functions==
On a M-B W220 2003 Update S500 LWB:
* Locking/Unlocking of Doors,
* Soft/Self Close Function for Trunk,
* Inflation of Lumbar Support Bladders,
* Operation of Fuel Filler Flap Lock, (For manual release see [[WIS 47.00 Fuel Filler Cover]]
* [[WIS 88.52 Retractable Trunk Lid Grip (RTG)|Extension and retraction of the Boot/Trunk Handle]],
* Releases the Child Safety Lock on Rear Doors in an emergency, and
* [[WIS 88.50 Trunk/Boot Lid|Operation of the Boot/Trunk Catch for auto opening]].

==Summary of Designations and Functions==
The W220 S-Class Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump has each Port designated with Capital Letters:

SK, KAF, HECK, TD, Blank

......FoR, FoL, BFT, FT and MKL.

See next Figure for PSE Pump Air Line Port Designations.

[[File:W220 PSE Pump Air Line Port Designations.JPG|600px|center]]

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Summary of Designations and Functions- Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump
|-
!style="text-align:center;"|Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump Port Connector and Air Line Colour
!Designation
!Function in W220 2003 Update S500L
|-
|Black connector/large yellow air line
|SK
|Main Inlet Line with Air Filter behind the Rear Left Seat Back
|-
|Grey connector /white air line
|KAF
|Rear Seat Head Restraints
|-
|Grey connector /yellow air line
|HECK
|Retractable Trunk Grip (RTG), Boot/Trunk Catch Actuator and Trunk Soft Close Mechanism
|-
|Grey connector /yellow air line
|TD
|Fuel Filler Flap Lock
|-
|Not Used
|
|
|-
|Grey connector /yellow air line
|FoR
|Rear Right Door Lock, Child Safety Door Lock Release and Soft/Self Close
|-
|Grey connector /yellow air line
|FoL
|Rear Left Door Lock , Child Safety Door Lock Release and Soft/Self Close
|-
|Grey connector /yellow air line
|BFT
|Front Passenger's (left or right depends on LHD or RHD) Door Lock and Soft/Self Close
|-
|Grey connector /yellow air line
|FT
|Front Driver's (left or right depends on LHD or RHD) Door Lock and Soft/Self Close
|-
|Grey connector /grey air line
|MKL
|Multi Contour Backrest (Lumbar Support Bladder all four seats)
|}

==Location==
===PSE Pump===
The Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump is located in the Boot/Trunk in a foam lined compartment in the left rear fender well, above the GPS Navigation Unit and is hidden from view by the Boot/Trunk Liner.

[[File:W220 PSE Pump Location.jpg|300px|center]]


===Inlet Air Filter===
The PSE Pump SK port is attached via a large diameter yellow pneumatic line to the Inlet Air Filter which is located behind the rear left seat back.
[[File:W220 Filter on End of Pneumatic Line Attached to PSE Port SK.JPG|300px|center]]

==Part Numbers==
2003 Update W220 S500 OEM PSE Part Number:
: >PP-TS20<
: MB 220 800 10 48 [08]
: BOSCH 0 132 006 381
: (944)
: 0022 03190 10 0315 1 001 Made in France

As usual confusion reigns regarding part numbers.

* One BenzWorld Member called his dealer to verify the part number and apparently all the PSE vacuum pumps are the exact same pump, M-B just kept changing the part number every year,
: 220 800 02 48 is the oldest part number, then keeps going up to
: 220 800 03 48,
: 220 800 05 48,
: 220 800 10 48 etc.
But it’s all the same pump so they will all work.

* Another BenzWorld member says only the newest pump will work for sure. The difference is in the electronics basically. Older pumps for example do not support the remote trunk closure option.

* Another post says, I checked the part numbers on the compatibility, and although 220 800 05 48 is an older version than 220 800 11 48, they are interchangeable.

==Specification Values (Obtained by Measurement)==
===Pressure Regulated Switch===
The PSE Pump has a Pressure Regulated Switch which is adjustable. It can be accessed once the pump is removed and dismantled.

[[File:W220 PSE Pump Pressure Switch.JPG|300px|center]]

The Pressure Regulated Switch changes from a closed position to an open position at 27.6KPa (4psi).

===Pressure at MKL Port===
Contrary to the result obtained at the Pressure Switch the pressure measured at the MKL (Multicontour backrest) port was 82.7KPa (12psi). The WIS specification states "A pressure of approx. (700...950) mbar is produced at the pump outlet 'MKL'." and "If the pressure has dropped to (500...650) mbar, the control module operates and produces pressure".

Thus the PSE Pump (A37) should;
* switch '''off''' at 700 to 950 mbar or 70 to 95 KPa or 10.1 to 13.8 psi.
* switch '''on''' at 500 to 650 mbar or 50 to 65 KPa or 7.3 to 9.4 psi.

===Solenoid Coil Resistance===
The PSE Pump has ten solenoid valves. The coils have a resistance of 34.0 Ohms +/-0.1.

Note the resistance may be measured in situ, ie without unsoldering and removing the printed circuit board.

[[File:W220 PSE Pump Coil Resistances.JPG|400px|center]]

==Baseline Pressure Tests==
In order to establish a base line performance the following pressure tests were conducted and the results recorded as each feature was run through it’s full range of operation.

The pressure readings were obtained with a home made dual gauge set, comprising a Vacuum Gauge and a Pressure Gauge teed together, and then this dual gauge teed into each air line in turn.

The appropriate function was then operated as per normal whilst observing the dual gauges. By necessity each air line had to be disconnected and then reconnected with the tee piece in line for each test. This may have some impact on the results as the Pump is very aware that the line has been disconnected. According to Brett Allison in the reference, the W140 Close Assist Pump will cease to control a particular air line if it detects a fault several times in a row. This condition is corrected by unplugging the large connector on the PSE Pump, waiting a minute or so and reconnecting, which apparently resets the electronics.

{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Baseline Pressure Tests
|-
!style="text-align:center;"|PSE Pump Port Designation
!Function in W220 2003 Update S500 LWB
!Pressure Tests (Note Non-Existent Soft Close Function on All Doors)
|-
|SK
|Main Inlet Line with Filter
|Main Inlet Line with Filter behind the Rear Left Seat Back
|-
|KAF
|Rear Seat Head Restraints
|Switch Head Restraints up, get +ve pressure (27KPa, 4psi), the head restraints go up, then returns to atmospheric pressure.
Switch Head Restraints down, no change in pressure (atmospheric), Head Restraints go down.
|-
|HECK
|Retractable Trunk Grip (RTG) Boot/Trunk Catch Actuator and Trunk Soft Close Mechanism
|Manually close Boot/Trunk by pulling down on RTG Handle until latch goes click, get +ve pressure (27KPa, 4psi), Boot/Trunk Catch Actuator pulls boot closed, then –ve pressure (19”Hg vacuum), which retracts RTG Handle, then returns to atmospheric pressure.
Open Boot/Trunk with either remote control on key fob, driver’s door trunk release switch or switch on trunk lid, get +ve pressure (27KPa, 4psi), which extends RTG Handle, and unlocks Boot/Trunk latch, releasing lid which fully opens, then returns to atmospheric pressure.
|-
|TD
|Fuel Filler Flap Lock
|Lock car using Remote Key, get +ve pressure (28Kpa or 4psi), which moves pin out to lock Fuel Filler Flap, then returns to atmospheric pressure.
Unlock car using Remote Key, get -ve pressure (8”Hg vacuum), which retracts pin to unlock Fuel Filler Flap, then returns to atmospheric pressure.
|-
|Not Used
|
|
|-
|FoR
|Rear Right Door
|Lock car using Remote Key, get +ve pressure (14Kpa or 2psi), which pulls Rear Right Door Lock Button down, then returns to atmospheric pressure.
Unlock car using Remote Key, get -ve pressure (9”Hg vacuum), which moves Rear Right Door Lock Button up, then returns to atmospheric pressure.
Soft Close Feature (Where Fitted TBD)
|-
|FoL
|Rear Left Door
|Lock car using Remote Key, get +ve pressure (24Kpa or 3.5psi), which pulls Rear Left Door Lock Button down, then returns to atmospheric pressure.
Unlock car using Remote Key, get -ve pressure (9”Hg vacuum) which moves Rear Left Door Lock Button up, then returns to atmospheric pressure.
Soft Close Feature (Where Fitted TBD)
|-
|BFT
|Front Passenger's Door (left or right depends on LHD or RHD)
|Lock car using Remote Key, get +ve pressure (24Kpa or 3.5psi), which pulls Front Left Door Lock Button down, then returns to atmospheric pressure.
Unlock car using Remote Key, get -ve pressure (9”Hg vacuum), which moves Front Left Door Lock Button up, then returns to atmospheric pressure.
Soft Close Feature (Where Fitted TBD)
|-
|FT
|Front Driver's Door ((left or right depends on LHD or RHD))
|Lock car using Remote Key, get +ve pressure (21Kpa or 3psi), which pulls Front Right Door Lock Button down, then returns to atmospheric pressure.
Unlock car using Remote Key, get -ve pressure (9”Hg vacuum), which moves Front Right Door Lock Button up, then returns to atmospheric pressure.
Soft Close Feature (Where Fitted TBD)
|-
|MKL
|Multi Contour Backrest (Lumbar Support Bladder all seats)
|When the MKL Air Line is connected it always has +ve pressure (55Kpa or 8psi). If the MKL Air Line is disconnected each Lumbar Support Bladder remains inflated until it’s Adjustment Control on the edge of the seat is returned to ‘0’. You can hear the air escaping from the Adjustment Control.
|}

==Issues==
===Pump Fails to Work Due to Pneumatic Leaks===
* The PSE pump contains electronics which has memory and will disable some functions if they do not work properly for whatever reason. For example a leak in a line or actuator may cause the pump to run for too long. The electronics may disable the pump in this situation.
* The solution is to reset the pump which should restore functionality, even if temporarily. If the fault persists the pump will most likely be disabled again.
===Pump Fails to Work Due to Blocked Pump Ports===
* Some functions may not work due to a build up of a fine black powder inside the PSE pump which blocks the relevant port.
* The solution is to dismantle the pump and clean any contamination from the pump head or internal lines. The following contaminated area was provided by BenzWorld poster, GotBenz.
[[File:PSE Pump Contaminated Parts.JPG|500px|center]]
===Pump Fails to Work Due to Over Heating===
* The Retractable Trunk Grip (RTG) ie the pneumatically controlled hidden chrome handle failed when the car was locked and left parked. Next morning the car wouldn’t unlock because the battery voltage had drained to 6.4V. The PSE pump had been running all night and melted the discharge plastic port on the pump.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Melted Discharge Port.JPG|500px|center]]

* In this example the PSE pump output port is still intact but is leaking through a small hole which was created when the heat from the pump softened the plastic. After doing the Internal Leak Testing described below it the pump was found to have a severe internal leak due to heat damage and was unusable.
[[File:PSE Closeup of Partially Melted Pump Output Port with Annotation.JPG|500px|center]]

* The next photo shows two W220 PSE Pumps with severe external heat damaged base plates. Both pumps were unusable.
[[File:W220 PSE Pumps Showing External Heat Damaged Base Plates Bottom View.JPG|500px|center]]

* The next photo shows a heat damaged PSE pump which has been cut open to reveal the internal leak.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Heat Damaged Base Plate Internal View.JPG|500px|center]]

And a close-up of the leakage path.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Internal View Closeup of Failure Mode.JPG|500px|center]]

* The easy solution is to buy a new or second hand pump and after fitting reprogram the pump to the car using STAR.

* If the PSE Pump Output Port is still intact and the pump doesn't show any of the signs of bubbling due to heat, a pressure tensioner can be added for extra strength. See below for DIY Repair.

* Even if the pump is in good condition and doesn't show any signs of damage due to heat it is a good idea to add a heat radiator to remove some of the Output Port heat generated by the pump. See below for DIY Solution.

{|
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9vwtFR343SE|320|left|Pump repair. Part 1.|frame}}
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f_1JBVw8jjE|320|left|Pump repair. Part 2.|frame}}
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pzb3qOghbpA|320|left|Pump repair. Part 3.|frame}}
|}

==Resetting==
Resetting of the PSE pump is accomplished by either pulling the 20 amp [[WIS 54.15 Fuse and Relay Box|fuse]] under the Rear Right Seat or disconnecting the main connector to the PSE pump for thirty seconds.

==Accessing==
'''Warning: DO NOT remove any of the Air Lines before ANNOTATING them. The PSE Pump Ports are marked but the Air Lines are not.'''
* Remove battery earth connection.
* Remove the plastic panel at the rear most edge of the Boot/Trunk opening.
* Remove Trunk/boot left side lining. See [[WIS 88.50 Trunk/Boot Lid]].
* It helps to remove the Boot/Trunk Lining under the back window after also removing the Battery Cover and the right Boot/Trunk liner but it is not absolutely necessary.
* It is not necessary to touch either the GPS Navigation or the CD Player.
* Remove TV Tuner if fitted.
* Remove insulating cover from PSE Pump.
* Withdraw PSE Pump from its insulated box.
* Annotate each line with the designation matching that found on the PSE Pump.
* Note the Air Lines are connected to the pump by snap-on connectors.

To inspect the internals see section "Dismantling - PSE Pump" below.

==Fault Codes==
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: auto;"
|+Fault Codes - Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump
|-
!style="text-align:center;"|Code
!Fault
|-
|B1436-012
|The safety time of the central locking has been exceeded for the following pneumatic branch: Driver's door.
|-
|B1436-014
|The safety time of the central locking has been exceeded for the following pneumatic branch: Front passenger door or rear doors
|-
|B1436-015
|The safety time of the central locking has been exceeded for the following pneumatic branch: Passenger door.
|-
|B1436-016
|The safety time of the central locking has been exceeded for the following pneumatic branch: Left rear door.
|-
|B1436-017
|The safety time of the central locking has been exceeded for the following pneumatic branch: Right rear door.
|-
|B1437
|The safety time has been exceeded for the following pneumatic branch: Lower or raise rear head restraints.
|-
|B1438-011
|The air demand of the multicontour backrest is too high.
|-
|B1438-012
|The safety time has been exceeded for the following pneumatic branch: Multicontour backrest.
|-
|B1440
|The safety time has been exceeded for the following pneumatic branch: Trunk lid
remote release.
|-
|B1442-012
|The safety time of the power closing has been exceeded for the following pneumatic branch: Driver's door.
|-
|B1442-015
|The safety time of the power closing has been exceeded for the following pneumatic branch: Passenger door.
|-
|B1442-016
|The safety time of the power closing has been exceeded for the following pneumatic branch: Left rear door.
|-
|B1442-017
|The safety time of the power closing has been exceeded for the following pneumatic branch: Right rear door.
|-
|B1442-018
|The safety time of the power closing has been exceeded for the following pneumatic branch: Trunk lid.
|}

==Testing and DIY Repairs==

===Test Pneumatic System by Observation===
There is an easy test to see if it's all working properly.
With the boot open and the pump visible, use a screwdriver to carefully trip the catch in the boot lid,
basically tricking it into thinking it's time to close.
The catch shuts and you can clearly hear the how long the pump is on for.
It should stop after no more than 5 seconds. If it runs on to 12-16 seconds,
it's logging an error and the close assist system will stop working after five or six operations.

After rebuild it should take only 3 seconds to close, before it was taking 16 seconds.
{|
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UpMtQkakOyI|320|left|Testing PSE pump.|frame}}
|}

===Test Pneumatic Lines for Leakage===
The best method for determining which lines are leaking is to perform leakage tests on each pneumatic line when disconnected from the PSE Pump. Firstly remove the PSE Pump.
====Remove PSE Pump====
To access and remove the PSE Pump refer to section "Accessing - Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump" above.

====Leakage Testing Pneumatic Lines====
* Carefully prise one pneumatic line from the PSE port.
* Connect a MityVac hand operated vacuum pump to the open pneumatic line.
* Apply negative vacuum. (Note some long lines with large actuators will require considerable pumping.
* Observe the result on the MityVac gauge. It should hold a steady vacuum if there are no leaks.
* If leaks are observed you will need to work your way towards the relevant actuator and repeat wherever it is convenient.
* Replace the pneumatic line.
* Repeat the vacuum test on the next pneumatic line.

[[File:MityVac Hand Operated Vacuum Pump at the PSE Pump End.JPG|300px|center]]

====Leakage Testing Pneumatic Lines Using Smoke Machine ====

{|
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m6RP-4Shyos|320|left|Leakage testing using smoke machine.|frame}}
|}

===Pressure Test Results===
A vacuum gauge and a pressure gauge were teed together to make a +ve and -ve pressure tester which was then teed into each PSE Pump output port to measure the resulting operational pressures.
[[File:Vacuum and Pressure Gauges Teed Together.JPG|400px|center]]

See Section above [https://w220.ee/Pneumatic_System_Equipment_(PSE)_Pump#Specification_Values_.28Obtained_by_Measurement.29_-_Pneumatic_System_Equipment_.28PSE.29_Pump]

A thorough description and results of pressure tests can be found at BenzWorld Post #15:

http://www.benzworld.org/forums/w220-s-class/1631298-does-my-s500-have-soft-self-2.html

and 2002 S430 Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump at:

http://www.benzworld.org/forums/w220-s-class/1571979-pse-pump-air-lines.html

===Internal Pneumatic Schematic===
A failed PSE Pump was sectioned through the base plate. This allowed the following:
* investigation of the internal leakage paths,
* determination of the pneumatic schematic and
* development of a leakage test method.

'''Schematic of Internal Pneumatic Pathways and Solenoid Valves in Static (Off) Mode'''

Note orientation of diagrams is as viewed from the bottom or port side of the PSE pump.

[[File:W220 PSE Pump Viewed from Bottom or Port Side.JPG|400px|center]]

[[File:W220 PSE Pump Internal Pneumatic Schematic in Static Mode.JPG|500px|center]]

'''Schematic of Internal Pneumatic Pathways and Solenoid Valves in +ve Pressure Generating Mode'''

The blue highlight shows the air pathway when the PSE Pump is generating positive pressure. Solenoid valve #11 is energised for positive pressure mode. There may be other valves energised as well depending on the demand.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Internal Pneumatic Schematic in Positive Pressure Generating Mode.jpg|500px|center]]

'''Schematic of Internal Pneumatic Pathways and Solenoid Valves in Suction, -ve Pressure or Vacuum Generating Mode'''

The green highlight shows the air pathway when the PSE Pump is generating vacuum. Solenoid valve #1 is energised for vacuum mode. There may be other valves energised as well depending on the demand.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Internal Pneumatic Schematic in Vaccum Generating Mode.jpg|500px|center]]

'''Schematic of a Typical Internal Pneumatic Pathway Failure'''

As shown in several examples above, excessive heat generated by prolonged operation of the electrical pump will cause softening and subsequent ballooning of the base plate, external damage and eventually internal failure of the pneumatic pathways leading to severe leakage between the pressure port and the main manifold as shown in red in the next image.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Internal Pneumatic Schematic Typical Failure Path.JPG|500px|center]]

===Understanding a PSE Pump===
An excellent article by Brett Allison titled "Getting to know your Closing Assist Pump: Function, Tips, and Fixes" is at:

https://web.archive.org/web/20120418063628/http://v12uberalles.com/Closing_Assist_Pump.htm

===Test Internal Pneumatic Pathways for Leakage===
A PSE Pump that has overheated may have developed an internal leakage path between the electrical pump pressure port and the main manifold. The usual symptoms are that the pump fails to generate either or both positive pressure and vacuum. A typical failure pathway can be seen in this schematic.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Internal Pneumatic Schematic in Internal Leak Testing Mode.JPG|500px|center]]

For this test the SK (Inlet Air Filter) port must be capped or plugged. An air compressor, which has been set to supply a maximum of 40KPa (6psi), is attached to the base plate pump pressure port. A pressure gauge is attached to the base plate pump suction port. There should be no pressure showing on the gauge. In this example the faulty PSE base plate has a severe internal leakage and the test gauge is showing a full 6psi reading. This pump is only good for the bin.
[[File:Internal Leak Testing Heat Damaged PSE Pump.JPG|500px|center]]

===DIY Repair===
====Dismantling====
Once the PSE pump is on the bench it can be dismantled:
* Remove the three Torx screws on the top case.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Case Torx Screws.JPG|300px|center]]

* Release the tabs (2 each) on the two grey plastic port surrounds and remove. They are identical. Press the screw driver down in the next photo.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Removing Port Covers.JPG|300px|center]]

* Prise open the top and bottom covers using the prise points.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Case Prise Open Points.JPG|400px|center]]

* Remove the white plastic holder at the pump Suction and Discharge Ports. '''Be careful not to lose the port internal fittings.'''
** The Port closest to the observer in the next photograph is designated 'X' and is the '''discharge''' or +ve pressure port.
** The Port furthest away from the observer in the next photograph is designated 'Y' and is the '''suction''' or vacuum or -ve pressure port.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Discharge and Suction Ports.JPG|400px|center]]

* Carefully note the location and order of the port internal fittings.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Discharge Valve and Suction Filter Location.JPG|400px|center]]
** The discharge or +ve pressure port designated 'X' has a small diameter rubber '''one way valve''' and holder fitted into it.
** The suction or vacuum or -ve pressure port designated 'Y' has a small diameter '''gauze filter''' and holder fitted into it.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Discharge Valve and Suction Filter Closeup.JPG|500px|center]]

* Unsolder the red and black wires at the pump motor.

* Withdraw the whole internal assembly.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Internal Assembly.JPG|500px|center]]

====DIY Output Port Leak Repair====
If the PSE Pump Output Port has not melted completely and you see small bubbles appearing in the base plate, then it may be possible to prevent it getting any worse. The small pinhole leak shown in the next photo was caused by a burst bubble in the softened plastic base. The position of the leak can be identified by the triangular pattern of dust. This pump was beyond repair as it also had severe internal leakage.
[[File:PSE Closeup of Partially Melted Pump Output Port with Annotation.JPG|400px|center]]

If the leak is not attended to soon it will cause the pump to burn out or be damaged beyond repair.

The real problem in attempting a repair is that it is the pressure port that always fails and it can have up to 110 KPa (16psi) internal pressure which can easily blow off any externally applied glue. The solution is, once the applied glue has set, add a metal tensioner plate with a layer of plasti-bond filler underneath it to take the pressure. One of the cover screws holes can be sacrificed to allow a bolt and nut to hold the metal tensioner plate in place.

Here is the method in detail.
* Apply a dob of super strength super glue (preferably one designed for plastic or difficult to bond materials such as Loctite 406) and allow it to set undisturbed for at least 24 hours.

* Manufacture a metal (aluminium is easier to work than steel but both are suitable) tensioner plate to fit under the adjacent solenoids and around the output port spigot. Make sure it fits well before proceeding. The solenoid valves and the bolt plus the adhesion of the filler prevent the tensioner plate from being blown off.
[[File:PSE Pump Output Port Tensioner Bracket 01.JPG|300px|center]]

* Drill a 3.5mm hole through the existing cover mounting screw hole and also through the new bracket.

* Clean the area around the output port spigot with suitable degreaser and allow to thoroughly dry.

* Apply a thick layer of Plasti-Bond filler to the area around the output port.
[[File:PSE Pump Output Port with Plasti Bond Filler.JPG|400px|center]]

* Immediately place the tensioner plate in place and screw down tightly.
[[File:PSE Pump Output Port with Tensioner Bracket in Place 01.JPG|400px|center]]
[[File:PSE Pump Output Port with Tensioner Bracket in Place 02.JPG|400px|center]]

* Place the 10mm diameter output port pipe over the spigot and press down as far as possible.

* Wipe off any excess filler and allow to set.

If you are lucky this should prevent any further blowouts in the plastic due to excess pump heat. To really be sure and to make the design better than the OEM design, add a heat radiator in the Output Port Pneumatic Line. (See below.)

====DIY Add a Heat Radiator in Output Port Line====
If you want to avoid your pump from damaging the area around the output port due to heat (as shown above), then the addition of a heat transfer radiator in the output pressure pneumatic line will remove some of the excess heat and should avoid any resulting softening, bubbling and subsequent damage to the plastic base plate.

* Wind 1m of 6mm O/D copper pipe around a suitable mandrill of about 50mm diameter to make a coil.

* Shape the ends to allow fitting of suitable pipes with clamps.

* Slightly flare the ends to act as barbs to help prevent the pipe from being blown off.
[[File:PSE Pump Output Port Heat Radiator.JPG|400px|center]]

* Insert the heat radiator coil in the output port pneumatic line as shown in the photo.
[[File:PSE Pump with Output Port Heat Radiator In Place 01.JPG|400px|center]]

* You must use hose clamps on the output port pneumatic line pressure connections to avoid the internal pressure from blowing the pipes off. (The OEM design obviously relies on the fact that the output port pneumatic pipe is constrained between the electric motor port and the PSE base connection and cannot blow off unless the electric pump is removed.)

* Cut a slot in the PSE Pump Cover to suit the radiator pipes.
[[File:PSE Pump with Output Port Heat Radiator In Place 02.JPG|400px|center]]

* Also cut a slot in the sound insulating cover to allow the heat radiator to sit outside the PSE Pump. Fortunately there is plenty of space around the PSE Pump in the boot to accommodate the heat radiator. Just make sure it is tied down with plastic ties so that it doesn't create a rattle. Fill any gaps around the pipes in the slot with sound insulating material or silicon. It should be air tight to attenuate as much sound as possible.

Firmly secure the Heat Radiator tubing to the metal panel work using plastic ties to avoid any rattles.

[[File:W220 PSE Pump with Heat Radiator.JPG|400px|center]]

When tested after the pump was made to run by opening and closing the trunk several times, it was found that only one coil of the heat radiator got hot.

====DIY Overhaul====
A thorough description of a PSE Pump Overhaul by BenzWorld Member evolotion is at;

http://www.benzworld.org/forums/w220-s-class/1563160-pse-central-locking-pump-overhall.html

==Lessons Learned==
===Need to Annotate the Pneumatic Lines===
* DO NOT remove any of the Air Lines before ANNOTATING them. The PSE Pump Ports are marked but the Air Lines are not.
===Need to Reprogram a New PSE Pump===
* A NEW OR USED REPLACEMENT PSE CONTROL MODULE MUST BE PROGRAMMED TO YOUR CAR. This is very, very, very important. The same PSE pump model is used on multiple Benz body styles, and even on the same body style not every car has all of the same options. If it is not programmed (via STAR) it will cause the pump to run much longer than necessary and will burn out the motor.

http://www.benzworld.org/forums/w220-s-class/1654318-pse-soft-close-assist-lessons-learned.html

====TIP to Avoid Reprogramming Replacement Pump====
You can avoid reprogramming a replacement pump if you swap over the original printed circuit board to the replacement pump. It does require some basic soldering skill. Be careful that you don't splatter solder all over the place and make sure you touch an earthed point before touching any electronic parts to avoid damage due to electrostatic discharge.

====Arduino Controlled PSE Pump====
If the original printed circuit board is faulty and you have no means to reprogram a replacement, an alternate solution is to create a [[Arduino Controlled PSE Pump|custom electronic controller using an Arduino]].

===Do Not Add Additional Lubrication===
* Reference BenzWorld Member 'evolotion': The PSE pump is made of a material which is self lubricating. Hence if you were to introduce a liquid lubricant such as WD40 into the motor or pump, any deposits generated during normal operation would stick to the liquid, and before you know it the liquid becomes a paste, to be more precise, a grinding paste.

===Fix a Faulty Pump or Pneumatic Lines Promptly===
* A PSE pump and associated pneumatic lines with a fault should be repaired promptly. If the pump runs continuously or excessively for too long it will burn out. Note this also applies to a new pump which has not been properly programmed to the car. If it doesn't match the car's equipment it will burn out through excessive operation.

===It Is Unsafe to Drive a Car Without a Working PSE Pump===
* In the event of an accident the PSE pump unlocks all doors and releases the Child Safety Lock on Rear Doors.
* A non functioning PSE Pump will possibly prevent or at the worst delay first responders from gaining access to a crashed vehicle in the event of an emergency.

Seat heating and ventilation

2020-10-18T20:51:15Z

Ricebubbles: /* DIY Fan Replacement - Seat Ventilation */ Added another link and photo.

== Seat Heating==
[[File:W220_seat_heating_switch.png|thumb|none|Switch on vehicles with seat heating.]]

Vehicles equipped with option code [[Option_codes#873_-_SEAT_HEATER_FOR_LEFT_AND_RIGHT_FRONT_SEATS|873 - SEAT HEATER FOR LEFT AND RIGHT FRONT SEATS]]
have seat heating feature for front seats.

Rear seats are heated in vehicles with option code [[Option_codes#872_-_REAR_SEAT_BENCH_HEATING_LEFT_AND_RIGHT|872 - REAR SEAT BENCH HEATING LEFT AND RIGHT]].

Seat heating has three modes:
* Rapid heating (two lamps on)
* Normal heating (one lamp on)
* No heating (lamps off)

The system switches from the rapid heating mode to normal heating mode after approximately five minutes.
The seat heating will be automatically switched off after approximately 30 minutes.

== Seat Ventilation==
[[File:W220_seat_heating_and_ventilation_switch.png|thumb|none|Switch on vehicles with seat heating and ventilation.]]

Vehicles equipped with option code
[[Option_codes#401_-_DELUXE_FRONT_SEATS_WITH_VENTILATION_AND_HEATING_CO|401 - DELUXE FRONT SEATS WITH VENTILATION AND HEATING CO]]
and
[[Option_codes#402_-_COMFORT_REAR_SEATS_WITH_VENTILATION_AND_SEAT_HEATE|402 - COMFORT REAR SEATS WITH VENTILATION AND SEAT HEATE]]
additionally to the seat heating feature are equipped also with the seat ventilation feature in front and rear seats, respectively.

The blue indicator lamps on the switch show the ventilation level selected.
Seat ventilation can be activated manually with the SmartKey in starter switch position 1 or 2.
The driver's seat ventilation can be activated to the highest level automatically by the summer opening feature.

'''Note:''' If one or all of the lamps on the seat ventilation switch are flashing,
there is insufficient voltage since too many electrical consumers are switched on.
The seat ventilation and heating switches off automatically.
The seat ventilation and heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available.

== Non Functional Heated Seats==

The seat heater wires and the supply wires often fail due to constant flexing of over several of the rigid seat support frames.

The complete upholstery or seat cushion is no longer replaced, reference document LI91.30-P-048345, "Heated Seats Nonfunctional."

Repair kits are available;
* Left: 17182001982
* Right: 17182000982

http://www.heatedseatkits.com/

==DIY Repair to Front Seat Heater Cushion==

There are several good articles on performing DIY repair of seat heaters.

* See post #24 at: http://www.benzworld.org/forums/w210...t-problem.html
* http://www.benzworld.org/forums/w210...er-repair.html
* http://www.checkcorp.com/seat-heater/seat-heaters.asp
* http://www.benzworld.org/forums/w210-e-class/1325335-heated-seats-not-heating.html
* http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r171-slk-class/1500932-heated-seat-element-replacement-help.html

==Seat Heater==
===Description - Seat Heater===
Seat Heating in a W220 S-Class is optionally available in both front seats (Option Code 873) and as an additional option, in both rear seats (Option Code 872).

The seat heater is activated by push button controls on the relevant door panels.

===Function - Seat Heater===
====Front Heated Seats====
The left/right front heated seats allow the seat cushion and the backrest to be heated in two heating stages.

The operating states are indicated by two LED's located above the push button controls on the relevant door panels.

The seat heating is produced by a resistance wire sewn into the seat cushion. Similarly a resistance wire is sewn into the backrest.

The resistances wires are supplied with pulsed voltage (frequency 20 - 30 Hz) supplied from either the left front seat adjustment control module with memory (N32/1) or the right front seat adjustment control module with memory (N32/2).

The ON/OFF ratio for the pulsed voltage is 27% in heating stage 1 and 100% in heating stage 2.

Switch off can be accomplished either manually by pressing the push button control or time controlled via the associated control module.

====Rear Heated Seats====
The rear heated seat function is identical to the front heated seats.

The left rear door control module is designated N69/3 and the right rear door control module is designated N69/4.

The pulsed supply voltage for the rear seats is supplied by the rear seat control module (N25/6).

===Issues - Seat Heater===
A common issue is a broken resistance wire, especially where the wires are constantly flexing at the seat edges nearest the door.

With a bit of patience the break can be found and repaired. Alternatively the resistance wire can be left in place and an aftermarket seat heater retrofitted.

===DIY Repair- Seat Heater===
This DIY repair assumes the seat heater is not working due to a broken resistance wire and that the seat has been removed from the car and dismantled.

The resistance of the resistance wire can be tested using an suitable digital multimeter (DMM). Obviously a broken resistance wire will show an open circuit. A resistance wire in good condition is about 3 - 5 Ohms.

To repair a broken resistance wire it is first necessary to find the exact location of the break. This is made difficult because the resistance wire is covered with an insulating surface.

*1. Connect one side of the DMM to one end of the resistance wire.
*2. Connect the other side of the DMM to a sharp instrument such as a scalpel blade.
*3. Carefully cut through the insulation covering the resistance wire until an electrical contact with the wire is made at approximately the mid point of the length of the wire.
*4. If a resistance is observed then the break is obviously in the other half of the wire in which case transfer the DMM connection to the other end of the resistance wire.
*5. If there is an open circuit seen in the first measurement or you are starting again from the other end then repeat the process by cutting through the resistance wire at the half way point again (this will be at approximately the quarter point of the wire closest to the DMM).
*6. Keep repeating the process until you have narrowed down the point of the break to a few millimeters.
*7. Cut the resistance wire at this point.
*8. Crimp in a new short joining piece of insulated wire to connect the broken ends. (Note you must use a crimp connector as the wire will be getting hot.)
*9. Finally test the resistance of the resistance wire from end to end to check that the break has been repaired.

==Seat Ventilation==
===Description - Seat Ventilation===
Seat Ventilation in a W220 S-Class is optionally available in both front seats (Option Code 401a) and as an additional option, in both rear seats (Option Code 402a).

The seat ventilation is activated by push button controls on the relevant door panels.

Note they are ventilators and not really coolers. It appears M-B research has shown "prolonged use of cooled seats as opposed to ventilated seats, promotes back pain".

===Function - Seat Ventilation===
The idea of seat ventilation is to cool the contacted seat area by blowing air over the inside of the seat cushions (directly towards the occupant) thus removing some of the driver or passenger's body heat and reducing the 'sticky' back or behind effect which is common on a hot day. They are particularly useful if you need to wear a suit in the car on a hot day.

The seat ventilation is achieved by means of electronically controlled fans in the various seat bases and seat back rests. In the W220 there are four fans in each ventilated seat base and six fans in each ventilated seat back rest. (To be confirmed.)

The seat base fans suck internal cabin air from under the seat and blow it over the inside of the base seat cushions (directly towards the occupant). The leather seat covers have small perforations to enhance the air flow cooling effect.

The seat back-rest fans suck internal cabin air through vertical inlet ports in the rear of the seats and blow it over the inside of the back-rest seat cushions (directly towards the occupant). The leather seat covers have small perforations to enhance the air flow cooling effect.

A slight improvement in seat cushion ventilation performance can be obtained by directing air conditioned air to the foot rests so that the seat ventilation fans pickup this cooler air.

===Tests - Seat Ventilation===
To check if the seat ventilation is working, switch off everything making a noise in the car and listen at each seat while you switch on and off the seat ventilation. The fans can be just heard running if everything is very quiet.

===Issues - Seat Ventilation===
====No Seat Ventilation====
W220 commonly experience failed seat ventilation in either one or more base seats and back rests.

A common failure mechanism is for the fan supply wires to break and go open circuit. It is a relatively easy fix to remove and dismantle the seat and repair the broken wires.

[[File:W220_front_seat_ventilation_fan_wire_soldering_broken.jpg|thumb|none|Seat ventilation fan with wire soldering broken.]]

====Poor or Weak Seat Ventilation====
The OEM seat ventilation fans look very similar to 1980's style personal computer cooling fans and are rather small and weak looking.

The general opinion is that the seat ventilation is hardly noticeable. This is a typical criticism of the OEM design; "M-B figured out a way to make quad zone climate control and even vents in the B pillar in the back. But they couldn't get the damn vented/ac seats to work well."

Some M-B enthusiasts have replaced the original relatively small fans with larger fans and stated "it's WORTH the damn time, what an awesome mod!", and "I drove around for the last 3 days with this mod, and I LOVE IT. It did make a big difference, now I can feel cooler air through a tee shirt or even through a long sleeve shirt, so much so, that after 15 minutes or so, I have to lower the fan speed to avoid it being too cold. And noise is not an issue even at full speed, as it is drowned with the engine noise and radio."

====OEM Performance - Seat Ventilation====
In an attempt to quantify how well the OEM seat ventilation worked in a W220 S500, BenzWorld member ricebubbles measured the temperature of the seat back rests for an occupied and an unoccupied seat and with the ventilation fans off and then on their maximum setting. The back rest of the occupied seat was of course warmed by the occupant's body heat.

'''Measurement Conditions'''

The measurement conditions were:
* Ambient temperature 17.5C.
* Car driven with engine at operating temperature, then tests performed with car stationary, in full shade, and with engine at idle.
* Car interior temperature stabilised with ACC at 21C left and 21C right. ACC fan set to Auto and showing two bars.
* An infrared remote sensing thermometer was used to measure the seat back temperatures.

[[File:IR Measurement of Unoccupied Seat Back Rest.JPG|300px|center]]

* For the occupied seat, the occupant moved slightly forward and to one side thus exposing the back rest for just long enough to take a radiometric measurement.

[[File:IR Measurement of Occupied Seat Back Rest.JPG|300px|center]]

* Radiometric measurements were taken at one minute intervals and the results recorded in a spread sheet.

'''Results'''
[[File:OEM W220 S500 Seat Ventilation Performance.JPG|500px|center]]

The average temperature results were:
* Unoccupied Back Rest temperature (no ventilation) 21.1C.
* Occupied Back Rest temperature (no ventilation) 29.9C and 30.4C.
* Occupied Back Rest temperature (with maximum ventilation) 29.7C.

'''Conclusion'''

The only possible conclusion is that the OEM seat ventilation makes hardly any measurable difference which is supported by anecdotal evidence that from the occupant's point of view there is no discernible cooling effect.

The DIY modification to fit larger fans is thus looking very appealing.

===DIY Fan Replacement - Seat Ventilation===
The method involves purchasing slightly larger fans and trimming away some fan and seat padding material to mimic the form of the original fans and their mounting holes, only in a slightly larger size to suit the replacement fans.

After doing the modification another M-B DIYer stated "it now actually gives purpose to the feature and utility to be able to lower the ventilation settings (before I used high or nothing)".

With acknowledgement to BenzWorld members bobgodd, timeToy, berti_00, 4DGeorge et alia for developing a seat ventilation improvement modification and for documenting the steps.

Refer to:

http://mbworld.org/forums/w211-amg/399806-vented-seats-not-so-vented-anymore-3.html

http://mbworld.org/forums/w211-amg/448120-diy-vented-upgraded-seat-fans.html

https://www.benzworld.org/threads/car-seat-ventilation-fans-upgrade-options.3001287/

[[File:S55 Seat Ventilation Upgrade DIY.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Example of New v. Old in Seat Ventilation Upgrade]]

====Modification to Improve Performance of Seat Base Ventilation Fans====
Thanks to MBWorld member RJC here's a tip to truly cool the bottom seat cushion.

While you have the front seat removed to replace the fans with larger ones, cut a 3" (75mm) diameter hole in the top of the plastic vent that's under the seat/carpet which is there to heat/cool the feet of the back seat passenger. Then get some foam and plug the rear facing openings. These vents are easily accessible afterwards by moving the front seat as far forward as it will go, so you could try just blocking 50 - 75% of the air flow first. Then if you feel inclined, block the whole outlet later.

When you run the AC, set it to bi-level and some of the cold air that passes under the seat will also be directed upwards and get sucked up by the fans directly into the seat bottom cushion.

DIYers who have done this modification report that the seat cushion got so nice and chilled, everyone that tried the seat loved it!

====Part Numbers - Seat Ventilation Fan Replacement====
Note the E-Class and S- Class have different seats. The details for an E-Class are provided as a guide only.

For an E55, the stock fan is a Papst, PBT-GF20-FR size is 60x60x10mm. DIYers suggested for higher performance replacements use either 80mm or 92mm fans which are no more than 15mm thick and preferably the Delta EFC0812DB-F00 which is a good replacement.

http://www.cwc-group.com/efc0812dbf00.html

with specification;
* Delta EFC0812DB-F00
* Dimensions: 80x80x15mm
* Voltage: DC 12V
* Current: 0.33A (Max. 0.50A)
* Input Power: 3.96W
* Speed: 3800 RPM
* Air Flow 48.8 CFM
* Noise: 41 dBA
* Bearing: Ball
* Features: PWM, Speed Sensor (Tach)
* Termination: 4-Wire / 12-Inch, (-)Black, (+)Red, (RPM)Blue, (PWM)Yellow
* Datasheet: EFC0812DB-F00 PDF http://site.cwc-group.com/specifications/18408-efc0812dbf00.pdf
* Packaging: Each master box contains 168 pieces, item sold as an individual piece

Note the blue and yellow wires are not used.

File:S55 Seat Ventilation Upgrade DIY.JPG

2020-10-18T20:47:36Z

Ricebubbles:

Airmatic

2020-08-12T08:10:51Z

Ricebubbles: /* O-ring repair kit */ Added Valve Block Cover Removal Photos

==Introduction ==
All W220 vehicles come with Airmatic pneumatic suspension system, unless vehicle has option code
[[Option_codes#487_-_ABC_SUSPENSION_.28ACTIVE_BODY_CONTROL.29|487 - ABC SUSPENSION (ACTIVE BODY CONTROL)]]
in which case the vehicle is equipped with [[ABC|Active Body Control (ABC)]] hydraulic suspension system with additional computer control.
[[ABC]] system provides greater roll control and eliminates any "nosedive" even with heavy braking (not that there is much of either with Airmatic).
Both suspension systems are responsible for the superb ride and handling of the W220 and being complex systems will require maintenance.

Airmatic systems on earlier cars tended to fail more often than on the '03 and later - the '04s and on are less problematic. However, there is no such thing a "bulletproof" pneumatic suspension system. Seals and pumps will wear, and struts will have to be replaced. You'd have to do the same thing with standard shocks, too - but Airmatic will be more expensive. The best protection is to become familiar with the early signs of Airmatic problems, and fix them right away. Letting them go runs the cost up.

They are not especially problematic, but like any complex system, they break - and any luxury car is expensive to repair. Keep in mind that if the garage you use does not have [[STAR_Diagnosis_System_(SDS)_or_Diagnosis_Assistance_System_(DAS)|STAR Diagnostics]] and can not interpret the values both in sensor voltage and other tests, then don't waste your time and money. Find someone who can. DIY is possible but preferably requires use of STAR Diagnostics with some prior experience and always lots of patience.

One common failure point which was initially subject to inspection and free replacement, was the high-pressure line from the pump to the valve body.

Another common weakness in the pre '03-ish W220's compared to those from a few years later, is the seals at the tops of the front suspension struts. The older design can leak air over time. The newer models and ones with new replacement parts do not leak. Cars that were under warranty could have these seals replaced with that coverage.

Other issues are discussed below.

The '''EMERGENCY''' Procedure, or what to do if your car is sitting on the ground, is shown below.

Some of the air suspension components covered in this page are also used in W211, W216, W219, W221, W240 and W639 MB chassis vehicles.

==Description==
The W220 AIRmatic system is a fully supporting air suspension system which provides both static and dynamic support by means of four air struts located at the wheels. Each strut has an air spring containing an air bag (bladder) and a dampener built-in to the one unit. The struts get air via a valve distribution unit from an air compressor located behind the front bumper close to the front right wheel well. On the opposite side is the central reservoir which stores air pressure for use when the pump is not running. The valve unit is connected to a computer which monitors the air pressure, the vehicle weight, the vehicle height requirement and vehicle stance (angle) and then sets the ride height accordingly.

[[File:W220_Airmatic_suspension.jpg|600px]]

==Features==

* Level control both manual and speed sensitive.
* Electronic level control which maintains a constant even level at the front and rear axles according to the driving and vehicle load conditions.
** When the vehicle is stationary the level is readjusted if there is a difference of more than +/- 10mm after a door or the trunk lid is opened.
** While driving the level is readjusted if there is a difference of more than +/- 20mm. The level is adjusted to +/- 10 mm every 15 minutes.
* Active Damping System (ADS) which changes the damping forces according to the road conditions and the driver's driving style. The road conditions are determined by vertical acceleration sensors in the body of the vehicle. The horizontal acceleration is determined by measuring the vehicle speed and turn angle.

==Advantages==
Higher level of driving safety and ride comfort due to:
* Adapting damping to road conditions and driving style.
* Low location of centre of gravity as vehicle lowers above 70KPH.
* Low aerodynamic drag and fuel consumption as vehicle lowers above 70KPH.
* Less tendency for vehicle to lift at speed.

Individual adaptation due to:
* Raising vehicle level for poor road surfaces and when negotiating driveways.
* Two possible damping levels for comfort or sport driving styles in vehicles produced up to 08/99.
* Three possible damping levels for comfort, sport or extreme sport driving styles in vehicles produced after 09/99.

Driver information due to:
* Vehicle level displayed by indicator lamps and switches.
* Warning messages in multi-function display if vehicle is too low.


== Function ==

The functions of the AIRmatic with Adaptive Damping System (ADS) control module are divided as follows:
* Signal conditioning
* Function logic component
* Safety circuit

'''Signal conditioning'''

The following input signals are processed by the function logic component and used for calculations or to provide information:
* Calculation of body vertical acceleration
** Signal from body acceleration sensors
* Calculation of vehicle speed
** Wheel speed signal
** Speed status signal
* Calculation of longitudinal and lateral acceleration
** Wheel speed signal
** Signal from steering angle sensor
* Calculation of compressor control
** Outside temperature, outside air pressure signal
** Reservoir pressure signal
** Vehicle speed signal
** Vehicle level signal
** Duty cycle

* Calculation for valve control
** Level signal from left front axle, right front axle
** Rear axle level signal
* Calculation for control of main reservoir charge valve
** Level signal from left front axle, right front axle
** Rear axle
** Pressure signal
* Calculation of vehicle level
** Signal from level sensors
* Information signals (control)
** Signal from stop lamp switch
** Signal from comfort and sport switch
** Signal from level control switch
** Signal from door contact switch, trunk, remote control

'''Function logic component'''

The conditioned input signals are processed in the logic component and converted into output signals.

* Signal from body acceleration sensors (B24/3, B24/8, B24/9):
** The vertical acceleration of the vehicle is calculated using the signals from the body acceleration sensors.

* Front wheel speed signal, left and right:
** Using the wheel speed signal, the ESP control module calculates
** Vehicle speed
** Longitudinal acceleration
** Vehicle status. A distinction is made between a moving and a stationary vehicle. Incorrect wheel speed signals are also detected.

* Steering angle sensor signal (N49):
** The lateral acceleration of the vehicle is calculated using the steering angle sensor signal and the wheel speed signal.

* Signal from level sensors (B22/8, B22/9, B22/3):
** Both front axle level sensors each supply 2 signals. The sensors detect and transfer the distance between the wheel center and the body at both the left and right-hand side of the vehicle.
** The rear axle level sensor supplies 2 signals. The sensor detects and transfers the distance between the wheel center and the body (average calculated from left and right wheel).

* Brake lamp switch signal (S9/1):
** When the driver presses the brake pedal, a signal is received by the ADS logic component and the damping at all wheels is set to "hard". The pitch motion of the vehicle when braking can therefore be reduced.

* Comfort and sport switch signal (N72/1s3):
** The comfort and sport switch signal informs the system about the selection made by the driver between one comfort-oriented and 2 sporty damping maps. The "comfort" setting maintains the damping within the comfortable range as far as the driving style and road conditions will allow. The "Sport 1" setting makes the damping somewhat "harder". The "Sport 2" setting immediately sets the damping force to "hard". The driver's preferred settings are stored until changed by the driver (even with Ignition OFF).

* Signal from level adjustment switch (N72/1s2):
** The control module uses the signals from the level adjustment switch to determine the driver's preferences for the vehicle level:
*** Normal level
*** Raised level

* ADS II
** The control module uses the vertical body acceleration, longitudinal and lateral acceleration of the vehicle and the ground speed to determine the optimum level of damping. 4 different damping forces can be set at each wheel by controlling the damping valves located at each wheel. Phased in as of 09/00, the damping is set to the Sport 1 damping level if the vehicle speed is >160 km/h.

* Level control and adjustment
** The control module uses the setting of the level adjustment switch selected by the driver and the ground speed of the vehicle to control the appropriate level control valves and to set the correct vehicle level according to the vehicle load.
** The AIRmatic system is equipped with a pressure reservoir to keep the level control time as short as possible (e.g. after loading). The reservoir pressure is used only when required in order to prevent filling the reservoir too often. This happens, for example if the vehicle level falls below a critical level when loading the vehicle or if the driver has set the vehicle level to "raised level". Pressure from the reservoir is also used when the vehicle is stationary to minimize noise. With normal control when the vehicle is moving, the spring struts are supplied directly by the air compressor.

* Main reservoir pressure control
** The main control parameters are the pressure in the main reservoir, the outside air pressure and the vehicle speed.

* Compressor control
** The compressor is controlled via a relay. Since the compressor is not designed for continuous operation, the absolute running time and cooling phase are monitored to avoid overloading the compressor.

* Wake-up function
A parked vehicle is "woken up" before the engine is started. That is to say, the AIRmatic with ADS control module receives signals from the door contact switches, the trunk switch and infrared remote control indicating that the driver may soon start the engine and drive the vehicle. The current vehicle level is checked immediately and corrected if required. The vehicle level at the front axle is considered to be critical, for instance, if the full wheel angle can no longer be guaranteed. In this case a message appears on the multifunction display in the instrument cluster to warn the driver: "Stop car too low".
If the control module is woken (for example by opening one of the doors), there follows a period of spare time before the driver actually starts the engine during which the vehicle level is corrected. This reduces the waiting time required to correct the vehicle level and the vehicle is ready for driving more promptly. Pressure in the main reservoir is used to raise the stationary vehicle. The compressor is only used if the pressure reservoir is empty. It must be ensured that the battery voltage is sufficient to then start the engine.

* Locking function
If the control module detects that all wheels are unloaded when the vehicle is stationary, the valves of the sprint struts are closed. The vehicle therefore remains at the current level. This is essential, for example, when changing a wheel or during repair work (lifting platform).

'''Safety circuit'''

The AIRmatic with ADS control module monitors all the important components of the system after they are switched on and during operation. The safety circuit detects faulty signals from sensors, faults in the control module and in the electric line system. If a fault is detected, the system is switched off and a message is displayed on the multifunction display in the instrument cluster to warn the driver.
The damper valves for ADS are no longer controlled and remain set to the "hard" damping level (driving safety level).
In addition, a fault code is stored in the control module. The level control is partially switched off depending on the fault that occurred. The system always strives to maintain the selected vehicle level.
Moreover, the safety circuit continuously monitors the battery voltage. If the voltage falls below 10.5 V or exceeds 17.5 V, the system is switched off until the voltage returns to the specified range.



=== Pressure Supply Function ===

[[File:W220_pressure_supply_function.jpg]]

* 42 - AIRmatic Central Reservoir
* A9/1 - AIRmatic Compressor Unit
* Y36/6 - Level Control Valve Unit

In normal driving mode, AIRmatic works with a pressure of between 6 and 10 bar (600 and 1,000 KPa or 87 and 145 psi) depending on the load.
An electrical compressor is used to supply pressure. This is installed in the AIRmatic Compressor Unit (A9/1).

In addition the system has an AIRmatic Central Reservoir (42) which stores the compressed-air.
The AIRmatic Central Reservoir (42) pressure is between 13 and 16 bar (1,300 and 1,600 KPa or 189 and 232 psi) (at sea level).

The AIRmatic system is either supplied with pressure via the AIRmatic Central Reservoir (42) or via the AIRmatic Compressor Unit (A9/1).

=== Level Control Function ===


The AIRmatic at the front and rear axle is a fully supporting
suspension system. It keeps the vehicle level constant when the
engine is running irrespective of the load. At the same time air
from the air compressor is delivered to the spring struts via the
valve unit until the vehicle level has been adjusted. The vehicle
level at the front axle is recorded by two level sensors at the front
axle and conveyed to the AIRmatic with ADS control module. The
level at the individual spring struts is controlled by four level valves
in the valve unit and a pressure relief valve on the AIRmatic compressor unit.

An AIRmatic central reservoir for compressed air also enables the
vehicle level to be controlled when the engine is not running. In
addition the adjustment of the vehicle level is decoupled from the
air compressor.

'''Shut-off position function'''

If the unloading of all the wheels when the vehicle is stationary is
recognized by the control module, the spring strut valves are
closed. The vehicle therefore remains at the current level. This is
required when changing a wheel or for repair work (hoist) for
example.

'''Normal function (engine running)'''

When the vehicle is stationary the level is readjusted if there is a
difference of more than +/- 10 mm after a door or the trunk lid is opened.

While driving the level is readjusted if there is a difference of more
than +/- 20 mm. The level is adjusted to +/- 10 mm every 15 minutes.

Depending on the situation, pressure can be generated by the
compressor or the pressure supply of the AIRmatic central
reservoir can be used to raise the vehicle. When the vehicle is
stationary the pressure from the reservoir is used for noise
reasons. Pressure can also be supplied from the compressor and
AIRmatic central reservoir at the same time when there is a
particularly high pressure demand.

The lowering of the vehicle level is recognized by the control
module from the level sensors when loading the vehicle.
By actuating solenoid valves air is delivered to the spring struts of the
particular front wheel or rear axle until the vehicle has reached its specified value.
In addition the pressure relief valve is opened to actuate the respective wheel valve when unloading the vehicle.

'''Wake-up function (operating period approx. 1 minute)'''

The AIRmatic with ADS control module is "woken up" using the remote control,
door contact switches or trunk illumination switch in order to check the current
vehicle level for critical conditions (level too low) and if necessary to raise
the vehicle or lower it when unloading.
If the vehicle level is lowered by more than 30 mm, it is raised to the normal
level by the reservoir (only with a reservoir pressure > 11 bar).
At a vehicle level of < -65 mm and even at a reservoir pressure of <11 bar it is
raised out of the "critical range" by the compressor to -63 mm (condition: battery voltage > 12.4 V).

If the vehicle level is raised by more than 10 mm when unloading,
it is lowered to the normal level by relieving the pressure.

The vehicle cannot be raised by the level control switch.

'''Function in vehicle condition "Ignition ON"'''

The same function as for the wake-up function, but without time limit.

'''Run-on function (operating period approx. 1 minute)'''

After "ignition OFF" the control module performs changes in the
level in order to be able to readjust the vehicle level (raise or
lower) during any loading or unloading operations. (The same
function as for the wake-up function).

== Components ==



[[File:W220_airmatic_location_of_electrical_electronic_components.jpg]]

===Location of electrical/electronic components===
* A9/1 - AIRmatic compressor unit
* A1p13 - Multifunction display
* B7 - AIRmatic pressure sensor
* B22/3 - Rear axle level sensor
* B22/8 - Left front level sensor
* B22/9 - Right front level sensor
* B24/3 - Left front body acceleration sensor
* B24/4 - Right front body acceleration sensor
* B24/6 - Right rear body acceleration sensor
* K40/7 - Right front fuse and relay module
* kO - AIRmatic compressor relay
* N49 - Steering angle sensor
* N51 - AIRmatic with ADS control module
* N72/1s2 - Level control switch
* N72/1s3 - Comfort and sport switch
* S9/1 - Stop lamp switch
* X11/4 - Data link connector
* Y36/6 - Level control valve unit
* Y51 - Left front axle damping valve unit
* Y52 - Right front axle damping valve unit
* Y53 - Left rear axle damping valve unit
* Y54 - Right rear axle damping valve unit



[[File:W220_airmatic_location_of_pneumatic_hydraulic_components.jpg]]

===Location of pneumatic/hydraulic components===
* 40 - Front spring strut
* 41 - Rear spring strut
* 42 - AIRmatic central reservoir
* A9/1 - AIRmatic compressor unit
* Y36/6 - Level control valve unit
* Y51 - Left front axle damping valve unit
* Y52 - Right front axle damping valve unit
* Y53 - Left rear axle damping valve unit
* Y54 - Right rear axle damping valve unit

=== Compressor Relay (K40/7kO) ===
The Airmatic Compressor Relay (K40/7kO) is located in [[fuses|right fuse box]], location 'O' (the first one next to the three 40 amp fuses).
The relay starts and stops the Airmatic compressor.
A faulty relay may cause the compressor to overheat thus damaging it.
Hella relays have proven to be reliable. Part number AR4 007 791-13 (A0025427219).


{|
|[[File:W220_Airmatic_Suspension_Compressor_Relay.JPG|thumb|none|Airmatic compressor relay in fuse box.]]
|[[File:W220 Airmatic Relay K40 7kO.jpg|thumb|none|Airmatic comressor relay (A0025427219).]]
|}

=== Compressor Relay Fuse (K40/7f32) ===
The compressor relay is powered by 40A [[fuses|fuse 32]] located in the right fuse box.
{|
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Fuse f32 40A Location.JPG|thumb|none|]]
|[[File:W220_Airmatic_fuse.jpg|thumb|none|Airmatic fuse (pre-[[facelift]])]]
|}

=== Compressor Unit (A9/1) ===
The electric compressor generates the pressure required to lift the vehicle. The pressure relief valve integrated in the AIRmatic Compressor Unit (A9/1) is used to lower the vehicle.

{|
|[[File:W220_AIRmatic_compressor_unit_location.jpg]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_compressor_and_valve_block_bumper_off.jpg|thumb|none|AIRmatic compressor and valve block shown with bumper removed.]]
|}


{|
|[[File:W220_AIRmatic_compressor_unit.jpg|thumb|none|AIRmatic compressor unit (A9/1).]]
|
* A9/1 - AIRmatic Compressor Unit
* m1 - Air compressor motor
* a - Air filter/cleaner
* b - Overpressure/residual pressure valve
* c - Air drier
* g - Pressure relief line
|}

[[File:W220 2004 AIRmatic Compressor OEM Part Numbers.JPG|thumb|none|OE 2004 AIRmatic compressor unit.]]

==== Design of Compressor Unit ====

{|
|
[[File:W220_compressor_unit_design.png]]
|
* a - Air filter/cleaner
* b - Overpressure/residual pressure valve
* c - Air drier
* g - Pressure relief line
* h - Mounting plate
* A9/1 - AIRmatic compressor unit
* B7 - AIRmatic pressure sensor
* m1 - Air compressor motor
* Y36/6 - Level control valve unit
|}

The main part of the AIRmatic Compressor Unit (A9/1) is the compressor motor (m1). The other parts are the pressure relief valve, overpressure/residual pressure valve (b) and the air drier (c).

The air filter/cleaner (a) is located outside the compressor unit.
It is connected to the unit by a hose. The air released when the vehicle is lowered is returned to the air filter/cleaner via the line (g) where it is then guided back out through the filter.

The compressor unit is mounted to a mounting plate (h).

The AIRmatic Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) is fixed at the top of the same mounting plate as the compressor unit and is connected to the compressor by a pressure line.

The valve unit is attached to the AIRmatic pressure sensor (B7).

==== Function of AIRmatic Compressor Unit ====


{|
|[[File:W220_compressor_unit_function.png]]
|
* A9/1 - AIRmatic Compressor Unit
* m1 - Motor for air compressor
* y1 - Pressure relief valve for AIRmatic
* c - Air drier
* d - Outlet valve
* e - Inlet valve
* f - Piston
|}

The air compressor is driven by the compressor motor (m1). The
air to be compressed is sucked out of the vehicle longitudinal
member through an air filter/cleaner and into the chamber underneath the
piston. With the downward movement of the piston, the air passes
through the inlet valve (e) in the piston crown into the clearance
volume. With the upward movement of the piston, the inlet valve
closes and the air is compressed. The compressed air is forced on
via the outlet valve (d) into the air drier (c).

The silicate filling in the drier removes moisture from the air. From
the air drier the dehumidified and compressed air then passes from
the air drier into the central reservoir or directly to the suspension
struts as required.

The pressure relief valve installed in the compressor unit (y1) is
required for discharging air when lowering the vehicle. The
discharged air is conducted through the air filter/cleaner back into the
atmosphere. This also cleans the air filter/cleaner.

The air drier is maintenance free. The moisture is delivered back
into the air when reducing the pressure.

====Air Filter====
It is difficult to get reliable information about the scheduled maintenance interval on the AIRmatic air filter.
W220 community recommends to replace the air filter from time to time to prevent damage to the AIRmatic compressor.
The filter can fill up with debris and salt which may block the air filter/cleaner.
A new AIRmatic air filter costs around EUR 10, and it should not take more than 20 minutes to replace. For replacement method see the DIY compressor and filter replacement instructions below.

The air filter is protected with a protective boot. It may be hard to separate the filter from the rubber grommet housing. The housing may fail when trying to remove it, so make sure you have a replacement housing at hand. Put a dielectric grease on the inside of the housing prior to insertion of the replacement filter to support future removal.

'''Note''': The arrow on the air filter shows the 'UP' direction and not the direction of air flow which is both ways.

[[File:Airmatic Air Filter New and Old.JPG|thumb|none|Air filters (new and old).]]
{|
|[[File:Airmatic Air Filter 2203200069.JPG|thumb|none|Airmatic air filter A2203200069 (OEM MANN part: WK 32/6).]]
|
[[File:W220 AIRmatic Air Filter and Protective Boot.JPG|thumb|none|Air filter and protective boot.]]
[[File:W220 AIRmatic Air Filter Protective Boot Showing Part Number.JPG|thumb|none|Air filter protective boot ([[facelift]] A2203280279, pre-facelift A2203280179).]]
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eE9Z604KQmg|320|left|Airmatic filter replacement.|frame}}
|}

====Air Dryer====
Silica gel is used as a desiccant in compressor unit. It works by a process called adsorption.
The water in the air actually absorbs between the tiny passages as the air passes through them.
The water molecules become trapped so that the air is dried out as it passes through the filter.
This process is reversible. If the silica gel desiccant is heated it will release the trapped water.
This process is called regenerating the desiccant.
Once saturated with water, the gel can be regenerated by heating it to 120 °C (250 °F) for 1–2 hours.
However, silica gel degrades after very few cycles if heated to 110°C or more.
For maximum longevity dry it at just 80°C. It won't take much longer but will last longer and work just as well as a desiccant.

Once the silica gel gets saturated with water, the moisture will get in the system.
Moisture will accelerate oxidation of aluminium parts (e.g., valve block).

Mercedes documentation claims that desiccant used for air drying is maintenance free.
However, for the longevity of our vehicles, it is recommended to change the desiccant along with the air filter at some point.
There are compressor unit repair kits sold on eBay that come with new dust filters and silica gel filling.

Note: The original silica gel drier beads are multi sized and a volume is calculated (gaps of air between the beads). This volume is impossible to calculate and replicate using aftermarket beads, therefore, it is recommended to dry and refit the original beads as exchanging them for new will lower the compressor flow rate (around 10-15%).



{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_compressor_unit_air_dryer_dust_filter.jpg|thumb|none|Air dryer dust filter.]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_compressor_unit_air_dryer_desiccant_silica_gel.jpg|thumb|none|Air dryer desiccant - silica gel.]]
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=a3-173vjZo0|320|left|Wabco air compressor air dryer desiccant replacement.|frame}}
|}

==== Electrical connectors ====
* Power supply - A1685453628 (from compressor relay K40/7kO)
* Pressure release valve - A1685452928 (from AIRmatic control module N51)

=== Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) ===


Located on the AIRmatic Compressor Unit in the right front fender, the Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) is the central control unit for the level control, level adjustment and suspension. It supplies the AIRmatic front and rear spring struts (40, 41) and the AIRmatic Central Reservoir (42) with compressed-air.

The Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) is commonly referred to as the "valve block".
It is a common fault for the valve block to fail open. New valve block (A2203200258) costs around EUR 290.
There are cheap valve block o-ring repair kits available (see section below).

{|
|[[File:W220_level_control_valve_unit.jpg|thumb|none|Y36/6 Level control valve unit.]]
|[[File:W220_valve_block_colored.jpg|thumb|none|Y36/6 Level control valve unit.]]
|[[File:W220_A2203200258_valve_block.jpg|thumb|none|Valve block (A2203200258).]]
|}

Miessler Automotive has created after-market valve block (EUR 200) claiming
to have better quality than the original, i.e., being absolutely weatherproof without
the risk of corrosion as the original.

{|
|[[File:W220_valve_block_Miessler.jpg|thumb|none|Miessler valve block (VENT5X22W220)]]
|[[File:W220_valve_block_Miessler_back.jpg|thumb|none|Miessler valve block (back)]]
|}

==== Design of Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) ====


The AIRmatic Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) is attached to the same
retaining plate as the AIRmatic Compressor Unit (A9/1). It has a
solenoid valve for each wheel (y1, y2, y3 and y4) for raising or lowering the vehicle.
The AIRmatic central reservoir charge (y5) is also installed in the valve unit.
The AIRmatic pressure sensor (B7) is located on the end face of the valve unit.

{|
|[[File:W220_level_control_valve_unit_design.jpg]]
|
Six polyamide lines lead from the AIRmatic Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) to these components connected at port:
* 1 - Left front spring strut
* 2 - Right front spring strut
* 3 - Left rear spring strut
* 4 - Right rear spring strut
* 5 - AIRmatic central reservoir
* P - Air compressor (opened or closed by pressure release valve in the compressor unit (A9/1))
|}

{|
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Valve Unit Y36 6 Air Line Connection Colour Codes.JPG|thumb|none|Valve block.]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Valve Unit Y36 6 Air Line Connection Designations.JPG|thumb|none|Line designations.]]
|}

==== Function of Level Control Valve Unit ====



{|
|[[File:W220_level_control_valve_unit_function.png|600px|center]]
|
* 40 - Front spring strut
* 41 - Rear spring strut
* k - Residual pressure holding valve
* 42 - AIRmatic central reservoir
* A9/1 - AIRmatic compressor unit
* m1 - Air compressor motor
* y1 - AIRmatic pressure release valve
* B7 - AIRmatic pressure sensor
* Y36/6 - Level control valve unit
* y1 - Left front level control valve
* y2 - Right front level control valve
* y3 - Left rear level control valve
* y4 - Right rear level control valve
* y5 - AIRmatic central reservoir charge valve
* a - Air cleaner
* b - Pressure relief/residual pressure valve
* c - Air drier
|}
For reasons of safety only one valve is ever actuated at the same time. If an axle is too low, cycling takes place between the left and right level valve.

'''Raising the vehicle'''

The front left, front right, rear left and rear right level valves (y1, y2, y3, y4) are opened as required and the compressed-air stored in the central reservoir or generated by the air compressor motor flows from the level control valve unit (Y36/6) to the individual spring struts.

As soon as the required vehicle level is reached at a front wheel, the respective level valve (y1 or y2) closes, the other valve still remains open until the same vehicle level has also been adjusted at the other wheel.

At the rear axle both level control valves (y3 and y4) close when the vehicle level averaged between the right and left wheel corresponds to the specified level set by the control module.

'''Lowering the vehicle'''

All the wheel level control valves (y1, y2, y3 and y4) are open in the level control valve unit (Y36/6).

In addition the AIRmatic pressure release valve (y1) in the AIRmatic compressor unit (A9/1) is open and the compressed-air is reduced via this valve.

At the same time the level valves of the individual wheels remain open until the desired vehicle level is reached at each front wheel and at the rear axle.

=== AIRmatic Pressure Sensor (B7) ===




The AIRmatic Pressure Sensor (B7) is located in the right front fender on the AIRmatic Level Control Valve Unit. It measures the system pressure and is used to carry out plausibility checks.

{|
|[[File:W220_AIRmatic_pressure_sensor.jpg]]
|[[File:W220_AIRmatic_pressure_sensor_location.jpg]]
|}

==== Function of Pressure Sensor (B7) ====



{|
|[[File:W220_pressure_sensor_function.jpg]]
|
* a - Electronic module (hybrid)
* b - Fluid pressure
* c - Line
* d - Metal housing
* e - Glass body
* f - Glass insulation
* g - Reference pressure
* h - Pressure sensor
* i - Silicone oil
* k - Metal protective diaphragm
|}

A sensor element compares the fluid pressure (b) to be measured
with a reference pressure (g) in the sensor. The pressure (b) is
transmitted to the actual sensor element (h) by means of a metal
protective diaphragm (k) and a silicone oil layer (i).

An electronics module (a) which supplies the pressure signal in the
form of an analog voltage to the control module, is located on the
metal housing (d).

=== Level Sensor (B22/3, B22/8, B22/9) ===

The Level Sensor (1) function is to detect the vehicle height at the front axle and rear axle and supply the values to the AIRmatic with ADS control module.

The Level Sensor works by detecting the vehicle height using a link rod from upper transverse control arm at left and right front axle. A sensor at the rear axle monitors the movement of the torsion bar and determines the average vehicle height.

{|
|[[File:W220_left_front_level_sensor.png|thumb|none|B22/8 Left front level sensor (Location mirror image for B22/9 Right front level sensor).]]
|[[File:W220_rear_axle_level_sensor.png|thumb|none|B22/3 Rear axle level sensor.]]
|[[File:W220_level_sensor.png|thumb|none|Level sensor.]]
|}
The Level Sensors consist of two Hall Effect sensors in a single housing which produce two signals (redundant design).

Sensor failure is detected by comparing the two redundant signals of each sensor.

Level Sensor Identification
* B22/3 - Rear axle level sensor
* B22/8 - Left front level sensor
* B22/9 - Right front level sensor

Part Numbers:
* All 3 sensors have the same part number A0105427617 (EUR 150 OE, EUR 70 aftermarket) or A0105427717 (for vehicle with [[ABC]] suspension).
* Link for rear level sensor A2203200032 (EUR 40).
{|
|[[File:W220_A0105427617_airmatic_level_sensor.jpg|thumb|none|Airmatic level sensor A0105427617.]]
|[[File:W220_A2203200032_link_at_rear_level_sensor.jpg|thumb|none|Link at rear level sensor A2203200032.]]
|[[File:W220_rear_level_sensor_link.jpg|thumb|none|Level sensor installed in rear.]]
|}

A common fault is rust on the link of the rear level sensor. The link can be fixed or even self-made.
{|
|[[File:W220_repaired_link_at_rear_level_sensor.jpg|thumb|none|Repaired link for rear level sensor.]]
|[[File:W220_self-made_link_at_rear_level_sensor.jpg|thumb|none|Self-made link for rear level sensor.]]
|}

Part Numbers:
* Link (rod) for rear level sensor A2203200389 (EUR 30)
* Sensor bracket front left - A2203270840
* Sensor bracket front right - A2203270940

{|
|[[File:W220_EPC_front_axle_level_sensor.png|thumb|none|Front axle level sensor (from EPC).]]
|[[File:W220_level_sensor_rod_front_A2203200389.jpg|thumb|none|Front level sensor rod left/right (A220320038).]]
|[[File:W220_front_right_level_sensor.jpg|thumb|none|Front level sensor with rod and right bracket.]]
|}

=== AIRmatic Central Reservoir (42) ===

Metal compressed air reservoir.
Stores compressed air for level control.
Used for decoupling between compressor and level control.

{|
|

[[File:W220_central_reservoir_location.jpg]]
|

[[File:W220_AIRmatic_central_reservoir.jpg|thumb|none|42 - AIRmatic central reservoir.]]
|}

[[File:W220_airmatic_central_reservoir_bumper_off.jpg|thumb|none|AIRmatic central reservoir shown with bumper removed.]]

=== Comfort and sport switch (N72/1s3) ===


This switch controls Adaptive Damping System (ADS).

The switch with the indicator lamps is located in the upper part of the center console.

{|
|[[File:W220_damping_switch.png|thumb|none|Damping switch ([[facelift]]).]]
|[[File:W220_damping_switch_prefacelift.jpg|thumb|none|Damping switch (pre-[[facelift]]).]]
|[[File:W220_vehicle_level_control_switch_prefacelift_before_september_1999.jpg|thumb|none|Level and damping switch (produced up to 08/99).]]
|}

The ADS automatically selects the optimum damping for the respective driving conditions. At the same time the suspension is set to either sporty or regular.

The suspension tuning is set according to:
* Your driving style
* Road surface conditions
* Your choice of suspension style, "sport" or "convenience", which you select using the damping switch.

The following suspension styles are available:
* "Convenience" - both indicator lamps (1) are off.
* "Sports 1" - one indicator lamp (1) is on.
* "Sports 2" - both indicator lamps (1) are on (on vehicles produced after 09/99).

The selected suspension style is stored in memory, even after the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch.

=== Level Control Switch (N72/1s2) ===



{|
|[[File:W220_vehicle_level_control_switch.png|thumb|none|Level control switch (facelift).]]
|[[File:W220_vehicle_level_control_switch_prefacelift.jpg|thumb|none|Level control switch (pre-facelift).]]
|}

This switch controls AIRmatic Level Control System.

The following vehicle level settings can be selected when the vehicle is stationary:
* "Normal" - for driving on normal roads. The indicator lamp (1) is off.
* "Raised" - for driving on rough roads or with snow chains. The indicator lamp (1) is on.

Select the "Raised" level setting only when required by current driving conditions. Otherwise the fuel consumption may increase and handling may be impaired.

The vehicle chassis ride height is raised or lowered according to the selected level setting and to the vehicle speed
(these height adjustments are so small that you may not notice any change):
* With increasing speed, ride height is reduced by up to approximately 3/4 in (20 mm).
* With decreasing speed, the ride height is again raised to the selected vehicle level.

The selected vehicle level setting remains stored in memory even if the engine is turned off and restarted. However, the vehicle lowers to regular level when you exceed a speed of 75 mph (120 km/h) or maintain a speed of between 50 mph (80 km/h) and 75 mph (120 km/h) for more than 5 minutes.


This can be used to raise the vehicle level by 25 mm (20 mm USA).
The raised level switch position is indicated by the red indicator lamp (1) in the switch.
In addition, the multifunction display in the instrument cluster displays: "AIRMATIC VEHICLE RISING".

{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_vehicle_rising_prefacelift.jpg|thumb|none|"AIRMATIC VEHICLE RISING!" message on the instrument cluster (pre-facelift).]]
|}

As long as the multifunction display in the instrument cluster shows the message: "AIRMATIC VEHICLE RISING",
the desired vehicle level has not yet been reached.
If the raising of the vehicle is cancelled due to the driving speed,
the instrument cluster displays the following message for approx. 10s: "AIRMATIC LEVEL SETTING CANCELLED".
If the vehicle is raised several times in quick succession, it may happen that the air compressor shuts down
temporarily in order to prevent an overload. The raising sequence will then take an unusually long time.

=== AIRmatic with ADS Control Module (N51) ===

AIRmatic with ADS Control Module (N51) is located in left fuse box.
Its task is to execute all control functions of ADS and AIRmatic.


{|
|[[File:W220_air_suspension_control_unit.jpg|thumb|none|Location of Airmatic control module.]]
|[[File:W220_air_control_module_connectors_removed.jpg|thumb|none|Module with connectors unplugged.]]
|[[File:W220_air_control_module_removed.jpg|thumb|none|Airmatic control module.]]
|}

The AIRmatic with ADS Control Module (N51) receives input signals over CAN Bus from the following components:
* ESP control module
* Engine control module
* Transmission control module
* Instrument cluster
* Steering angle sensor
* ADS comfort and sport switch
* Level adjustment switch
* Three body accelerometers
* Two front axle level sensors
* One rear axle level sensor
* One Airmatic pressure sensor


The input signals are converted in the AIRmatic with ADS Control Module (N51) to output signals for the following components:
* Four Level control valves
* One main reservoir charge valve
* Four ADS damper valves
* Multi-function display
* Switch indicator lamps
* Air compressor

=== AIRmatic Suspension Spring Strut (40, 41) ===


The Air Suspension Spring Strut takes over all the functions of suspension, level control, level adjustment and damping to be carried out.
{|
|[[File:W220_front_axle_strut.png|thumb|none|40 - Front axle spring strut.]]
|[[File:W220_rear_axle_strut.png|thumb|none|41 - Rear axle spring strut.]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_strut.jpg]]
|}

==== Design of Air Suspension Spring Struts (40, 41) ====

A single-tube gas-filled damper unit or shock absorber is integrated into the air spring strut.
A residual pressure valve is incorporated into the inlet fitting on the top of each air spring strut.

{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_strut_function.jpg|800px]]
[[File:W220_airmatic_strut_design.jpg|800px]]
|
* a - Strut tube
* b - Cylindrical tube
* c - Piston rod gasket
* d - Piston rod guide
* e - Piston rod
* f - Working piston
* g - Rebound buffer spring
* h - Air bag or bladder
* i - Stop buffer
* k - Residual pressure valve
* l - Air chamber
* m - Dividing piston
* n - Protective boot or bellows
* o - Gas pressure chamber
|}

=====Design of Front Axle Spring Strut (40)=====
The Front axle air spring strut (40) consists of three main systems:
* Dust cover and protective boot called a bellows
* Air spring (strut top, residual pressure holding valve (k), seals, air bag/bladder (h) , strut tube (a))
* Gas pressurized damper or single-tube gas-filled shock absorber.

The coponents of the front axle spring strut are shown in the figures below.
The air spring plunger is item 8 in the figure. It is the conical flared lower end of the protective boot or bellows.
The air spring plunger fits over the support bushing which is the conical seat or item 9 on the damper unit.

{|
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Internal View Annotated version 3.jpg|thumb|none|Components of front axle spring strut.]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Protective Boot or Bellows.JPG|thumb|none|Protective boot or bellows.]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Air Spring Plunger and Support Bushing.JPG|thumb|none|Air spring plunger and support bushing.]]
|}

Front struts on W220s up to about 2004 did not have epoxy installed at the factory. Also many of the older style front strut have now been modified with mastic or epoxy added. Note: The epoxy is not the seal for the upper strut. It is a vibration damper to help the narrow neck of the brass valve at the top of the strut avoid cracking and leaking due to vibration. If you have a leak in this older style front strut there is a kit you can buy to fix the leak (top seal repair kit A2203202538, see below). Scraping out the old black epoxy and filling it back in will not fix this. The part that leaks is a half metal and rubber cap under the black epoxy and is secured with a metal lock ring. The newer seals have rubber mastic compound poured in the center to seal the circumference of the upper metal cap on the upper part of the front strut and to keep the brass fitting from breaking off.

{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_strut_top_seal_leak.jpg|thumb|none|Front strut top seal leaking.]]
|[[File:W220 Airmatic Front Strut Older Type.jpg|thumb|none|Oldest style front strut without epoxy.]]
|[[File:W220 Airmatic Front Strut Newer Type.jpg|thumb|none|Newest style front strut with mastic.]]
|}

====Operation of Air Spring Struts (40, 41) ====
* When filled with air, the rubber air bag or bladder (h) rolls up and down the alloy lower section strut tube (a).
* The strut tube (a) is covered by a protective boot or bellows.
* Without air and under load the protective boot or bellows is allowed to kink and crease and the air bag or bladder would also have the top pressed hard into the inside of the air chamber (l).
* The only sliding action is in the strut damper unit which is oil filled and gas pressurized.

==== Function of Air Spring Struts (40, 41) ====


The weight of the vehicle is carried by the compressible air (l) sealed into the air bag or bladder of the air springs. The rolling air bag or bladder (h) is made of rubber. Under dynamic load during driving, the air bag or bladder (h) rolls up parallel with the axis of the spring strut, thus providing the necessary spring travel. The roll-up zone on the air spring strut is sealed off from the outside by a rubber protective boot or bellows (n) as a protection against dirt.

The vehicle level is raised/lowered by increasing/reducing the air pressure in the air chamber (l),
which results in a lengthening/shortening of the air spring strut (40).

'''Residual Pressure Holding Valve (k)'''

Each air spring strut incorporates a residual pressure holding valve (k) which blocks off the air spring pressure chamber from the supply line in the event of a pressure drop at or below a residual pressure of 4-5 bar.
[[File:W220 AIRmatic Residual Pressure Holding Valve 01.JPG|thumb|none|Residual pressure valve.]]

==== Parts (Spring Strut) ====

'''OE:'''

Front (without 4MATIC):
* A2203205113 (replaced by A2203202438)
* A2203202438

Front (4MATIC):
* Left: A2203202138
* Right: A2203202238

Rear:
* A2203205013
* A2203207913 (for [[Data Card|option code]] Z04)
* A2203207813 (for [[Data Card|option code]] Z07) (replaced by A2203202338)
* A2203202338 (for [[Data Card|option code]] Z07)


'''OEM (Bilstein):'''

Since Bilstein is OE manufacturer for W220 AIRmatic struts, it is possible to buy OE struts directly from Bilstein much cheaper. It is possible to purchase a brand new Bilstein strut for about EUR 700.

* Front left (4Matic): 44-051518
* Front right (4Matic): 44-051525
* Front: 44-042295
* Rear: 44-042301

'''Miessler Automotive'''

Miessler Automotive sells new struts having the same features as the OEM.

* Front: FBN0-002S-4229
* Rear: FBN0-002S-4230
* Front right (4Matic): FBN0-002S-2238
* Front left (4Matic): FBN0-002S-2138

'''Arnott:'''

Arnott sells both new and remanufactured AIRmatic struts.
It is possible to get 10% discount [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/arnott-inc/2152737-arnott-air-suspension-discount-code-still.html] when making an order online.

Arnott claims [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/arnott-inc/1508879-airmatic-failure-pictures-details.html] that their products use an improved double thickness air spring bag/bladder manufactured by Continental which provides longer lifetime than the OE.

In fact, Arnott provides limited lifetime warranty [https://www.arnotteurope.com/images/Arnott%20Europe%20Warranty%20Info%202015.pdf] for their AIRmatic Air Suspension Struts.

* ''Arnott Remanufactured''. An Arnott remanufactured AIRmatic strut costs about US$575, but note that it only has installed a new rubber air bags/bladders and not the shock piston seals or gas charge.

 
* ''Arnott New''. Arnott new Air Spring Struts cost about US$624.

{|
|[[File:W220 Arnotts Remanufactured Airmatic Struts.JPG|thumb|none|Arnott's remanufactured struts.]]
|[[File:W220 Arnott New Front Air Strut 2203202238.JPG|thumb|none|Arnott new struts.]]
|}

Note that with all new Arnott AIRmatic struts you lose the electronic damping feature.
While the new Arnott struts allow to plug in the original wire harness from the car, it simply fools the AIRmatic computer in to thinking the selective damping is functioning. In reality it is not and the shock has constant damping setting corresponding to OE "comfort/convenience" setting ("sport 1" and "sport 2" damping settings are not available).

{|
|[[File:W220_front_strut_OE_crosscut.png|thumb|none|OE front strut (crosscut).]]
|[[File:W220_front_strut_Arnott_crosscut.png|thumb|none|Arnott new front strut.]]
|}

'''Mechanical springs:'''

A mechanical spring version of the complete suspension strut which eliminates the pneumatic parts can be bought from [https://www.strutmasters.com/ Strut masters]. This requires both sides to be replaced as a minimum, and possibly all four wheels should be done together. This method uses clever electronic components to "trick" the W220 computers into sensing that an AIRmatic is actually installed so that error messages are not displayed. The '''BIG''' disadvantage is the loss of air suspension ride quality, automatic leveling and damping options. In some countries such modified cars will not pass annual technical inspection.

=== Adaptive Damping System (ADS II) ===
====Function of Adaptive Damping System (ADS II)====

The Adaptive Damping System (ADS II) via the Damping Valve Unit (Y51, Y52, Y53, Y54) adapts the damping force to the driving style and road condition.

The damping force is regulated in damping valves (Y51, Y52, Y53, Y54).
Each wheel has one damping valve installed between the upper and lower
chambers of the single-pipe gas-filled shock absorber.

Each damping valve contains two electromagnetic valves (y1, y2),
allowing four different damping force settings according to how they are
actuated via the AIRmatic with ADS control module.

The extremely short adjusting time (milliseconds) means that the optimum
damping force setting is available almost immediately if sudden changes
in the vehicle level are required, such as during an obstacle-avoidance maneuver.

{|
|[[File:W220_left_rear_axle_damping_valve.jpg|thumb|none|Y53 Left rear axle damping valve.]]

|[[File:W220_left_front_axle_damper_valve.png|thumb|none|Y53 Left rear axle damper valve (mirror image for Y54).]]
|[[File:W220_left_rear_axle_damper_valve.png|thumb|none|Y51 Left front axle damper valve (mirror image for Y52).]]
|}

===== Design of Damping Valve Unit (Y51, Y52, Y53, Y54)=====
* Y51 - left front axle damping valve
* y1 - front axle solenoid valve 1
* y2 - front axle solenoid valve 2
* p - piston reed valve pack

[[File:W220_adaptive_damping_system_function.jpg|600px]]

[[File:W220_damping_valve_design.jpg]]

The Damping Valve Unit (Y51, Y52, Y53, Y54) consists of a casing and
2-piston reed valve packs (p). Located above are the spring-loaded
solenoid valve pistons and the solenoids. The valve pistons and
solenoids form the solenoid valve units (y1, y2).

If the solenoid valve coils (y1, y2) are not actuated, the spring-loaded
solenoid valve pistons (y1, y2) keep the holes directly below them closed.
Oil is displaced via the reed valve packs (p) and the oil duct located
diagonally opposite in the casing.

If the solenoid valve coil (y1) is actuated, for example, the solenoid
valve piston (y1) allows the hole to open and the oil can flow over
this hole. Only a small amount of oil is displaced via the piston
reed valve pack (p). The damping force levels are achieved by
means of the differently positioned reed valve packs and
controlling the solenoid valves.

===== Components of Damping Valve Unit (Y51, Y52, Y53, Y54)=====

{|
|[[File:W220_damping_valve_function.png|thumb|Illustration shows front axle suspension strut and associated Damping Valve Unit. The reed valves (a, b, c, d) consist of a ball valve and throttle.]]
|
* 40 - Front axle air suspension strut
* Y51 - Damping valve
* y1 - Solenoid valve 1
* y2 - Solenoid valve 2
* a - Bypass valve, hard compression
* b - Bypass valve, soft rebound
* c - Bypass valve, hard rebound
* d - Bypass valve, soft compression
* f - Operating piston
* m - Dividing piston
* o - Pressure chamber
* r - Bottom valve
|}

====Force Settings====
The ADS suspension control module is used to achieve four different damping force settings:

; Damping force setting 1
:For comfortable rolling with small sprung mass vibrations and low longitudinal and lateral acceleration. With this damping force setting both solenoid valves y1 and y2 are open so that most of the oil flows parallel to the hard rebound and compression of the operating piston via the softer reed valves at the solenoid valves. The ''comfort'' rebound and compression setting is therefore achieved.

; Damping force setting 2
:The reed valves at the valve piston generate a firmer setting. If the vehicle is lowered, solenoid valve y2 is opened and solenoid valve y1 is closed. The reed valves (a = hard compression and b = soft rebound) at solenoid valve y1 generate a ''hard'' compression and a ''soft'' rebound.

; Damping force setting 3
: The reed valves at the valve piston generate an even firmer setting. If the vehicle is raised, solenoid valve y1 is opened and solenoid valve y2 is closed. The reed valves (c = hard rebound and b = soft compression) at solenoid valve y2 generate a ''hard'' rebound and a ''soft'' compression.

; Damping force setting 4 (driving safety setting)
:For increased driving safety with high longitudinal and lateral vehicle acceleration. Both solenoid valves y1 and y2 are closed. The reed valves (a = hard compression and c = hard rebound) generate a ''hard'' compression and rebound. All the oil flows via the hard rebound and compression of the operating piston. This damping force setting is also selected if the ADS system fails and the ADS suspension warning light (A1e27) comes on in the instrument cluster.

{| class="wikitable"
|+Switching for damping force settings
! rowspan="2"| Damping force setting
! colspan="2"| Damping valves (Y51-Y54)
! colspan="2"| Valve control
|-
! Rebound
! Compression
! Solenoid valve (y1)
! Solenoid valve (y2)
|-
| 1
| Comfort
| Comfort
| Open
| Open
|-
| 2
| Soft
| Hard
| Closed
| Open
|-
| 3
| Hard
| Soft
| Open
| Closed
|-
| 4
| Hard
| Hard
| Closed
| Closed
|}

=== Multifunction display (A1p13) ===
Various messages concerning the AIRmatic and ADS are shown in the multifunction display in the instrument cluster and in the comfort and sport and level adjustment switches.

'''AIRMATIC VISIT WORKSHOP!'''


In the event of electrical faults in the AIRmatic or ADS system, the following message appears on the multifunction display in the instrument cluster: "AIRMATIC VISIT WORKSHOP!".

The fault is stored in the ADS suspension control module and can be read out using the diagnosis tool.
{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_visit_workshop_prefacelift.jpg|thumb|none|"AIRMATIC VISIT WORKSHOP!" warning on the instrument cluster (pre-[[facelift]]).]]
|[[File:W220_Warning_Airmatic_Visit_Workshop.jpg|thumb|none|"AIRMATIC VISIT WORKSHOP!" warning on the instrument cluster ([[facelift]]).]]
|}

'''Limp-home Function'''

A malfunction in the adaptive damping system causes the ADS to shut down.
The suspension is switched to the hardest setting.
In the event of a fault in the suspension system or in the level adjustment system,
the vehicle attempts to maintain the set level.
Manual and automatic level adjustments are no longer possible.

'''AIRMATIC STOP, CAR TOO LOW!'''


If the vehicle level at the front axle is more than 50 mm (60 mm USA), or at the rear axle more than 60 mm (70 mm USA) below the normal level, the multifunction display in the instrument cluster displays the warning: "AIRMATIC STOP, CAR TOO LOW!".

[[File:W220_Warning_Stop_Car_Too_Low.jpg|thumb|none|"AIRMATIC STOP, CAR TOO LOW!" warning on the instrument cluster.]]

The display disappears again when the level has risen back to 48 mm or 58 mm (58 mm or 68 mm USA) respectively below the normal level.

==Issues and Troubleshooting ==
'''Note''': If the AIRmatic leaks substantially it is imperative that it be fixed as soon as possible or else the AIRmatic pump may burn out. If the leak cannot be fixed immediately remove the AIRmatic compressor relay (K40/7kO) to disable the AIRmatic Pump. For the relay and fuse locations see above. However '''BE WARNED''', the vehicle may leak enough to be not drivable when turning the front wheels causes them to touch the top of the wheel arch (for 18" wheels and larger).

=== "AIRMATIC VISIT WORKSHOP!" message on the instrument cluster ===
[[File:W220_Warning_Airmatic_Visit_Workshop.jpg|thumb|none|"AIRMATIC VISIT WORKSHOP!" warning on the instrument cluster.]]

This message is shown in the event of electrical faults in the AIRmatic or ADS system. Use DAS to read error codes.

{| class="wikitable"
! Error Code
! Description
! Probable cause
|-
|C1324-001
|Fault in component Y53y1 (Left rear solenoid valve 1) in assembly Y53 (left rear axle damping valve unit)
|Could be caused by faulty solenoid valve in the strut in which case the strut or strut's damping valve unit should be replaced.
If the error code comes in pair with second selenoid valve of the strut then the problem is very likely in the connection.
Check the electronic connection between the strut and AIRmatic with ADS control module (N51).
|-
|C1325-001
|Fault in component Y53y2 (Left rear solenoid valve 2) in assembly Y53 (left rear axle damping valve unit)
|See above.
|-
|C1517-128
|Suspension strut is implausible.
|This error code is shown when the AIRmatic system supplies or releases air from the strut, but does not observe the intended effect (likely level sensor or pressure sensor does not show the expected result). For example, it has been reported to appear in case where hoses on the valve block were mixed up. The AIRmatic system thought that it is pumping air in reservoir, but actually the air was passed to strut (and vice versa).
|}

=== "AIRMATIC STOP, CAR TOO LOW!" message on the instrument cluster ===
{|
|[[File:W220_Warning_Stop_Car_Too_Low.jpg|thumb|none|"AIRMATIC STOP, CAR TOO LOW!" warning on the instrument cluster.]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_level_too_low.jpg|thumb|none|Airmatic strut with too low pressure resulting in vehicle height being too low.]]
|}

===Vehicle Level Too Low===
Most common reason for a car being too low is a leaking strut. The strut itself has a residual pressure holding valve which is designed to stop air escaping out of the strut once the internal pressure drops below a residual pressure of 4-5 bar.

Note: the same symptoms as a leaking strut can be experienced if the line to the strut is faulty or the valve block is faulty (see section "Level Control Valve Unit Leaking" and "Inspecting AIRmatic Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) for leaks"), so '''be sure to eliminate these causes''' before replacing a strut.

====Air Bag/Bladder Leaking====
Usually the the most common source of a leaking strut is a failed rubber Air Bag/Bladder (h).

Failure is caused by the Air Spring Air Bag/Bladder (h) chafing against the protective alloy dust cover over time. The original Air Bag/Bladder (h) is made from a very thin single nylon cord layer, and vertical weak spots or lines will develop and eventually pop through, causing a complete failure.
{|
|[[File:Airmatic_worn_air_spring_bladder_outside.jpg|300px]]
|[[File:Airmatic_worn_air_spring_bladder_inside.jpg|300px]]
|[[File:Airmatic_arnott_airspring.jpg|300px]]
|}

Unlike the OE Air Bag/Bladder, re-manufactured ones usually use two ply rubber design that prevents vertical wear points and the Air Bag/Bladder is usually over two times thicker than the original one.

It is possible to replace a damaged Air Bag/Bladder (h), however, the rubber Air Bag/Bladder is attached to the strut tube and strut top with crimp rings. This requires access to an hydraulic crimper, which is not easily available for a DIYer.

Fortunately, it is possible to purchase on eBay a refurbished Air Spring which is the top part of an air suspension strut for around EUR 120 and mount it to the original damper unit (the lower part of an air suspension strut).
{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_air_spring_repair_kit.jpg|thumb|none|Air Spring of the front strut.]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_rear_air_spring_repair_kit.jpg|thumb|none|Air Spring of the rear strut.]]
|}

This requires the Strut to be removed from the car and the Air Spring to be separated from the Damper unit by partly dismantling the Air Spring. For the DIY Procedure see section "Replacing the Air Spring in an AIRmatic Strut".

If the leak is severe, a hissing sound can be heard from the wheel house area.

A faulty strut can often be located visually by observing the relative heights of each corner of the vehicle, but be aware that it is very likely that the wheel on the other side (or the wheel on other axle on the same side) will also be brought down significantly, but usually to a smaller extent.

To be thorough, an objective test is best performed.
* Ensure the vehicle is parked on a level surface.
* Measure the height at each corner of the vehicle and record the results.

====Height Measuring Technique====
Use a tape measure to measure from underneath the edge of a wheel arch to the centre of the M-B Star Logo in the wheel hub cap. This technique removes variations caused by tyre pressures.

{|
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Height Measurement Technique 1.jpg|300px]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Height Measurements Technique 2.jpg|300px]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Height Measurements 20120528.jpg|thumb|none|Sample results with no AIRmatic leaks.]]
|}

* Do not disturb the vehicle for 10 hours. (Ensure the car remains "asleep" during this time.)
* Re-measure the height at each wheel and record the results.
* Calculate the drop at each wheel and compare with the specification.

M-B [[DAS]] states the drop in vehicle height must be less than 20mm (30mm in very cold conditions) in 10 hours, ie less than 2mm per hour is allowed.

====Top Seals Leaking====
The seals at the tops of the front suspension struts develop leaks. This issue was more common with the older design in the pre '03-ish W220's compared to those from a few years later. There is available an epoxy repair kit that can be used to close the cracks. A professional repair costs around US$550 parts and labor for both sides.

Note the newer W220's post '03 and ones which have been modified with new replacement parts do not leak at the top seal which is an 'O' ring around the metal cover disc. The top of the air suspension strut on these later models is filled with a butyl mastic compound to reduce vibration on the residual valve inlet connection.

{|
|[[File:W220 Airmatic Top of Front Strut with Cracks.jpg|thumb|none|]]
|[[File:W220 Airmatic Front Strut Newer Type.jpg|thumb|none|]]
|}

====Repair Options for AIRmatic Air Suspension Strut====
If any AIRmatic Air Suspension Struts, Front axle (40) or Rear axle (41) need complete replacement, see the part numbers and replacement options.
{|
|[[File:W220_front_axle_strut.png|200px|none]]
|[[File:W220_rear_axle_strut.png|200px|none]]
|}

For the DIY Procedures see the sections below.

Replacement AIRmatic Front Axle and Rear Axle Air Springs are also available and can be installed with the original damping unit (see sections below).
{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_air_spring_repair_kit.jpg|200px|none]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_rear_air_spring_repair_kit.jpg|200px|none]]
|}

====AIRmatic Compressor Unit Failure====
AIRmatic Compressor Unit (A9/1) failure or partial failure. To test this hypothesis start the car and see if compressor is running (you should hear compressor in the front right fender running).
[[File:W220_AIRmatic_compressor_unit.jpg|thumb|none|Compressor Unit]]

If it is not running, check AIRmatic Fuse and relay (see above). A faulty relay may cause compressor to run nonstop which will cause compressor to overheat and blow out the fuse.

====Pressure Lines Leaking====
The high-pressure line from the AIRmatic Compressor Unit (A9/1) to the AIRmatic Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) develops a leak. In this case replacement line or a repair joiner can be used.

It is possible that the pressure line to the strut develops cracks or micro cracks.

In case of front struts the line from valve block to strut can be tested with spray test.

However, in case of rear struts the line goes from the valve block to rear through interior and thus is not reachable. A simple test is to run an alternative line from the valve block to the strut to check if the original line is faulty (see the section on the line repair).

If the crack is large it may suffice to push air in the line and locate damaged point by hearing hissing sound.

====Level Control Valve Unit Leaking====
The AIRmatic Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) or '''valve block''' on top of the AIRmatic Compressor Unit (A9/1) fails (very common) and fails to close some valve.

[[File:W220 AIRmatic Valve Unit Y36 6 Air Line Connection Colour Codes.JPG|thumb|none|Valve block]]

In this case the pressure will be released back to air compressor and out of the system.

For how to inspect valve block for leaks see the section "Inspecting level control valve unit (Y36/6) for leaks".

Usually, in case of valve block leak the vehicle will not be completely down, since the residual pressure holding valve at the air inlet to the struts will prevent the pressure dropping below a pressure of 4-5 bar.

[[File:W220_airmatic_low_valve_block_leaking.jpg|thumb|none|Vehicle low due to valve block leak.]]

====Central Reservoir Leaking====
To test whether central reservoir can keep pressure DAS can be used which has a pressure test for reservoir.

If test shows that reservoir cannot keep the pressure, before replacing it, check with leak detector solution to test if the line to reservoir is faulty.
{|
|

[[File:W220_central_reservoir_location.jpg]]
|}

====Level Sensor Faulty====
There are two level sensors (B22/3, B22/8) for each front wheel and one for the rear axle (B22/9).
{|
|[[File:W220_left_front_level_sensor.png|200px|none]]
|[[File:W220_rear_axle_level_sensor.png|200px|none]]
|}

If the level sensor reports wrong height the system will think that vehicle already has the required level and will not raise the vehicle.

Information reported by level sensors can be viewed using DAS.

[[File:W220_Airmatic_actual_values_vehicle_level.jpg|thumb|none|DAS reading of vehicle level.]]

If the vehicle rises, but then falls down again, the level sensors are likely not the cause.
If the vehicle is low, but there is no red error message in the instrument cluster
about the vehicle level being to low, the level sensor (or its linkage) is at fault.

===Vehicle Level Too High===
[[File:W220_Airmatic_vehicle_too_high.jpg|thumb|none|W220 with too high rear.]]

====Level Control Valve Unit Leaking====
It is possible that Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) fails to close some valves in which case the pressure will be released back to strut raising the car too high.

The vehicle will be high only while the car is off, since as soon as vehicle is started the computer will try to adjust the level to the programmed level.

====Compressor Unit Release Valve Stuck====
When Airmatic ECU decides to lower the vehicle, the corresponding valve in the valve block is opened to release the air out of the system. The air is released through the always-open port ''P'' on the valve block. The compressor unit has electrically operated overpressure/residual pressure valve built in the unit. If this valve is stuck, the air will not be released out of system even if ECU sends the electrical signal to release valve built in the compressor unit.

The problem can be as trivial as broken connector. Usually instrument cluster will show malfunction and AIRmatic control unit will report an error:
{| class="wikitable"
! Error Code
! Description
! Probable cause
|-

|C1338-001
|Fault in component A9/1y1 (AIRmatic pressure release valve)
|Broken connector (A1685452928)
|}

====Level Sensor Failure====
There are two level sensors for each front wheel and one for the rear axle.

If the level sensor reports wrong height the system will think that vehicle level is too low and will rise the vehicle above normal height.

Information reported by level sensors can be viewed using DAS.

===Protective Boot/Bellows Failure===
On older and higher mileage vehicles the lower dust cover on an AIRmatic air suspension strut starts to wear and fail. This plastic protective boot/bellows is designed to prevent dirt and contamination getting to the air spring bag/bladder. After around 100,000 miles (130,000Kms) they often show signs of cracking and tearing. Failure to replace means the end is near for the whole strut.
[[File:W220 Airmatic Lower Dust Cover Failure.jpg|thumb|none|Strut with failed protective dust boot.]]

===Upper Mount Rubber Bush Failure===
A bumping or knocking noise coming from the top of the front suspension may indicate a worn upper mount rubber bushing in the Air Spring.

When the Air Springs were manufactured the upper mount rubber bushings were installed compressed. As the mounts weaken with age they can lose their compression and cause a bumping sound.

The image below shows a typical worn upper mount rubber bushing removed from an AIRmatic air suspension strut with around 80,000 to 100,000 miles (130,000KM to 161,000Km). A worn mount will also contribute to many unwanted problems with your air suspension.

{|
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Upper Mount Iso View.JPG|thumb|none|Upper mount rubber bushing of the front strut.]]
[[File:W220 AirmaticUpper Mount Failure.jpg|thumb|none|Worn upper mount rubber bushing.]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Top Bush Comparison of New and Old.JPG|thumb|none|Top bushing: new (left) vs old (right). Note the difference in height in the side view.]]
|}

Note the Upper Mount Rubber Bushing can be replaced without removing the strut for the car. Do the first steps as shown in the procedure described in section "Dismantling Front Air Spring".

It appears from inspection of the exploded diagrams for the AIRmatic front and rear struts that the upper mount rubber bush may be identical for the front and rear struts. '''NOTE''' This is yet to be confirmed.

Individual W220 Upper Mount Rubber Bushings are not readily available. Only available in lots of 5 on Ali Express [https://www.aliexpress.com/item/A-220-320-23-38-accessories-for-benz-auto-parts-accessories-for-W220-rear-air-suspension/1615393294.html?spm=2114.01010208.3.140.v1TysF&ws_ab_test=searchweb0_0,searchweb201602_1_116_10065_117_10068_114_115_113_10084_10083_10080_10082_10081_10060_10061_10062_10056_10055_10054_10059_10099_10078_10079_426_10073_10102_10096_10052_425_10050_10051,searchweb201603_8&btsid=c0f1e553-d967-4534-94f2-f04187fbdf94].

== Emergency Procedure ==


In case of "AIRMATIC STOP, CAR TOO LOW!" warning on the instrument cluster,
the vehicle should be stopped immediately and measures taken.

Possible consequences of riding with leaky strut:
* The compressor will run endlessly which may cause compressor burnout.
* If 18" or larger [[Wheels tyres|wheels]] are fitted, the tire will rub the inner fender.
* There is a risk of damaging other strut on the same axis.

There is a '''temporary''' fix for front struts, which can be used to get to the '''closest''' workshop:
{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_emegrency_fix_1.jpg|thumb|none|Step 1: Buy wooden blocks and cable ties]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_emegrency_fix_2.jpg|thumb|none|Step 2: Jack up the car a little.]]
|}
{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_emegrency_fix_3.jpg|thumb|none|Step 3: Insert wooden block and fix it with cable ties.]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_emegrency_fix_4.jpg|thumb|none|Step 4: Lower the car.]]
|}

The ride will be little bumpy, but not much harsher than it is when pushing the button that stiffens the suspension.

'''WARNING:''' Travelling long distances or over excessively bumpy roads with this temporary fix using a block of wood will damage the Transverse Control Arm Top (Upper Control Arm (UCA)).

[[File:W220 Front Suspension UCA Damaged After Limp Home.JPG||600px|center|thumb|none|UCA on left is OK, UCA on right is badly bent due to travelling over bumpy roads with an emergency block of wood holding the car up]]

Note the much better location of the M-B limp-home buffer A2203271230 (1a) below which puts all the force over the ball joint and not the arm of the UCA.

=== Original M-B limp-home buffers ===

{|
|[[File:W220_limp-home_buffers.jpg|600px]]
|
* 1b - Rear axle limp-home buffers
* 77 - Torsion bar

* 1a - Front axle limp-home buffers
* 6 - Transverse Control Arm Top (Upper Control Arm (UCA))
|}

'''Front axle''':

Mount limp-home buffer A2203271230 (1a) onto upper transverse control arm (6).
Slowly lower vehicle and make sure that the limp-home buffer makes contact with top of
wheelhouse.

'''Ŗear axle''':

Slide limp-home buffer A2203280839 (1b) in between body fold and torsion bar (77).
The body fold must lie in the groove of the limp-home buffer.
Slowly lower vehicle and make sure that the torsion bar (77) makes contact with the
limp-home buffer (1b).

{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_limp_home_buffer_A2203271230.jpg|thumb|none|Front limp-home buffer (A2203271230).]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_rear_limp_home_buffer_A2203280839.jpg|thumb|none|Rear limp-home buffer (A2203280839).]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_rear_limp_home_buffer_A2203280839_installed.jpg|thumb|none|Rear limp-home buffer (installed).]]
|}

==DIY tips==
* Depressurise AIRmatic components (suspension struts, valve unit, reservoir unit) before removal using STAR Diagnosis. WIS states that components or the entire system must '''NOT''' be discharged by unscrewing pressure line connectors although most DIYers have done this without problems. Just be sure to open any pressure line connections slowly to avoid a sudden loss of pressure.
* Soiled pressure line connectors must be cleaned before unscrewing.
* Mark the Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) with the colours of the air lines '''BEFORE''' removing them to avoid having to look up line and port designations.
[[File:W220 AIRmatic Level Control Valve Unit Y36 6 Marked with Air Line Connections.JPG|thumb|none|Valve block with lines removed.]]
* Seal off the exposed pressure line ports immediately with blind plugs if possible. A piece of masking tape over the holes is a short term solution.
* Seal off the pressure lines immediately to keep clean by placing the exposed ends in small plastic bags sealed with tape.
* WIS states you must only use flare nut wrenches or special tools to unscrew the pressure lines, however most DIYers have used 10mm open ended spanners successfully. Just be careful to not round the hex head.
* Use a high temperature silicon grease such as Permatex 22058 Dielectric Tune-Up Grease to lubricate high pressure pipes, threads and O-rings. It is also a good idea to apply a [[small]] quantity of dielectric grease to any electrical plugs and sockets when re-installing them. This helps keep air and moisture away and stops corrosion. It also makes it infinitely easier to remove the connections next time.
[[File:Permatex_22058_Dielectric_Tune-Up_Grease.JPG|thumb|none|Dielectric tune-up grease.]]
* Make sure to do a thorough leak test after reassembling any high pressure air line connection as the O-ring is easily damaged. A very strong mix of household dish washing liquid detergent and water will act as a leak detector. Another good leak detector solution is Party Bubble Mix. It is best to paint the solution on rather than spray it which creates heaps of unnecessary bubbles. Inspect the wet connection as the bubbles caused by a cracked O-ring can be small and may develop very slowly. Failure to detect the damaged O-ring in the next figure cost the author two new rear struts as it was the O-ring slowly leaking and NOT one of the struts as was mistakenly diagnosed.
[[File:AIRmatic High Pressure Connector Damaged O Ring.JPG|thumb|none|Damaged O-ring.]]
* Replacing one stut at a time is possible as long as the valve block has no problems. The valve block has a valve for each strut supply pipe and if the valves remain closed then no air will leak from the other struts whilst one strut is off. But '''be warned''', if the valve block is faulty then any of the struts could loose air after releasing the supply line from a strut.
* The Allen head Stub Screws holding the bottom of the front strut use Loctite thread fastener so a little heat from a gas torch always does the trick in breaking the sealant.
* Do not fully remove the Stub Screw, just unscrew them so that about five threads are showing. It is very easy to damage the threads when reinstalling.
[[File:W220 AIRmatic Damper Stub Screws Partly Installed.JPG|thumb|none|Strut with stub screws partially unscrewed.]]
* When reinstalling a strut ensure that the plug at the electrical connection is pressed home firmly. '''TIP''': Re-read the tip re Dielectric Tune-Up Grease and electrical connections. If the plug and socket have been cleaned and lubricated you should hear an audible 'click' when the connector is pushed fully home.

==DIY Repairs==
Before attempting any DIY repairs make sure to read the tips section above.

===Testing strut for leaks===
It is common to misdiagnose leaking valve block or line to the strut with leaking strut.
Before replacing the strut, the leak should be verified by directly pumping the air to the strut and observing if the strut loses the air.

For this purpose a strut bypass valve below can be used.
Pumping the strut requires to provide up to 10 BAR pressure.
The usual Chinese 12v car tyre air compressors will fail long before that.
We have achieved good success using Alca 227000 2-Cylinder 12v compressor.

{|
|[[File:W220_Airmatic_strut_bypass_valve.jpg|thumb|none|Strut bypass valve]]
[[File:W220_airmatic_rear_strut_connect_pipe.jpg|thumb|none|Bypass valve connected]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_rear_struct_direct_pumping.jpg|thumb|none|Direct pumping into strut]]
|}

Parts needed:
* G1/8" Schrader valve (EUR 1)
* G1/8" pneumatic fitting for 2.5*4mm pipe (EUR 1)
* Pipe 2.5*4mm 10m (EUR 6)
* MB connector A0003270369 (EUR 4)
* Compressor able to push 10 BAR at least

===Inspecting AIRmatic Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) for leaks===
Here's how to do a general leak test which will uncover most of the problems caused by faulty valve block.

On the right-hand side of the vehicle remove the wheel and part of the wheel house inner panel in front fender.


[[File:W220_wheel_splashguard.gif|300px]]
[[File:W220_airmatic_pump.gif|300px]]
# Paint or spray the pressure line connections 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, P of the level control valve with leak detecting solution.
# Inspect for an indication of leaking. Severe leaks are evident immediately. Minor leaks can develop very slowly so be patient.
# The leak can come also from the body of the valve block (valve block is glued together from two parts).
# Wait for approx. 10-15 minutes after applying the solution and reinspect. This means that minor leaks can be recognized (forming a white cap).

{|
|[[File:W220_Airmatic_valve_unit_testing_for_leaks_remove_wheel_house_inner_panel.jpg|300px]]
|[[File:W220_Airmatic_valve_unit_testing_for_leaks_spray.jpg|300px]]
|[[File:W220_Airmatic_valve_unit_testing_for_leaks_air_compressor_line.jpg|300px]]
|}

{|
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YK0wLXm2mEc|320|left|Valve block external leak|frame}}
|}


Common failure mode of the level control valve unit (Y36/6) is when some valves fail to close
thus releasing the air out of system through the compressor-controlled port 'P' or through other valves back to struts.

To test for a leak in any valves of the valve block:
# Make sure that all valves are under pressure (struts and reservoir have pressure in them).
# Detach the connector of 'P' port and spray the port with leak detection spray. Alternatively the 'P' line can be disconnected at the air compressor end and immersed in a soapy solution (see below).
# After the test use compressed air to clean the valve.


[[File:W220_airmatic_valve_block_test_1.jpg|200px]]
[[File:W220_airmatic_valve_block_test_2.jpg|200px]]
[[File:W220_airmatic_valve_block_test_3.jpg|200px]]

===Leak Testing Using [[STAR Diagnosis System (SDS) or Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS)]]===
According to WIS, STAR Diagnosis System (SDS) offers an easy and thorough method for testing the AIRmatic. However, '''be warned''' that a very small leak caused by a cracked or damaged O-ring on one of the air line connectors may still pass the SDS AIRmatic Pneumatic Tests.

Using SDS navigate to AIRmatic Pneumatic Tests.

The following tests are available;
* A9/1 Compressor Test
* Y36/6y1 Left Front Strut Test
* Y36/6y2 Right Front Strut Test
* Y36/6y3 Left Rear Strut Test
* Y36/6y4 Right Rear Strut Test
* A9/1y1 Pressure Relief Valve Test
* Leak test between compressor and valve block (line between compressor and 'P' port in valve block).
* Leak test between valve block and suspension struts.
* Leak test between valve block and central reservoir.
** As an example this last test does the following;
*** Central reservoir charge valve (in valve block) is opened.
*** All other valves (in valve block) are closed.
*** Compressor is turned on for <60 secs.
*** Compressor is turned off.
*** Compressor keeps the line to 'P' port (in valve block) closed.
*** Central reservoir pressure is monitored for leakage for 120 secs.
*** The Central reservoir pressure must not drop by more than 0.5 bar in that time.

'''1. Leak test between compressor and valve block (line between compressor and 'P' port in valve block).'''

As an example, the following result was obtained for a leak test for a '''FAULTY''' 'P' line to Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) or Valve Block. This is similar to the test using soapy solution.
* After all valve block valves were closed the compressor produced 10.56 bar within 10 secs which is '''INSIDE''' the specification of 10 bar within 40 secs.
* After the compressor was turned off the initial compressor pressure ('P' line) = 10.56 bar.
* After the 120 elapsed time the final compressor pressure ('P' line) = 5.30 bar.
* Thus the measured leakage rate was 5.26 bar in 120 secs which is '''OUTSIDE''' the specified 0.5 bar in 120 secs.
* SDS reported that there was a leakage in the valve block or the high pressure line between the compressor and the valve block ('P' port).
A squirt of some soapy solution on the high pressure line between the compressor and the valve block proved that the line and its associated connectors were not leaking.
Thus the fault was a leak in the valve block. Once the 'P' port connector was removed from the valve block, a simple test by applying a soapy finger over the port produced obvious positive pressure of air escaping from the port, thus confirming the diagnosis of a leaky valve in the valve block.

Unfortunately the valve block can not be dismantled for inspection and cleaning thus a new Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) was required.

As a comparison, after replacing the Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) or Valve Block with a '''BRAND NEW''' OEM part, the following result was obtained for a leak test.
* After all valve block valves were closed the compressor produced 10.8431 bar within 10 secs which is withing the specification of 10 bar within 40 secs.
* After the compressor was turned off the initial compressor pressure ('P' line) = 10.8431 bar.
* After the 120 elapsed time the final compressor pressure ('P' line) = 10.8431 bar.
* Thus the measured leakage rate was 0.0 bar in 120 secs which is '''INSIDE''' the specified 0.5 bar in 120 secs.

'''2. Leak test between valve block and central reservoir.'''

As another example the following result was obtained for a leak test between valve block (Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6)) and central reservoir for a '''FAULTY''' Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) or Valve Block.
* Initial Central Reservoir pressure = 12.07 bar reached in 60 secs.
* After Compressor turned off the Central Reservoir pressure = 10.84 bar.
* After 120 secs elapsed time the Central Reservoir pressure = 10.57 bar.
* Conclusion: This real world Central Reservoir and its associated supply line after 220,000Km produced a leakage rate of 0.27 bar in 120 secs, which is well within the specified 0.5 bar in 120 secs.

As a comparison, after replacing the Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) or Valve Block with a '''BRAND NEW''' OEM part, the following result was obtained for a leak test between valve block (Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6)) and central reservoir.
* Initial Central Reservoir pressure = 7.549 bar reached in 60 secs.
* After Compressor turned off the Central Reservoir pressure = 7.41177 bar.
* After 120 secs elapsed time the Central Reservoir pressure = 7.41177 bar.
* Conclusion: This real world Central Reservoir and its associated supply line to a brand new Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) or Valve Block produced a leakage rate of 0.0 bar in 120 secs, which is well within the specified 0.5 bar in 120 secs.

===Replacing Compressor Unit ===

{|
|[[File:W220_Airmatic_Air_Filter_Location.JPG|600px]]
|
* 1 - Pressure line connection
* 2 - Intake hose with air filter
* 3 - Connector for air compressor motor
* A9/1 - AIRmatic compressor unit
* A9/1y1 - AIRmatic pressure reduction valve
|}

# If possible depressurise the AIRmatic system using STAR DAS.
# Disconnect battery.
# Remove engine compartment paneling (right front part only).
# Unscrew pressure line connection (1) from AIRmatic compressor unit (A9/1).
# Detach connector on AIRmatic pressure reduction valve (A9/1y1).
# Disconnect connector for air compressor motor (3).
# Pull intake hose with air filter (2) out of longitudinal member.
# If the AIRmatic air filter (2) is replaced, '''the arrow on the air filter (2) must point upwards'''.
# Unscrew nuts (arrows) and remove AIRmatic compressor unit (A9/1).
# Detach air compressor relay (K40/7kO). Only when installing a new air compressor. When replacing the air compressor the air compressor relay (K40/7kO) should always be exchanged as the switching contacts may be damaged.
# Install in the reverse order.

{|
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Compressor Connection Points.JPG|thumb|none|Airmatic compressor connection points.]]
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-Sm625dIBoI|320|left|Airmatic compressor replacement (by Arnott).|frame}}
|}

=== Compressor Unit Repair ===

If the compressor unit is not able to provide pressure, the most common fault is worn piston ring or cylinder head inside the air compressor.
The piston ring within the compressor unit of your air suspension system deteriorates over time.
The OEM piston ring is made from a soft plastic that wears quickly, this wear substantially reduces the output of your compressor leading to noisy,
slow rising or non-rising suspension. There are available piston rings with improved design.

Few notes to take into account:
* The replacement of piston ring will not help if the cylinder head is damaged/worn. Inspect head for damage and clean it from dust. There are also compressor repair kits that include new cylinder head.
* It is not uncommon for the torx bolts attaching piston head to the compressor to break. Make sure to order spare bolts with the kit and be prepared to drill out the old remains.
* While at it, don't forget to replace air dryer desiccant (silica gel) and dust filter.

{|
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p2QIh6WAlUU|320|left|Compressor unit pressure test using DAS (good vs bad).|frame}}
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mp-qoqWuEg4|320|left|Wabco air suspension compressor piston ring repair.|frame}}
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rMfw2Sbjtbs|320|left|Wabco air suspension compressor piston ring replacement.|frame}}
|}

=== Valve Block Repair ===

The most common faults and diagnosis:
* Fault in electrical solenoid valve. Can be tested by supplying 12v voltage to the pins of electrical connector. In case of failure the repair is not possible (all valve solenoids are part of one big monolith).
* Due to oxidation process the valve block separates and lets the air through (see picture below). Possible to clean the oxidation layer and reattach the halves.
* Valves do not close tight, letting the air through. Oxidation layer can be cleaned with some reagent. O-rings can be changed (see below).
* Bad pressure sensor (usually misdiagnosed). Pressure sensor can be replaced separately.
* Rusty or broken electrical contact pins of pressure sensor or valve control.
{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_valve_block_repair.jpg|thumb|none|Oxidation between block halves]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_valve_block_metal_cleaned.jpg|thumb|none|Before and after cleaning]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_valve_block_oxidation_in_ports.jpg|thumb|none|Oxidation in ports]]
|}
==== O-ring repair kit ====
There are sellers on eBay who sell valve block O-ring repair kit with set of 18 O-rings (~30 EUR).
{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_valve_block_o-rings.jpg|thumb|none|Valve block O-ring repair kit]]
|
* 1x O-ring for the groove of the plastic piece of the block (2mm thick, 30.4mm long)
* 1x O-ring for the pressure sensor (2mm thick, 13.3mm outer diameter)
* 5x O-ring for the upper solenoid groove (1.5mm thick, 6.5mm outer diameter)
* 5x O-ring for the lower solenoid groove (1.5mm thick, 10.8mm outer diameter)
* 6x O-ring for the pressure line hoses (1.5mm thick, 9.5mm outer diameter)
|}


Instructions:
# Two mounting assemblies need to be removed to open the valve block casing. The removal of those two mounting bolts may require some PB Blaster penetrating fluid, as the blocks can have very heavy corrosion on those mounting bolts.
#: This is one of the two mounting bolt holes.
#: [[File:W220 Airmatic Valve Body Assembly Bolts.jpg|thumb|none|Valve block mounting bolt]]
# There are also two lugs on each side used to hold the Solenoid Pack / Cover in place.
#: [[File:W220 Airmatic Valve Block Cover Lugs.JPG|thumb|none|Valve block lugs]]
# Use four small electrical screwdrivers or wooden or plastic wedges to hold the plastic solenoid pack's lugs up.
#: [[File:W220 Airmatic Valve Block Cover Removal Procedure.JPG|thumb|none|Valve block Cover Removal Using Screw Drivers]]
# Douse with the whole assembly with WD40 or similar and wriggle, wriggle and wriggle until the two halves of the valve block come free.
# When reassembling the two halves of the valve block, add only the smaller o-rings to the solenoid posts, and put the larger o-rings into the recesses on the underside of the metal block and ensure they are well seated. This helps with reassembly to ensure the larger solenoid o-rings do not get damaged or misaligned when putting back together. You may find the larger o-rings getting nipped/cut if reassembled with them on the posts.
# On the underside of the metal block around the ports which the solenoid pins engage, there are some very small slots which marry up with some very small plastic moldings on the solenoid block. Ensure these slots are cleaned of any deposits. You can use a pin and a razor blade to tease out the deposits. Doing this will help ensure a nice snug fit when putting back together.
# Use a dielectric grease sparingly on the o-rings.
# Ensure all deposits are cleared off, and use an airline to blow through all the passages.
# You may need to use a vice carefully to press the solenoid block and metal block back together. Ensure the plastic cover clips well over the metal lugs on the metal block.

{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_valve_block_separated.jpg|thumb|none|Valve block separated]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_valve_block_removed_old_orings.jpg|thumb|none|Old O-rings removed]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_valve_block_new_seal_to_solenoid_block.jpg|thumb|none|New seal for solenoid block halves]]
|}

=== Line Repair ===



For the location and routing of the AIRmatic air lines see above.

If you have diagnosed a leak in any of the AIRmatic pneumatic lines, the repair options are to:
*Cut out the failed section and reconnect using an in-line joiner.
*Replace the failed section of air line with a M-B repair kit (5 ft length only available).
*Replace the complete air line with an aftermarket high pressure flexible nylon pneumatic line.
*Bypass the complete air line with an aftermarket high pressure flexible nylon pneumatic line.

The air lines to the rear struts go through the interior and it may be difficult to find the leak unless the crack is large enough so that the crack can be located thanks to a loud hissing sound. Alternative line can be run from front valve block to the rear to test if the line is faulty.

{|
|[[File:W220_Airmatic_air_line_parallel_outside.jpg|thumb|none|Alternative line running to the rear.]]
|[[File:W220_Airmatic_air_line_parallel_inside.jpg|thumb|none|Alternative line connected to the rear strut.]]
|}

M-B sells the AIRmatic air line (pipe/hose/tube) in 5 ft lengths, maximum. From the factory, the air line is built using a continuous length of line with no joins. The M-B 5 ft lengths are just for repairs, so connectors will be needed.
{|
|[[File:A2203271045.jpg|thumb|none|Repair section of air line (A2203271045). Price EUR 14.]]
|[[File:AIRmatic Aftermarket Nylon Air Line.JPG|thumb|none|Aftermarket nylon air line.]]
|}
However, you can buy aftermarket 4x2.5mm nylon high pressure flexible pneumatic lines of any length which are much cheaper than OEM lines (search keyword "4mm Hose Flexible Nylon Natural / Tube Pneumatic Air Line / 5m Roll"). Various colours are available and can be used to match the OEM colour code.

M-B also sells an air line repair connector (junction/fitting) A0003270169 which can be used to re-connect an air line after cutting out the broken section. However, there are also available cheap and reliable plastic "push in" connectors which can be used to easily connect air lines without any tools.

{|
|[[File:A0003270169.jpg|thumb|none|Air line repair connector (A0003270169). Price EUR 45.]]
|[[File:A0003270169_aftermarket_equivalent.jpg|thumb|none|4mm "push in" pneumatic fitting. Alternative to A0003270169. Price EUR 3.]]
|[[File:W220_A0003270369_connector.jpg|thumb|none|Connector to connect air hose to struts, reservoir and valve block (A0003270369). Price EUR 4.]]
|}

=== Leaking Front Strut Air Spring - Repair Options ===

'''Leaking front strut air spring'''

Air spring of the front suspension strut is shown in the next figure.
The lower flared conical part of the air spring protective boot/bellows (n) is the "air spring plunger".
The plunger mates to the "support bushing/bearing" which is the conical shaped seat on the damper unit.
[[File:W220_airmatic_front_air_spring_repair_kit.jpg|thumb|none|Air spring of front strut.]]

A common issue when a Front Suspension Strut deflates completely and the car is then jacked up so that the strut is fully extended is that the Air Spring Plunger separates from the Damper Support Bearing.

'''Note:''' Air suspension struts on which the Air Spring Plunger (7) is separated from the Support Bearing can sometimes be filled with air again without problems. They do not necessarily need to be exchanged for a new suspension strut. However the strut must be filled while the protective boot/bellows (n) is aligned to the Damper Support Bearing. The method is to pressurize the suspension strut using STAR Diagnosis and at the same time press the Air Spring protective boot/bellows upwards as far as it will go to remove any crinkles. Then pull it smoothly and evenly downwards and press onto the support bearing. No air must escape from the plunger to support bearing contact surface otherwise pressure can not be built up in the Air Spring.

{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_strut_repearable.jpg|thumb|none|Repairable front strut damage (leaking air between the air spring plunger (7) and the support bearing).]]
|[[File:W220_repair_front_strut_1.png|thumb|none|Picture 1: Air spring plunger (7) separated from the support bearing (conical shape at the bottom).]]
|[[File:W220_repair_front_strut_2.png|thumb|none|Picture 2: Grasp the air spring plunger (7) with the hand.]]
|[[File:W220_repair_front_strut_3.png|thumb|none|Picture 3: Pull the air spring plunger (7) downwards by hand and press onto the support bearing.]]
|}

For an AIRmatic strut to deflate completely there may be a catastrophic failure of some internal component such as the air bag/bladder (h), but it can also mean that the residual pressure holding valve (k) is leaking so that the strut deflates over time. This residual pressure holding valve (k) normally blocks off the pressure chamber in the air spring from the supply line and closes at or below a residual pressure of 4-5 bar. For a leaking residual pressure holding valve (k) to cause a full deflation, the air supply line or the relevant valve in the Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) would also need to be leaking.

A leaking Level Control Valve Unit (Y36/6) on its own should not cause the strut to deflate completely as the residual pressure holding valve (k) should be fully closed below 4-5 bar.

''' Leak test '''

Before replacing a supposed leaky AIRmatic strut, always carry out a leak test on the head bearing using soapy water. Proceed as follows:
* Fill the air spring (using the DAS or other means), and in the process pull the air spring plunger (7) downwards firmly by hand so that the air does not escape between the air spring plunger and the Damper support bearing (picture 2 and 3).
* Once the suspension strut is filled, carry out the leak test on the head bearing and repair if necessary. A repair kit is available for this purpose.
* After using the repair kit proceed as described above when filling the air suspension strut (picture 2 and 3) ie pull the air spring plunger (7) firmly downwards by hand so that the air does not escape between the air spring plunger and the support bearing.

''' Repair options '''

If the head bearing is not leaking and the plunger is fully seated on the support bearing then the options are to;
* Replace the complete AIRmatic strut.
* Replace just the Air Spring of the AIRmatic Suspension Strut. (Note: This is the cheaper option but requires dismantling the failed Suspension Strut. It is a good option if the damper unit is in good condition. Refurbished Air Springs are available from Suspension Workshops.

===Replacing Front Axle Spring Strut (40)===
If a replacement Front Axle Spring Strut (40) has been procured it is quite an easy task to swap them over. Re-read the tips section before starting, especially the tip about installing the stub screws in the damper unit '''BEFORE''' installing in the car.

====Removal====
#Place the front wheels in the straight ahead position.
#Open hood.
#Depressurise the AIRmatic system using STAR DAS. (Note: it is not absolutely necessary to do this step as it is most likely that the AIRmatic strut has lost its pressure anyway. Just be careful when opening the Pressure Line to release any residual air slowly.)
#Remove [[fuses|f32]]/40A (AIRmatic compressor fuse) from the relaybox in engine compartment right.
#Remove ignition key.
#Jack up the front or just one side of the car as required.
#Support the car on stands.
#Remove the wheel.
#Undo the AIRmatic Level Control Sensor rod where it attaches to the wishbone (10mm).
#Remove the AIRmatic Level Control Sensor from the car. (16mm bolt with 16mm nut in engine compartment.)
#Place a jack or an adjustable stand under the lower suspension to just support the weight of the AIRmatic strut. (Note: the lower control arm will drop once the Allen Stub Screws are completely removed.)
<ol start="12">
<li> Separate the AIRmatic Front Strut from the lower ball joint. (Note: The AIRmatic front strut is attached to the ball joint of the '''lower''' suspension arm with two stub screws (5mm hex Allen key screws) on the bottom of the spring strut.)
{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_strut_ball_joint_stub_unscrew.jpg|300px]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_strut_ball_joint.jpg|300px]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_strut_ball_joint_stub_screws.jpg|300px]]
|}
* If required apply heat to the bottom Allen Stub Screws. (Note: Several people have reported difficult screw removal resulting in several broken hex wrenches, frustration or even stripped set screws that had to be drilled out. A very effective method to remove the screws is to use heat from a blow torch. A micro torch provides a nice small sharp flame that is easily controlled as to not cause any collateral damage.) 
{|
|[[File:Welding_micro_torch.jpg|300px]] [[File:W220_airmatic_front_strut_ball_joint_stub_screw_torch.jpg|300px]]
|[[File:W220_airmatic_front_strut_ball_joint_stub_unscrew_hex_wrench.jpg|300px]]
|}
* Loosen the two bottom Allen Stub Screws (5mm hex Allen key). Do not fully remove the stub screws, just unscrew them so that about five threads are showing.
{|
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Damper Stub Screws Partly Installed.JPG|300px]]
|}
* Loctite can be added to the exposed threads before installation. (Note: It is very easy to strip the thread when starting the stub screws in dirty holes on an old damper unit. Not completely removing the stub screws during disassembly eliminates this problem. If a stub screw mangles the start of a thread, remove the Air Strut to a work bench and thoroughly clean the threads on '''both''' holes. They will be full of old Loctite sealer. Then screw a stub screw into the 'good' side and keep screwing it all the way through until it comes out the far side, and in the process reshaping the mangled thread. Do this a couple of times and the stub screw should then start properly. It is far easier to start the stub screws on a work bench than when in the car.)
</ol>
<ol start="13">
<li> Remove the multi-electrical plugs X62/6 or X62/7. (Note: WIS says to press down on the spring retaining clip to release the multi-electrical connectors.) If necessary the multi-electrical plugs X62/6 or X62/7 can be released by praising the spring retaining clip upwards. Separate the front strut multi electrical connector into two connectors thus releasing the AIRmatic front strut so that it can be removed.
{|
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Multi Electrical Connectors.JPG|thumb|none|Multi-electrical connectors and their spring retaining clip.]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Multi Electrical Connectors Release Method.JPG|thumb|none|Multi-electrical connector release method.]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Multi Electrical Connector Separated.JPG|thumb|none|Multi electrical connector before and after separating.]]
|}
</ol>
<ol start="14">
<li> Undo the upper control arm ball joint nut (17mm) until it reaches the end of its thread and leave in place to protect the thread.
Use a ball joint separator tool to remove the upper control arm ball joint.
[[File:Ball Joint Separater Tool.JPG|thumb|none|Ball joint separator tool.]]
</ol>
<ol start="15">
<li> Remove the pressure airline from the head of the strut (10mm).
<li> Wrap the exposed airline connector in a plastic bag to protect the end of the airline from contamination. (Note: observe the 'O'-ring on the connector.)
<li> Remove the three upper mounting nuts (13mm) at the strut head.
<li> Remove the strut. If you are lucky the old strut will pretty much fall out, especially if it has collapsed.
</ol>
====Installation====
Re-read the tips section before starting, especially the tip about installing the stub screws in the damper unit '''BEFORE''' installing in the car and the use of dielectric grease on O-rings and electrical connectors.

#Install the new strut. It should slip in with ease.
#Lightly tighten the three strut upper mounting nuts. (Note: they will be torqued fully once the car is ready to drive.)
#Pry up or jack up the lower control arm.
#Set the bottom of the strut into its ball joint socket.
#Add some Loctite Sealer to the Stub Screw threads.
#Tighten the bottom Stub Screws (5mm Hex Allen Key).
#Check that the Stub Screws are flush or slightly below the outer edge of the threaded hole.
#Plug in the electrical connection firmly.
#Check that the electrical connector is plugged in correctly. (Note: It can be difficult to get it installed correctly.)
#Install the upper ball joint.
#Install the level control sensor rod.
#Reinstall the wheel.
#Install the air line [5Nm]. (Note: check the 'O' ring and replace if necessary.)
#Install f32/40A (AIRmatic Compressor fuse) from the Relaybox in engine compartment right.
#Jack the car up slightly higher.
#Remove the stand/s. ('''Note''': Never completely lower the vehicle if the air shocks are not pressurised.)
#Lower the jack partly until the car is at normal vehicle height. (Note: lower vehicle until distance axle centre to lower edge of fender is about 400mm.)
#Start the engine and wait for at least two minutes for everything to stabilise.
#If necessary align the bellows. You may have to take the wheel off again to do this step. If the Air Spring bellows and plunger have separated from the conical support bearing on the Damper Unit they must be aligned correctly. The technique is described fully above. In summary, press the bellows upwards towards the top to remove any crinkles. Then pull it fully downwards and press it onto the conical support bearing.
#From the cockpit press the Level Control Switch (N72/1s2) to raise the vehicle.
#The car should lift off the jack.
#Remove the jack.
#From the cockpit press the Level Control Switch (N72/1s2) to lower the car to the normal height.
#Torque the three strut upper mounting nuts [20Nm].

====Tutorials====
Excellent replacement tutorials for the front struts are available here:
{|
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YdSWq1RDuo0|320|left|Front Air Spring Replacement (by David Prokity).|frame}}
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WJ8Q3DuKH8M|320|left|Front Air Shock Removal and Installation (by Arnott).|frame}}
|}
* http://www.bilsteinus.com/fileadmin/user_upload/user_upload_us/pdfs/E4-WM5-Y328A00_01.pdf (DE/EN)
* http://info.bilsteinus.com/mercedes/ (videos)

===Replacing Rear Axle Spring Strut (41) ===
If a replacement Rear Axle Spring Strut (41) has been procured it is quite an easy task to swap them over.


{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_remove_install_rear_suspension_strut.jpg|400px]]
|
* 1 - Screw connection
* 2 - Screw connection
* 41 - Rear suspension strut
* 41a - Pressure line connection
* 41a - Nuts (3)
* 72 - Spring control arm
* 72c - Spring control arm covering
* 72d - Bolts (4 pcs.)
* Y53 - Left rear axle damping valve unit
* Y53x1 - Damping valve unit connector
* Y54 - Right rear axle damping valve unit
* Y54x1 - Damping valve unit connector
|}

{|
|[[File:W220_airmatic_remove_install_rear_suspension_strut_2.jpg|400px]]
|
* 1 - Screw connection
* 2 - Screw connection
* 3 - Screw connection
* 4 - Thrust arm
* 72 - Spring control arm
|}

====Removal====
#Depressurise the AIRmatic strut concerned (41) using STAR DAS. (Note: it is not absolutely necessary to do this step as it is most likely that the AIRmatic strut has lost its pressure anyway. Just be careful when opening the Pressure Line to release any residual air slowly. Note: If the strut only has a slight leak and still contains pressure, depressurising using STAR DAS only releases air out of the line between the Valve Block and the relevant strut. The Residual Pressure Valve on the top of the strut prevents the release of the last bit of pressure below about 3.5 bar. This means that the strut will still exert considerable force on the suspension components.)
#Open hood.
#Remove [[fuses|f32]]/40A (AIRmatic compressor fuse) from therRelaybox in engine compartment right.
#Remove ignition key.
#Jack up the rear or just one side of the car as required.
#Support the car on stands.
#Remove the wheel/s.
#Remove cover (arrow) in parcel shelf.
#To avoid damage to the trim on the C-pillar it is best to remove it as it '''WILL BE DAMAGED''' (bruised/compressed and possibly dirtied).
#: [[File:W220 Damage to C-Pillar Trim Removing AIRmatic Rear Strut with Annotation.JPG|thumb|none|Damaged C-pillar.]]
#Unscrew pressure line connection (41a) (10mm open ended spanner). '''Be Warned''': Residual pressure in the line between the valve block and the suspension strut can be very high so if pressure has not been released at step 1, '''SLOWLY''' unscrew the valve allowing the residual pressure to escape. '''TIP''': Plug the pressure line for the duration of the repair operations. [Air suspension pressure line to rear air spring torque spec. 5Nm]
#Unscrew nuts (41b) using the smallest socket and driver available. '''Installation''': Loosely fit nuts (41b) then refill suspension strut in fully-assembled vehicle before torquing to specification. The vehicle must be in the ready to drive mode when torquing these three nuts. '''TIP''': Installation: To facilitate tightening operations and ensure the correct torque on the nuts (41b), it may prove useful to remove the trim from the C-pillar. [Nut, rear suspension strut to body torque spec. 20Nm]
#Pull off grommet and disconnect electrical connector of damping valve unit (Y53x1/ Y54x1)
#Remove plastic rivets (72d) on spring control arm cover (72c). Note: It is not absolutely necessary to remove this cover but it certainly helps and it is easy to do.
#Remove spring control arm cover (72c).
#Remove Brake Wear Sensor Bracket bolt. (Right side only).
#Disconnect Brake Wear Sensor (Right side only).
#Secure Brake Wear Sensor Bracket and cable out of the way. (Right side only).
#Remove Brake Caliper and support by wiring to adjacent exhaust pipe.
#Remove Stabiliser Bar Link bottom nut. [Torque spec. 40Nm]
#: [[File:W220 Stabiliser Bar Link Removing Bottom Nut.jpg|thumb|none|Removal of stabiliser bar link bottom nut.]]
#Remove Stabiliser Bar Link top nut. [Torque spec. 40Nm]
#Remove Stabiliser Bar Link.
#: [[File:W220 Stabiliser Bar Link Removing.jpg|thumb|none|Removal of stabiliser bar link.]]
#Loosen the inner bolted connection (1) of spring control arm (72) to axle carrier. (This allows the Spring Control Arm to easily swing out of the way for the strut removal.) Installation: [Bolt and nut Inner spring control arm to axle carrier spec. 50Nm + 90 degrees.]
#: [[File:W220 Spring Control Arm to Axle Carrier Inner bolted connection.jpg|thumb|none|Loosening the inner bolted connection of spring control arm to axle carrier.]]
#Undo the nut on the bolted connection rear strut to spring control arm (2) of suspension. Note: Any residual pressure in the strut will prevent the bolt from being removed. Installation: Ensure rear axle is horizontal (either by jacking under the rear brake disc with the wheel removed and measuring distance between lower edge of fender and centre of axle (about 360mm) or by lowering vehicle to ready to drive height) before torquing connection rear strut to spring control arm (2) of suspension. [Nut, rear strut to spring control arm torque spec. 110Nm]
#: [[File:W220 Removing rear strut to spring control arm connection.jpg|thumb|none|Removing strut to spring control arm connection.]]
#Undo the nut on the outer spring control arm to wheel carrier bolted connection. Any residual pressure in the strut will prevent the bolt from being easily removed. Installation: Ensure rear axle is horizontal (either by jacking under the rear brake disc with the wheel removed and measuring distance between lower edge of fender and centre of axle (about 360mm) or by lowering vehicle to ready to drive height) before torquing connection outer spring control arm to wheel carrier. [Nut, outer spring control arm to wheel carrier torque spec. 120Nm]
#: [[File:W220 Undoing spring control arm to wheel carrier bolted connection.jpg|thumb|none|Undoing spring control arm to wheel carrier bolted connection.]]
#Jack the spring control arm slightly to remove the pressure on the spring control arm to wheel carrier bolted connection. If there is no residual pressure in the strut the bolt can be released just by wriggling the wheel carrier.
#Remove the bolt for the spring control arm to wheel carrier bolted connection.
#: [[File:W220 Removing spring control arm to wheel carrier bolted connection.jpg|thumb|none|Removing spring control arm to wheel carrier bolted connection.]]
#Lower the jack just enough to remove the pressure on the spring control arm caused by the strut.
#Remove the bolt for the rear strut to spring control arm connection.
#Lower the jack which will allow the spring control arm (72) to swing out of the way.
#Remove the strut assembly (41) from the car by lowering it and pulling it out to the side.

====Installation====
#Install in the reverse order to removal noting the Installation tips.
#Fill suspension struts affected using STAR DIAGNOSIS. [Pressurize to 5 bar.] '''TIP''': During recharging the wheels should never be in contact with the floor; refilling with the suspension compressed leads to destruction of the air suspension bellows in the strut (41).
#Double check that the strut top mounting nuts (41b) were torqued correctly after the vehicle was ready to drive and fully supported on the new struts.
#Check AIRmatic for leaks.

====Tutorials====
Excellent replacement tutorials for the rear struts are available here:
{|
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=syCgbu3UqAI|320|left|Rear Air Shock Removal and Installation (by Arnott).|frame}}
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jFmwLCCEAkI|320|left|Rear Air Shock Removal and Installation (by Arnott).|frame}}
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K0WVj3Brfe8|320|left|Rear Air Shock Removal and Installation (by Masood).|frame}}
|}

===Replacing the Air Spring in an AIRmatic Strut===
As already described, a very common reason for a leaking strut is damage in the strut's rubber air bag/bladder (h).
It is possible to purchase on eBay a refurbished front and rear air spring which is the top part of an air suspension strut for around EUR 120 and mount it to the original damper unit (the lower part of an air suspension strut). This requires the strut to be removed from the car and the air spring to be separated from the damper unit by partly dismantling the air spring. '''Note:''' Replacing only the strut's rubber air bag/bladder (h) of the air suspension strut is not suitable for a DIY project as it requires an hydraulic crimping tool.

==== Dismantling Front Air Spring====


<ol>
<li> Remove the complete front axle AIRmatic spring strut (40) from the vehicle.
<li> Remove the epoxy/mastic using a hammer and a screw driver. ('''TIP''': If you are doing this with the strut still in the car, avoid getting pieces of epoxy/mastic in the engine.)
{|
|[[File:AIRmatic Removing Top Seal.JPG|thumb|none|Removing top seal of front strut.]]
|[[File:AIRmatic Top After Removing Mastic.JPG|thumb|none|Top seal removed.]]
|}
<li> Using a special tool (see below) unscrew the residual pressure holding valve (k).
{|
|[[File:AIRmatic Residual Pressure Holding Valve Removed.JPG|thumb|none|Tool to unscrew the residual pressure valve.]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Residual Pressure Holding Valve 01.JPG|thumb|none|Residual pressure holding valve (removed).]]
|}
<li> If required close the opening of the residual pressure holding valve (k) with a short bolt M8, so that no dirt can penetrate into the air suspension strut.
<li> Using a special tool (see below) fit the tool to the Strut. Tighten the central nut to the plate from the inside and this will wind down the bolt pushing the Air Spring top metal disc inwards slightly releasing the snap ring.
{|
|[[File:W220 strut top seal tool 02.jpg|thumb|none|Strut top seal tool.]]
|[[File:W220 strut top seal tool 03.jpg|thumb|none|Strut top seal tool.]]
|}
<li> Remove the snap ring. ('''TIP''': Use a small screwdriver to help remove the circlip lock snap ring but make sure it does not cause any scratches and burrs, otherwise the sealing of the new lock ring may be compromised. Remove any sharp edges or burrs if required.) (Note: a new circlip lock snap ring is provided in the top seal kit, see below.)
<li> Remove the tool.
<li> Remove the top seal metal disc cover with its 'O' ring. (Note: Run a small screwdriver around the edge of the disc and then keep manipulating the disc until it starts to come free. Use a small screw driver to lever the disc out. A very strong magnet can help.) (Note: a new top seal metal disc cover and a new 'O' ring are provided in the top seal kit, see below. A new top seal metal disc cover and a new 'O' ring are often provided with a new/refurbished air spring.)
{|
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Snap Ring Removed.JPG|thumb|none|Snap ring.]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Metal Disc Removed.JPG|thumb|none|Metal disc cover.]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Top Seal Cover Outside View.JPG|thumb|none|Outside view of metal disc (A2203280621).]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Top Seal Cover Inside View.JPG|thumb|none|Inside view of metal disc (A2203280621).]]
|}
<li> Inspect the inside of the top of the Front Strut for any sharp edges or burrs and remove if required.
<li> Drill a 4mm hole and if necessary insert a screw or similar device part way into the nylon plug which can then be pulled out. (Note: a new nylon plug is available with part number TBD.)
{|
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut After Removing Metal Disc.JPG|thumb|none|Strut after removing metal disc.]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Plastic Plug Removed.JPG|thumb|none|Plastic plug removed.]]
|[[File:W220 Front Spring Strut Nylon Cover.jpg|thumb|none|Nylon cover.]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut After Removing Plastic Plug.JPG|thumb|none|Strut after removing plastic nylon plug.]]
|}
<li> Use an air impact driver to undo the lock nut on the top of the damper piston rod (e). (Note: unfortunately it is essential to use an impact wrench as the piston rod in the damper unit can not be restrained from turning. The impact wrench shocks the nut undone.)
<li> Remove the complete air spring from the damper unit.
[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Air Spring Separated from Damper Unit.JPG|thumb|none|Strut spring separated from damper unit.]]
<li> From the '''inside''' of the Air Spring use a long piece of rod or tubing to press out the upper mount rubber bush.
{|
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Upper Mount Iso View.JPG|thumb|none|]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Upper Mount Top View.JPG|thumb|none|]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Upper Mount Side View.JPG|thumb|none|]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Front Strut Upper Mount Back View.JPG|thumb|none|]]
|}
{|
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic View of Front Strut Air Spring with Upper Mount Removed.JPG|thumb|none|Outside view of the strut with bush removed.]]
|[[File:W220 Front Spring Strut Top Plate Inside View.jpg|thumb|none|Inside view of the strut with bush removed.]]
|}

*The yellow arrow points to the hole going through the upper mount rubber bush for the damper piston rod (e).
*The blue arrow points to the inside of the Air Spring for the rubber air bellows (h).
*The red circle shows the threaded brass air inlet to the Air Spring.
</ol>
==== Reassembly Front Air Suspension Strut (40)====
# Fasten the air bag/bladder (h) to the strut top using the 1st crimp ring.
#:[[File:W220 Airmatic Front Spring Strut 01.jpg|300px|center]]
#:The next Figures show the steel support ring for the lower strut tube (a), which provides support for the 2nd or lower crimp ring.
#:[[File:W220 Airmatic Front Spring Strut 02.jpg|300px|center]]
# Install the strut tube (a) into the air bag/bladder and secure with the 2nd crimp ring.
#:The next Figure shows the rubber air bag/bladder which is mounted on the outside of the strut tube (a) and is held in place by metal crimp rings.
#:[[File:W220 Airmatic Front Spring Strut 03.jpg|300px|center]]
#:Notes:
#:* The bottom end or plunger of the lower strut tube (a) is tapered which is for sealing to the support bearing on the damper unit.
#:* Note: the Airmatic strut can leak air from the bottom of the lower section if not seated against the rubber of the damper unit correctly.
# Check the Seal between the damper and the air spring.
#:The next Figure shows the bottom air spring to damper seal open and fully seated.
#:[[File:W220 Airmatic Front Spring Strut 04.jpg|300px|center]]
# Install top alloy dust cover.
#:The next Figure shows the top dust seal alloy cover which is crimped to the strut top.
#:[[File:W220 Airmatic Front Spring Strut 05.jpg|300px|center]]
# Install the protective boot/bellows to the top dust seal alloy cover.
# Thoroughly clean the damper unit before it is fitted into the air spring.
#:The next Figure shows a close-up of the strut damper with the bump stop buffer (i) and bump stop cover. The damper is fitted after the air spring has been assembled. It slides through the strut top and then has the upper mount rubber bush and nut fitted followed by the nylon cover and then the top metal disc cover and lock ring. Note the large conical rubber support bearing which provides the air spring to damper seal.
#:[[File:W220 Airmatic Front Spring Strut 07.jpg|300px|center]]
# Prepare the strut top plate to take the Damper Unit.
#:The next three figures show;
#:* (left image) the strut top plate with the hole for the damper,
#:* (center image) the strut top plate with the upper mount rubber bush in place waiting for the nyloc nut, (Note: an impact wrench is used to tighten the nut (with Loctite applied) to the damper piston rod.)
#:* (right image) the strut top with the nylon cover placed over the nut.
#:[[File:W220 Airmatic Front Spring Strut 08.jpg|500px|center]]
# The next two figures show the metal disc cover with the 'O' ring installed ('''TIP''': use silicon grease to ensure it is leak free) and the lock ring ready to be fitted using the strut top seal tool.
#:[[File:W220 Airmatic Front Spring Strut 09.jpg|300px|center]]
# Install the residual pressure holding valve (k) using the commercial tool or DIY modified spanner.
# Support the strut vertically and fill the top of the strut with a black butyl mastic to reduce vibration damage to the air inlet valve.
#:'''TIP''': If a pour-able butyl mastic can not be sourced, Sika manufacture a range of butyl mastic sealers which can be extruded in thin layers (5mm thick). Use a spatula to smooth the layer evenly and then leave it to set. Repeat the layering process until the cavity is filled. The result is not as neat as the OEM but it does the job. If required the extruded layers technique can be done with the Air Strut installed in the car as the compound is quite viscous and will not run.
[[File:W220 AIRmatic Repaired Front Strut Filled with Butyl Mastic.JPG|300px|center]]

==== Tools Required for Replacing Air Spring in Front Air Suspension Strut (40)====
<ul>
<li> AIRmatic residual pressure holding valve tool. Used to remove and install the brass residual pressure holding valves at each of the air inlets to the front air suspension struts. DIY tool can be made by modifying either a ½” or 3/8" spanner by grinding it down to fit the residual pressure holding valve.
{|
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Residual Pressure Holding Valve Commercial Removal Tool.JPG|thumb|none|Commercial 1/4" drive tool.]]
|[[File:W220 strut top seal tool 04.jpg|300px|thumb|none|1/2" spanner.]]
[[File:AIRmatic DIY Residual Pressure Holding Valve Removal Tool.JPG|thumb|none|DIY residual pressure tool.]]
|[[File:W220 AIRmatic Residual Pressure Holding Valve Dimensions.JPG|thumb|none|Critical dimensions of the residual pressure holding valve.]]
|}
</ul>

<ul>
<li> Front strut top seal remover tool.
[[File:W220_airmatic_front_strut_top_seal_tool.jpg|thumb|none|Commercial strut top seal tool.]]
</ul>

<ul>
<li> DIY home-made strut top seal tool can be made from a 150mm x 150mm piece of 6mm (1/4") steel plate.
{|
|[[File:DIY AIRmatic Front Top Seal Tool Dimensions.JPG|thumb|none|mark-up dimensions for the DIY front strut top seal remover tool.]]
|[[File:W220 strut top seal tool 01.jpg|thumb|none|Parts for DIY strut top seal tool.]]
|}
#Accurately mark up the steel plate as per the figure above which shows the mark-up dimensions for the DIY AIRmatic front strut top seal remover tool.
##Draw the two diagonals to establish the centre of the plate.
##Mark with a centre pop.
##Set a divider to 61.5mm radius.
##Draw a circle with the divider around the centre pop producing the pitch circle diameter of 123mm.
##Centre pop the first hole on one of the diagonals.
##Use the divider still set to a radius of 61.5mm and mark six arcs around the circumference of the PCD. This divides the PCD into six equal chords. (Alternatively set the divider to 106.5mm and scribe across the PCD in two places.)
##Centre pop the required intersections for the other two 8mm holes.
##Visually check that the centre pop marks match the pitch circle diameter (pcd) of the strut top plate mounting bolts.
##Drill the three off 8mm holes.
##Drill one 10mm hole in the center.
##Obtain three off 120mm long 8mm bolts for the three 8mm holes.
##Use three 8mm joiner nuts to attach the 8mm bolts to the strut top. (Alternatively four off 8mm nuts can be welded together to make one off 'long' nut.)
##Obtain one off 150mm long 10mm bolt for the center 10mm hole.
##Thread a nut right to the top of the 10mm bolt and add a flat washer with a little bit of grease.
</ul>

* Impact driver (Note: is absolutely essential for removing the nut at the top of the damper unit.)

<ul>
<li> Top seal repair kit. Includes: steel cap, brass valve and spring clip. Part number A2203202538 (~EUR 125).
[[File:AIRmatic Top Seal Repair Kit A2203202538.JPG|thumb|none|Top seal repair kit (A2203202538).]]
</ul>

====Tutorials====
Excellent replacement tutorials for the front and rear struts are available here:
{|
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zACt4F7TvYY|320|left|W220 front strut separation.|frame}}
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9VzGNQowXo0|320|left|W220 rear strut assembly.|frame}}
|}

===Remove/install front axle level sensors===


{|
|[[File:W220_Remove_install_front_axle_level_sensors.jpg|400px]]
|
* 6 - Upper track control arm
* 86 - Connecting rod
* 86a - Retaining plate
* 86c - Nut
* 86d - Bolts (2 ea.)
* B22/8 - Left front level sensor
* B22/9 - Right front level sensor
* e - Hole
* f - Hole for level sensor connecting rod
|}

Remove/Install:
# Replace self-locking nuts and bolts
# Remove front wheels
# Disconnect connectors at front left and right level sensors (B22/8, B22/9)
# Unscrew nut (86c) on connecting rod (86) from front left and right level sensors (B22/8, B22/9)
# Unscrew nut (86b) on connecting rod (86) from upper wishbone (6) and remove connecting rod (86). Installation:Attach connecting rod (86) to the outermost hole (f) on the upper wishbone (6).
# Unscrew bolts (86d) on retaining plate (86a) and remove front left and right level sensors (B22/8, B22/9)
# Install in the reverse order
# After replacing the level sensors, calibrate vehicle level with Star Diagnosis (level calibration)

Torque specification:
* Nut, level sensor connecting rod to upper wishbone: 10 Nm
* Nut, connecting rod to level sensor: 5 Nm
* Bolt/nut of level sensor to retaining plate: 4 Nm

===Remove/install rear axle level sensor===


{|
|[[File:W220_Remove_install_rear_axle_level_sensor.png|400px]]
|
* 81 - Torsion bar link
* 85 - Control rod
* 85a - Retaining plate
* 85b - Nuts (3)
* 85c - Bolts (2 pcs.)
* 85D - Nut
* 85E - Nut
* B22/3 - Rear axle level sensor
|}

Remove/Install:
# Replace self-locking nuts and bolts
# Disconnect plug from rear axle level sensor (B22/3)
# Unscrew nut (85e) of control rod (85) from stabilizer bar intermediate lever (81)
# Unscrew nut (85d) of control rod (85) at level sensor (B22/3) and remove control rod (85). Do not separate control rod (85) or change the adjustment.
# Remove bolts (85c) of retaining plate (85a) at level sensor (B22/3) and remove level sensor (B22/3)
# Install in the reverse order
# Calibrate vehicle level using Star Diagnosis after replacing the level sensor

Torque specification:
* Nut, level sensor link rod to torsion bar intermediate lever: 10 Nm
* Nut, control rod to level sensor: 5 Nm
* Bolt, level sensor to retaining plate: 4 Nm
* Nut, retaining plate to frame floor: 8 Nm

===Airmatic Adjusting Levels Using [[STAR Diagnosis System (SDS) or Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS)]]===
See Section [[Airmatic Adjusting Levels Using DAS]]

File:W220 Airmatic Valve Block Cover Removal Procedure.JPG

2020-08-12T08:07:47Z

Ricebubbles:

File:W220 Airmatic Valve Block Cover Lugs.JPG

2020-08-12T08:05:16Z

Ricebubbles:

File:W220 Airmatic Valve Body Assembly Bolts.jpg

2020-08-12T07:53:18Z

Ricebubbles:

Aftermarket COMAND replacements

2020-08-12T07:08:09Z

Ricebubbles: /* DIY Remote Wakeup Circuit */ Added modification to wake Erisin on UNLOCK and LOCK commands

Back to: [[WIS 82.85 Navigation and Communication System (CNS, ICS, COMAND, FleetBoa) A40/3]]

==Description - Aftermarket COMAND replacements==
High-end aftermarket car stereo Head Units are available for Mercedes-Benz S-Class W220.

There are several brands available and most offer the following;
* Touch Screen Control
* CD/DVD player (DVD/VCD/HVCD/MP4/MP3/CD/AVI/DIVX et alia).
* Built-in Navigation.
* Blue Tooth to connect mobile phone for hands free use.
* SD Card slot.
* Auxiliary input port for portable multimedia devices (video and audio).
* Reversing Camera option.
* Compatible with original Canbus system for steering wheel control.

[[File:W220_aftermarket_headunit_installed.jpg|300px|center]]

==Issues - Aftermarket COMAND replacements==
Be aware there are several issues related to installing aftermarket head units:
* Steering wheel controls may not work
* Replacement head unit may not work with the original amplifier

==Options - Aftermarket COMAND replacements==
===Alpine INA-W910===
{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S_kIkNhw75s|320|left|COMAND replaced with Alpine INA-W910 Touchscreen system.|frame}}
 
===Seicane S018800w===
BenzWorld Member Pinkster used a Seicane head unit replacement in a pre-facelift W220, and noted that his car needed the dash modded to fit. See [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/w220-s-class/1970673-tv-comand.html]

The Seicane information and installation instructions are here [https://www.seicane.com/car-dvd-player-for-mercedes-benz-s-w220-with-gps-radio-tv-bluetooth-srd-8800]

[[File:Replacement Seicane Head Unit for W220.jpg|300px|center]]

===Erisin===
BenzWorld Member Dave2302 used an Erisin head unit replacement with a good description of the ease of installation in a pre-facelift W220 (none Bose Car and no Fibre Optics). See here [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/w220-s-class/2693609-s500-resurrection-daves-thread-28.html#post17429553].

[[File:040 Replacement Erisin Head Unit in W220.jpg|300px|center]]

Main installation points discussed were;

* Remove OEM COMAND.
[[File:010 OEM COMAND Removed from W220.jpg|300px|center]]

* Remove the CD Changer from the Boot, (Trunk).
* Original Speakers which were plugged to the back of the old COMAND, plug right in to the ERISIN Speakers Plug.
* On the old COMAND Power Plug the Permanent +ve = (thick Yellow / Red), Earth = (Brown) and Antenna Amp / CD Wake Up = (Blue / Black) plugs straight into the Erisin's Power Plug.
* Also on the Erisin's Plug is Red switched +ve wire, and 2 Steering Wheel Button wires. '''DO NOT CONNECT THESE!!''' Can Bus takes care of all that and more.
* The Erisin came with two optional use CAN Plugs. Dave2302 note that "There has been waffle all over the Internet and BenzWorld as well as other MB Forums, about splicing into the CAN under the Carpets on the Left Sill, (Rocker Panel), into the HVAC Panel CAN etc etc etc !! The COMAND Communicates with all sorts of other stuff on your Car, so it has CAN Wires going to it, they just aren't that obvious!!"
* There were two plugs with Lever Type catches on the back of the old COMAND, one to the Nav Disc Processor part attached to the COMAND H/U, this has a Blue Lever Catch, and one to the actual COMAND H/U which has a Grey Lever Catch. The "Grey Lever Catch" has the CAN, and one of the Erisin provided adaptors is a Plug with two Wires White & White Black, and two Wires Green & Green Black, which plugs right into the "Grey Catch Plug" on the Car"
* The Green & Green Black wires plug into the CAN Decoder supplied by Erisin and then plug that into the Erisin H/U.
* The Radio Antenna from the old COMAND plugged into the Erisin's Aerial Socket with a simple adaptor.
* The "MUSIC" Icon on the Erisin H/U switches to a SD Card and plays well, nad has a Graphic Equaliser to get it all sounding great. It's crystal clear but too loud at half volume, and every Speaker in the Car works a treat including Parcel Shelf Woofer and Centre Dash Speaker. The sound quality from this unit is far superior to the Old COMAND H/U.
* The look of the Erisin Head Unit completely transforms the look of the Cars interior, it is a true "Update Upgrade"
* Steering Wheel buttons will change Tracks and Radio Stations, and Volume Up and Down.
* The Phone Answer / Hang Up activates the Phone Screen on the H/U.
* Selecting Reverse Gear enables Reverse Camera Screen, but a Camera must be installed.
* Dash Display is yet to be configured.
* An adapter is required to use the Cars Nav Shark Fin Antenna.

Here is Dave2302's method for modding the OEM dash to make the Erisin fit.
* I had to carefully cut the 2 upper COMAND mounting lugs out of the dash, using a Hacksaw blade on it's own, and then carefully also trim the Dash apertures inner edges back (where you can't see this) to get the unit to fit nicely and squarely with an even gap all the way round.

[[File:030 OEM COMAND Bracket Modifications.jpg|300px|center]]

* I have yet to fabricate couple of Upper Mountings to secure it at the top, but have got 4 screws along the bottom lip where the old COMAND has 2 Screws, so next job is to make some nice little brackets to secure the top of it in a decent and secure manner.
* It is also impossible to use screws on the 2 recessed Centre "Ear Brackets" like the old COMAND has, because the Erisin is a lot wider than the COMAND, but they are resting nicely, and supporting it on the Dash's plastic "Ear Lugs" and I have an idea for that too, which will involve Captive Threaded Studs on the H/U "ears" and trying to get my hand up and put a couple of wing nuts on from behind whilst the Ashtray and A/C Panel is out
* I think that may work, if not instead of threaded studs, I'll make up some tapered locating Dowels and drill the Dash Brackets to suit the taper.

[[File:020 Replacement Erisin COMAND with modification brackets.jpg|300px|center]]

==Resources - Aftermarket COMAND replacements==
MBWorld has several postings on options and fabulous videos on aftermarket Head Units installed in MB E-class W211 vehicles. See
[https://mbworld.org/forums/e-class-w211/595334-after-market-android-4-4-4-quad-core-complete-install-vids-pics-txt.html]

==DIY Erisin Remote Wakeup System==
===Preliminary===
The Erisin ES7882S Media Unit is a favoured after-market COMAND replacement as it “looks the part” perfectly.
[[File:After-market Erisin Head Unit in W220.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|After-market Erisin Head Unit in W220]]
However, it has several annoying features, one of which is the slow boot up. The Erisin ES7882S media unit uses the CAN-Bus signals to wake up and normally no other power connections are required other than +12V and Ground.
[[File:Erisin ES7882S.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Erisin ES7882S Media Unit Retrofit Wiring Diagram in W220]]
I was extremely disappointed with the slow switch on of the Erisin unit. The device as delivered requires the ignition key to be inserted and turned to position 1 (ACC) or 2 (IGN) before the Erisin would start to boot up after the car has been turned off. It also takes nearly a minute to boot up completely.
To overcome this, other enthusiasts have wired the Erisin to be permanently on and to use the in-built sleep function to switch off the screen after a certain time has elapsed. They report that the current draw does not impact significantly on the state of battery charge even after a few days as long as the car is driven regularly. The author’s vehicle tends to sit unused for weeks on end and so any additional drain on a sleeping battery is not desirable, thus ruling out this option.
Consequently, the author designed a method to remotely wakeup the Erisin as soon as the car receives an unlock command from the key fob.
===Wakeup Options===
Ref WIS PE82.85-P-2101-99SH Wiring diagram of cockpit management and data system (COMAND) control module for MODEL 220 as of 1.9.03 with code 352a has a Wakeup wire (bl/sw blae/schwarz blue/black) connected. On the author’s W220 S500L with A40/3 COMAND which has code 527 COMAND DVD APS WITH NAVIGATION, the wakeup blue/black wire sits at +12V until a wakeup signal is generated over the CAN-Bus. The blue/black wire then momentarily pulses towards 0V for about 0.25 secs ONLY when the Ignition is turned from Off to Accessories or to On and initiates the CAN-Bus wakeup. (Note no wakeup signal is produced when the car is unlocked manually or remotely.) The quick negative going pulse is used to wake up the OEM COMAND.
[[File:Erisin Connectors.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Erisin ES7882S Connectors]]
The Erisin ES7882S unit has an ACC red wire as a possible input. If 12V is applied to this red wire the Erisin switches on and stays on as long as the red wire is powered or the ignition is turned on. The ACC is obviously intended for powering and waking up the Erisin using the Accessories (ACC) 12V supply available from the ignition switch. As far as the author can determine for the W220, there is no readily available OEM source of a suitable 12V supply to activate the red wire to wake up the Erisin when it is in sleep mode.
Note the Erisin ANT/AMP-CON (blue) wire is a source of 12V power to be used to power/control an antenna or an external audio amplifier. It has nothing to do with waking up the Erisin media unit.
===DIY Remote Wakeup Circuit===
'''Update as of 20200812'''
After designing, building and and installing this circuit, I discovered another issue which annoyed me immensely. Whenever the car was switched off and then returned to within say five to ten minutes, which I seem to do quite regularly, the Erisin would go through the whole startup process again, and I realised I needed to have about an hour delay for [[both]] switch on and switch off. Fortunately my original circuit described below is easily modified to do this, and what's more, is a simpler circuit. With this modification the I/P1 from the PSE SD Valve is not needed nor is the RL1 relay. To achieve this all I had to do was to bypass the RL1 normally open contact with a small piece of wire soldered in place which effectively makes the RL1 relay do nothing at all. (It could be removed completely.) Then to increase the time delay from six minutes to about one hour, just add a 10M Ohm resistor in series with the 1.5M Ohm making a timing resistor of 11.5M Ohms. Now the Erisin powers up the moment the Remote Control UNLOCK or LOCK buttons are pressed, and will stay powered on for about one hour.

'''What follows is the original Description without the above modification.'''
A special DIY Remote Wakeup Circuit has been designed which achieves the required function. It requires an extra connection to the Erisin to wake up the media unit and also requires a small modification to the Pneumatic Systems Equipment (PSE) Pump ECU, plus installation of an additional wire from the boot/trunk to the media unit.
[[File:PSE to Erisin Media Unit Remote Wakeup Block Diagram.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|PSE to Erisin Media Unit Remote Wakeup Block Diagram]]
'''WARNING:''' Be aware the construction of the DIY circuit requires some electronics knowledge, but would make a good project for a beginner.

===How It Works===
When the key unlock button is pressed to remotely unlock the car, the PSE pump produces a vacuum which is used to unlock the doors and fuel flap. A signal can be obtained from both the PSE SK Valve and the PSE TD Valve to start a timer of approximately five minutes to wake up the Erisin.
The SK (Air Inlet Valve) is only activated when the PSE produces a vacuum. The TD (Fuel Flap Lock Valve) is activated during BOTH unlock (vacuum) and lock (+ve pressure) commands. If these two sources are electronically ‘ANDED’ together the only time an output signal is produced is when BOTH valves are activated, which is the unlock situation.
Once triggered the timer produces a timed 12V output signal which is connected to the red ACC input wire on the Erisin, thus waking up the media unit for at about six minutes. This gives enough time to open the door, put on the seat belt, insert the key into the ignition and switch to on. By this time the media unit will have booted up and the functions such as reversing camera, navigation app, music app etc will be immediately available. This output 12V signal also latches the DIY circuit on for the duration of the timing period (about six minutes).
===Modification to PSE to Access Wakeup Signals (SK and TD Valves)===
The PSE Pump and ECU is located in the rear left side of the boot/trunk and is accessible after removing some of the internal linings.
[[File:Pneumatic System Equipment or PSE Pump in Boot or Trunk.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Pneumatic System Equipment or PSE Pump in Boot or Trunk]]
For a thorough description of the W220 PSE Pump see [[Pneumatic System Equipment (PSE) Pump]]
When the car is locked using the Remote Key, the PSE Pump produces +ve pressure (28Kpa or 4psi), and couples it via the TD port to the Fuel Filler Flap Solenoid which moves a pin out to lock the Fuel Filler Flap, and then returns the port to atmospheric pressure.
When the car is unlocked using the Remote Key, the PSE Pump produces -ve pressure (8”Hg vacuum), and couples it via the TD port to the Fuel Filler Flap Solenoid which retracts the pin to unlock the Fuel Filler Flap, and then returns to atmospheric pressure. The following diagram shows the PSE pump producing -ve pressure (vacuum).
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Internal Pneumatic Schematic in Vaccum Generating Mode.jpg|500px|center]]
The SK valve is only used when the PSE Pump produces a vacuum. The SK Valve is not activated when the car is locked (when the PSE Pump produces +ve pressure.) Consequently signals from BOTH the SK Valve and the TD Valve are electronically ‘ANDED’ together to produce the required unlock trigger signal for the Timer.
===Identifying the PSE Pump Solenoid Valves===
The next diagram shows the PSE ECU removed from its housing with solenoid valves attached. Note it is not necessary to remove the PSE ECU to make the required connections.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Internal Assembly.JPG|500px|center]]
Identifying the PSE Solenoid Valves circuit board connections, each of which has a coil with 34 Ohms resistance.
[[File:W220 PSE Pump Coil Resistances.JPG|500px|center]]
===Modification to the PSE Pump ECU===
The modification to the PSE that is required is to solder a wire to the SK Valve (control side), solder a wire to the TD Valve (control side), and solder wires to the PSE +ve and the PSE Ground. These wires must be routed externally to the PSE to the DIY Remote Wakeup Circuit by cutting a small slot in the case. (The author was able to use an existing slot in the PSE case for routing the small cable to the new circuit. The author’s PSE pump has been fitted with a copper coil heat exchanger to eliminate excess heat damage to the pump’s internal ports and channels, in the event the PSE pump inadvertently locks on, for some reason. It has already saved one system from permanent damage.
See [https://w220.ee/Pneumatic_System_Equipment_(PSE)_Pump#DIY_Add_a_Heat_Radiator_in_Output_Port_Line] for more details of this modification.)
[[File:W220 PSE Modification for Erisin Wakeup.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|W220 PSE Modification for Erisin Wakeup]]
Closeup View of DIY connections with designations.
[[File:W220 PSE Modification for Erisin Wakeup Closeup.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|W220 PSE Modification for Erisin Wakeup Closeup]]
An additional wire must be installed between the DIY Remote Wakeup Circuit (Output) in the boot/trunk and the Erisin ACC (Red) connection behind the Media Unit in the cabin. (The author found this to be quite easy by using a long plastic rod with the new wire taped to one end, and the rod poked through from the boot to the rear left seat area. The same technique was then used to progressively feed the wire under the carpets down the side of the front left seat, then finally under the front carpet and up into the centre console area.)
===Electronic Circuit===
The DIY Remote Wakeup Circuit was constructed on a small piece of electronics proto-typing Veroboard or strip board, which was fitted into a small plastic component box. The completed unit was installed adjacent to the PSE Pump. (The author simply wrapped the box in soft material and squeezed it into a suitable space adjacent to the PSE, and then secured it with plastic ties.)
LEDs, although unnecessary, were used extensively in this prototype, so that it was very easy to observe the operation of the completed unit. All up the electronic components cost about $50.
[[File:Erisin Remote Wakeup 02.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|W220 PSE Modification for Erisin Wakeup Closeup]]
===Circuit Diagram===
[[File:Erisin Remote Wakeup Circuit Diagram.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|PSE to Erisin Remote Wakeup Circuit Diagram]]

===Layout Diagrams===
[[File:Erisin Remote Wakeup 01.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|PSE to Erisin Remote Wakeup]]
[[File:Erisin Remote Wakeup Layout Component Side.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|PSE to Erisin Remote Wakeup Layout Component Side]]
===Waveform Diagrams===
The waveform diagrams show how the circuit only produces an output (O/P and ACC) signal when BOTH the SK valve and the TD valve are activated. (I.e. an output wakeup command is only produced when the car is unlocked using the remote key fob.)
[[File:Erisin Remote Wakeup Waveforms.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|PSE to Erisin Remote Wakeup Waveforms]]
===Bonus===
Inspect the table on the circuit diagram which shows the current draw for each possible input and output state. The bonus with this “latching” type of circuit is that there is zero current draw in its off state. Consequently, the addition of this DIY PSE to Erisin Remote Wakeup Circuit does not increase the quiescent current draw from a sleeping battery.
===Conclusion===
The installation of this DIY remote wakeup for the Erisin media unit in a W220 has significantly enhanced the way the system powers up and makes the whole media unit much more useful during the starting phase. The reversing camera and radio or media player are now available immediately on starting the car and not a minute or so later driving down the road.

Radiator

2020-07-30T12:07:53Z

Ricebubbles: /* Removal */ Added more photos.

Back to '''[[Index]]'''

==Description - Radiator==
TBD

==Description - Coolant Hoses==
These are the Coolant Hoses including the Hot Water lines in a W220 M113 engine.

[[File:S500 Hot Water Lines.JPG|500px|center]]

==Part Numbers - Coolant Hoses==
* #10 A2208321794 or A 220 832 17 94 Hose from engine to connecting tube.
* #20 A2208320015 or A 220 832 00 15 Pipeline: feed thru partition panel with option 875 (heated screen washing system).
* #25 A2208320115 or A 220 832 01 15 Pipeline: feed thru partition panel with options 228/490/582 (auxiliary heater, elimination windshield heating, air conditioner in rear).
* #25 A2208320115 or A 220 832 01 15 Pipeline: feed thru partition panel.
* #30 A2208320194 or A 220 832 01 94 Hose from connecting tube to heat exchanger with option 228 (auxiliary heater).
* #30 A2208320194 or A 220 832 01 94 Hose from connecting tube to heat exchanger.
* #170 A2208320994 or A 220 832 09 94 Hose feed pane washer water heating.
* #170 A2208320994 or A 220 832 09 94 Hose feed pane washer water heating with option 582+875 (air conditioning in the rear, heated screen washing system).

==Issues - Radiator==
For how to drain radiator and replace coolant see [[WIS 20.00 General]].

==Issues - Coolant Hoses==
===Leak in Pipeline feed thru partition panel===
A common fault with the Hot Water Lines is a slight coolant leak caused by a small crack in the #20 or #25 Pipeline: feed thru partition panel, depending on options fitted.

The feed thru pipe is made of plastic and must get brittle with age and heat and develops a slight split or crack.

[[File:S500 Coolant Leak Engine Side.JPG|500px|center]]

The issue can manifest itself by either, the low coolant warning light coming on, or smoke coming from the left front wheel area as the coolant sprays on the exhaust, or both. Thorough inspection of the pipe location from above with a bright flashlight will most likely show coolant leaking from the feed through pipe. Inspection from underneath the vehicle will reveal coolant baked onto the left exhaust system.

The whole replacement process can progress with no major problems, but at almost every step expect to encounter a minor issue. The method below should help overcome these irritations. STAR WIS is useless for this procedure.

Sometimes it is not necessary to drain the remaining coolant if the level has reached below the feed thru pipe. In that case there is no more leakage when the fitting is disconnected. Expect a total coolant loss from driving and repair of about 3L (3 quarts) and have some new fluid on hand before starting.

And with thanks to BenzWorld Member 'SChalmers' here is the location for the #20 and #25 Pipeline: feed thru partition panel. It seems to be the same for both RHD and LHD cars.

[[File:W220 Pipeline feed thru partition panel location.jpg|500px|center]]

The diameter of the feed thru pipe is 20mm and some enthusiasts have fashioned a replacement using copper pipe and a 45 degree elbow.

However a genuine M-B replacement part is about US$11.

[[File:W220 Pipeline feed thru partition panel closeup.jpg|500px|center]]

===DIY Replacement for Pipeline feed thru partition panel===
====Location====
The Pipeline feed thru partition panel is connected to a heater hose with a hose clamp inside the fake firewall chamber.

[[File:W220 Heater hose inside fake firewll area.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Heater hose inside fake firewall chamber]]

====Removal====
# Firstly note the position of the wiper blades. There are two marks on the front windscreen which identify the parked positions of the windscreen wiper blades. The marks are a tiny window in the black undercoating, about a 1.5mm x 10mm clear slit in the black coating. One mark is on the right side and one in the centre of the windscreen. There is no mark on the left side. The two marks can be used to reinstall the wiper mechanisms if they have been removed. Note it is obvious that the same windscreen is used for LHD and RHD vehicles, hence the marks are only really useful for LHD cars. For RHD cars the position of the right mark can be measured and transferred to the left side as a guide. If necessary (RHD cars) mark the wiper positions on masking tape on the windscreen and the plastic panel. See [https://w220.ee/Windshield_wiper#Windshield_wiper_park_position] '''TIP:''' If there is a dirt mark on the windscreen produced by the wiper blades, this will serve the same purpose.
#: [[File:W220 Windscreen Wiper Park Position Markings.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Right side and center mark (RHD vehicle)]]
# Remove the windscreen wipers. Note the wipers may be hard to remove. A small two-arm puller had them off quickly, with no damage. When replacing them add a small bit of anti-seize grease to make it easier next time.
#: [[File:W220 Windscreen Wiper Assembly Removed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Windscreen Wiper Assembly Removed From Car]]
# Remove the plastic panel below the windscreen wipers. '''Note:''' Removing the Windscreen Wiper Rain Protector/Panel/Guard can be rather difficult to fully release without doing some damage as the Rain Protector/Panel/Guard is under a rubber surround on both ends. The technique is to gently pry the flange on the back of the protector out of a channel at the bottom of the windshield.
#: [[File:W220 plastic panel beneath windscreen wipers.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Rain Protector/Panel/Guard beneath windscreen wipers (RHD car)]]
# Undo the four plastic screw/rivets.
# Carefully prise up the panel starting from the center with a wide plastic spatula type tool, levering in a direction normal or away from the glass windscreen. '''Note:''' The panel is held in place by a 6mm strip which is a friction fit into a groove in the channel at the bottom of the windscreen.
# Gingerly bend the Rain Protector/Panel/Guard up in the center enough to slip the ends out from under the rubber.
#: [[File:W220 Groove in channel for plastic panel beneath windscreen wipers.JPG|500px|center]]
# Then on a RHD car remove the ACC air intake chamber.
#: [[File:W220 ACC air intake box.JPG|500px|center]]
# On LHD cars you may need more room to work on the hose clamps, so disconnect the brake booster vacuum line, and remove the short piece from the booster and the bulkhead. It is also a good idea to take off the electrical harness from its clamp just over the plastic fitting.
# Open the drain valve under the radiator and catch the coolant in a clean container of at least 10L capacity. '''TIP:''' Some enthisiasts have found it is not necessary to drain the coolant as it is probably already below the level where it will spill out.
# Release the hose clamps on either side of the feed thru pipe. '''TIP:''' A pair of long pliers with bent needle-nose jaws do a good job of squeezing the hose clamps.
#: [[File:W220 Pipeline Hose Clamp Removal.JPG|500px|center]]
#: [[File:W220 Pipeline Hose Clamp Removal 2.JPG|500px|center]]
# Release the feed thru pipe by twisting it a few degrees clockwise looking from the front and then remove it by pulling it towards the engine bay.
#: [[File:W220 Pipeline Feed Through Pipe.JPG|500px|center]]

====Reinstallation====
Reinstallation of the replacement feed thru pipe is the reverse of the above but note these extra points.
# The Pipeline feed thru partition panel is locked into the fake firewall panel with tabs. It can be a pain to reinstall. Inserting the replacement is no problem, but it can stoutly resist rotating to the locked position so be careful to avoid breaking it. A close examination will show tiny ridges at the bottom of the slots on the locking tabs. '''TIP:''' If you are prepared to take the small risk and decide that there is no way that the fitting could ever rotate enough to be a problem with three hoses attached, then a minute or so with a small file will remove the ridges, and the fitting will turn easily to the locked position.
# Reinstallation of the Rain Protector/Panel/Guard is a real pain and is much easier done with two people. It is difficult to bend the protector under the hood to get the holes over the wiper spindles without damaging the rubber around the holes. '''TIP:''' Use a flat blade to hold up the rubber on the windshield while bending the protector enough to work its end under the rubber.
# Filter the recycled coolant into a suitable clean container and then reintroduce into the cooling system using a vacuum refiller to eliminate any trapped air. For the vacuum method see [[WIS 20.00 General|WIS 20.00 General]].

File:W220 Pipeline Feed Through Pipe.JPG

2020-07-30T12:05:21Z

Ricebubbles:

File:W220 Pipeline Hose Clamp Removal 2.JPG

2020-07-30T12:02:56Z

Ricebubbles:

File:W220 Pipeline Hose Clamp Removal.JPG

2020-07-30T11:59:47Z

Ricebubbles:

File:W220 Windscreen Wiper Assembly Removed.JPG

2020-07-30T11:54:33Z

Ricebubbles:

Distronic

2020-07-28T01:07:55Z

Ricebubbles: /* Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31 */ added picture of Identifying CAN C Engine Bus Twisted Pair

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Network and Input and Output Signals===
[[File:20200319 DTR Network.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: On a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR foot-well. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR foot-well or extend the earth wire (brown) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL foot-well earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium floor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot-well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium floor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|DTR ecu in FL (RHD passenger) foot-well and relocated to the left in photo to accommodate a slightly shorter cable length.]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CAN bus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
[[File:Identifying CAN C Engine Bus Twisted Pair.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|CAN-C "engine" bus twisted pair (green and green/white) in Cable Duct in FL (RHD passenger) foot-well.]]
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL foot-well cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS with Developer Mode.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive > ME (Engine Management): Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body > System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body > CGW (Central Gateway): Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems > ICM (Instrument Cluster): Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode (in German) and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. '''Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”'''
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4''' (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title '''Globale Variantencodierung''' [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''Abstandsregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''CAN-C: Abstandsassistent''' [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
# Select '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe statement “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Select '''YES F3'''
# Observe “'''The coding is being carried out'''.”
# Observe “'''The coding has been carried out.'''”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# '''Switch off ignition''' and check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4'''. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; '''The coding has been carried out.'''
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select '''F5''' “'''write codings'''”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note: “'''The coding has been changed.'''”
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Read the status, “'''The coding is being carried out, please wait.'''”
# Read the status," '''The coding has been carried out.'''"
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
#: TIP: On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# '''Clear fault codes'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title '''Distronic'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “'''Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?'''”.
# Click '''YES F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “'''Control module has been successfully initialized.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”]]
# Click '''F2''' to go ahead
# Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# '''Switch off ignition'''.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 11 Check Instrument Cluster====
Observe the Instrument Cluster and see the dedicated Distronic Display. In the next photo, the car icon on the left only appears when actually driving about 100m behind a vehicle in front.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|DISTRONIC Display with distance showing in feet (FT)]]

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

==Notes on Using – Distronic==
DTR will '''NOT''' engage:
* For up to two minutes after engine start-up (This is the initialization or self test phase.)
* Vehicle speed < 25 Km/h or mph
* With Parking Brake activated
* With ESP manually switched OFF
* If gear selector is NOT in position 'D'

DTR may be controlled in the same manner as the Cruise Control or Speed Limiter.

DTR will switch off automatically for the same reasons as Cruise Control.

The Distance potentiometer on the Centre Console regulates the DTR "following interval", or distance to the lead vehicle, from 1 to 2 secs.

DTR screen can be displayed in the instrument cluster while driving without engaging cruise control (the word DISTRONIC doesn’t appear).

DTR audible warnings are active without cruise control engagement, unless switched off by driver using the DTR switch on the Centre Console.

DTR will not apply the brakes to slow the vehicle while driver is using the accelerator to exceed the DTR speed setting.

If DTR display shows “ ---“ instead of the current vehicle speed may be due to dirt, snow or ice build up on the radar sensor or road mist, heavy rain or fog which can reduce radar signals enough to cause difficulty in detecting vehicles ahead.

File:Identifying CAN C Engine Bus Twisted Pair.JPG

2020-07-28T01:03:01Z

Ricebubbles:

Radiator

2020-04-25T08:27:52Z

Ricebubbles: /* DIY Replacement for Pipeline feed thru partition panel */

Back to '''[[Index]]'''

==Description - Radiator==
TBD

==Description - Coolant Hoses==
These are the Coolant Hoses including the Hot Water lines in a W220 M113 engine.

[[File:S500 Hot Water Lines.JPG|500px|center]]

==Part Numbers - Coolant Hoses==
* #10 A2208321794 or A 220 832 17 94 Hose from engine to connecting tube.
* #20 A2208320015 or A 220 832 00 15 Pipeline: feed thru partition panel with option 875 (heated screen washing system).
* #25 A2208320115 or A 220 832 01 15 Pipeline: feed thru partition panel with options 228/490/582 (auxiliary heater, elimination windshield heating, air conditioner in rear).
* #25 A2208320115 or A 220 832 01 15 Pipeline: feed thru partition panel.
* #30 A2208320194 or A 220 832 01 94 Hose from connecting tube to heat exchanger with option 228 (auxiliary heater).
* #30 A2208320194 or A 220 832 01 94 Hose from connecting tube to heat exchanger.
* #170 A2208320994 or A 220 832 09 94 Hose feed pane washer water heating.
* #170 A2208320994 or A 220 832 09 94 Hose feed pane washer water heating with option 582+875 (air conditioning in the rear, heated screen washing system).

==Issues - Radiator==
For how to drain radiator and replace coolant see [[WIS 20.00 General]].

==Issues - Coolant Hoses==
===Leak in Pipeline feed thru partition panel===
A common fault with the Hot Water Lines is a slight coolant leak caused by a small crack in the #20 or #25 Pipeline: feed thru partition panel, depending on options fitted.

The feed thru pipe is made of plastic and must get brittle with age and heat and develops a slight split or crack.

[[File:S500 Coolant Leak Engine Side.JPG|500px|center]]

The issue can manifest itself by either, the low coolant warning light coming on, or smoke coming from the left front wheel area as the coolant sprays on the exhaust, or both. Thorough inspection of the pipe location from above with a bright flashlight will most likely show coolant leaking from the feed through pipe. Inspection from underneath the vehicle will reveal coolant baked onto the left exhaust system.

The whole replacement process can progress with no major problems, but at almost every step expect to encounter a minor issue. The method below should help overcome these irritations. STAR WIS is useless for this procedure.

Sometimes it is not necessary to drain the remaining coolant if the level has reached below the feed thru pipe. In that case there is no more leakage when the fitting is disconnected. Expect a total coolant loss from driving and repair of about 3L (3 quarts) and have some new fluid on hand before starting.

And with thanks to BenzWorld Member 'SChalmers' here is the location for the #20 and #25 Pipeline: feed thru partition panel. It seems to be the same for both RHD and LHD cars.

[[File:W220 Pipeline feed thru partition panel location.jpg|500px|center]]

The diameter of the feed thru pipe is 20mm and some enthusiasts have fashioned a replacement using copper pipe and a 45 degree elbow.

However a genuine M-B replacement part is about US$11.

[[File:W220 Pipeline feed thru partition panel closeup.jpg|500px|center]]

===DIY Replacement for Pipeline feed thru partition panel===
====Location====
The Pipeline feed thru partition panel is connected to a heater hose with a hose clamp inside the fake firewall chamber.

[[File:W220 Heater hose inside fake firewll area.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Heater hose inside fake firewall chamber]]

====Removal====
# Firstly note the position of the wiper blades. There are two marks on the front windscreen which identify the parked positions of the windscreen wiper blades. The marks are a tiny window in the black undercoating, about a 1.5mm x 10mm clear slit in the black coating. One mark is on the right side and one in the centre of the windscreen. There is no mark on the left side. The two marks can be used to reinstall the wiper mechanisms if they have been removed. Note it is obvious that the same windscreen is used for LHD and RHD vehicles, hence the marks are only really useful for LHD cars. For RHD cars the position of the right mark can be measured and transferred to the left side as a guide. If necessary (RHD cars) mark the wiper positions on masking tape on the windscreen and the plastic panel. See [https://w220.ee/Windshield_wiper#Windshield_wiper_park_position] '''TIP:''' If there is a dirt mark on the windscreen produced by the wiper blades, this will serve the same purpose.
#: [[File:W220 Windscreen Wiper Park Position Markings.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Right side and center mark (RHD vehicle)]]
# Remove the windscreen wipers. Note the wipers may be hard to remove. A small two-arm puller had them off quickly, with no damage. When replacing them add a small bit of anti-seize grease to make it easier next time.
# Remove the plastic panel below the windscreen wipers. '''Note:''' Removing the Windscreen Wiper Rain Protector/Panel/Guard can be rather difficult to fully release without doing some damage as the Rain Protector/Panel/Guard is under a rubber surround on both ends. The technique is to gently pry the flange on the back of the protector out of a channel at the bottom of the windshield.
#: [[File:W220 plastic panel beneath windscreen wipers.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Rain Protector/Panel/Guard beneath windscreen wipers (RHD car)]]
# Undo the four plastic screw/rivets.
# Carefully prise up the panel starting from the center with a wide plastic spatula type tool, levering in a direction normal or away from the glass windscreen. '''Note:''' The panel is held in place by a 6mm strip which is a friction fit into a groove in the channel at the bottom of the windscreen.
# Gingerly bend the Rain Protector/Panel/Guard up in the center enough to slip the ends out from under the rubber.
#: [[File:W220 Groove in channel for plastic panel beneath windscreen wipers.JPG|500px|center]]
# Then on a RHD car remove the ACC air intake chamber.
#: [[File:W220 ACC air intake box.JPG|500px|center]]
# On LHD cars you may need more room to work on the hose clamps, so disconnect the brake booster vacuum line, and remove the short piece from the booster and the bulkhead. It is also a good idea to take off the electrical harness from its clamp just over the plastic fitting.
# Open the drain valve under the radiator and catch the coolant in a clean container of at least 10L capacity. '''TIP:''' Some enthisiasts have found it is not necessary to drain the coolant as it is probably already below the level where it will spill out.
# Release the hose clamps on either side of the feed thru pipe. '''TIP:''' A pair of long pliers with bent needle-nose jaws do a good job of squeezing the hose clamps.
# Release the feed thru pipe by twisting it a few degrees clockwise looking from the front and then remove it by pulling it towards the engine bay.

====Reinstallation====
Reinstallation of the replacement feed thru pipe is the reverse of the above but note these extra points.
# The Pipeline feed thru partition panel is locked into the fake firewall panel with tabs. It can be a pain to reinstall. Inserting the replacement is no problem, but it can stoutly resist rotating to the locked position so be careful to avoid breaking it. A close examination will show tiny ridges at the bottom of the slots on the locking tabs. '''TIP:''' If you are prepared to take the small risk and decide that there is no way that the fitting could ever rotate enough to be a problem with three hoses attached, then a minute or so with a small file will remove the ridges, and the fitting will turn easily to the locked position.
# Reinstallation of the Rain Protector/Panel/Guard is a real pain and is much easier done with two people. It is difficult to bend the protector under the hood to get the holes over the wiper spindles without damaging the rubber around the holes. '''TIP:''' Use a flat blade to hold up the rubber on the windshield while bending the protector enough to work its end under the rubber.
# Filter the recycled coolant into a suitable clean container and then reintroduce into the cooling system using a vacuum refiller to eliminate any trapped air. For the vacuum method see [[WIS 20.00 General|WIS 20.00 General]].

Windshield wiper

2020-04-25T08:19:38Z

Ricebubbles: /* Windshield wiper park position */

== Parts ==
[[File:W220_EPC_windshield_wiper.png|thumb|none|Windshield wiper related parts in [[EPC]].]]

=== Windshield Wiper Blade ===

{| class="wikitable"
! Part No.
! Notes
|-
|A2208200045
|LHD, single, To Date: 09/03/2000, Replaced by: A2208201845
|-
|'''A2208201845'''
|LHD, pair, To Date: 09/03/2000 (~EUR 56)
|-
|A2208200645
|LHD, single AERO, From Date: 09/03/2000, Replaced by A2208200845
|-
|A2208200845
|LHD, single AERO, From Date: 09/03/2000, Replaced by A2208201145
|-
|A2208201145
|LHD, single AERO, From Date: 09/03/2000, Replaced by A2208201345
|-
|A2208201345
|LHD, single AERO, From Date: 09/03/2000, Replaced by A2208201545
|-
|A2208201545
|LHD, pair AERO, From Date: 09/03/2000, Replaced by A2208201745
|-
|'''A2208201745'''
|LHD, pair AERO, From Date: 09/03/2000 (~EUR 60)
|-
|A2208200145
|RHD, single, To Date: 31/08/1999
|-
|A2208201445
|RHD, pair AERO, From Date: 31/08/1999, Replaced by A2208201645
|-
|'''A2208201645'''
|RHD, pair AERO, From Date: 31/08/1999 (~EUR 60)
|}

Aftermarket replacement (for LHD vehicles):
* OEM BOSCH Aerotwin A946S 3397118946 680mm (EUR 30)
* VALEO 574317 700mm (EUR 35)
* VALEO 577869 680mm (EUR 25)
* SWF VisioFlex 119438 650mm (EUR 30)
* SWF VisioFlex 119389 700mm (EUR 40)
* CHAMPION KF68/C02 680mm (EUR 50)
* DENSO DF123 700mm (EUR 30)

{|
|[[File:W220_BOSCH_aerotwin_A946S_3397118946.jpg|thumb|none|BOSCH Aerotwin A946S]]
|[[File:W220_SWF_visioflex_119438.jpg|thumb|none|SWF VisioFlex 119438.]]
|[[File:W220_Champion_KF68C02.jpg|thumb|none|CHAMPION KF68/C02.]]
|}
[[File:W220_SWF_visioflex_119389.jpg|thumb|none|SWF VisioFlex 119389.]]



====Rubber only====
It is possible, and much cheaper (~EUR 8 for a pair) to replace only the wiper blade rubber, but make sure that the new blades have the correct form.

Length: 685mm (27”)
Width: 6mm

{|
|[[File:W220_BOSCH_aerotwin_A946S_3397118946_refill.jpg|thumb|none|BOSCH Aerotwin refill (rubber).]]
|[[File:W220_windshield_wiper_rubber_bosch_vs_alca.jpg|thumb|none|BOSCH Aerotwin refill vs ALCA refill.]]
|}

{|
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0yWx7c5zkB8|320|center|Rubber replacement on a Bosch Aerotwin® wiper blade.|frame}}
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jtlr_oTENMU|320|center|Rubber replacement on a Bosch flat wiper blade.|frame}}
|}

[http://swissint.com/shop/ SWISSINT sells] high-quality Aerotwin wiper blade rubber refill with graphite coating (Art. Nr AT750).
These are made of regular rubber but are simply coated with graphite,
a coal-like, semi-metallic element used in pencil lead.
When rubber is impregnated with powdered graphite, the blade is able to glide across
the glass more smoothly and quietly due to reduced friction.
Graphite also helps to protect the rubber from damage and deterioration.
BOSCH Aerotwin original rubber is also graphite coated.

== Windshield wiper park position ==

There are two marks on the front windscreen which identify the parked positions of the windscreen wiper blades.
The marks are a tiny window in the black undercoating, about a 1.5mm x 10mm clear slit in the black coating.
One mark is on the right side and one in the centre of the windscreen.
There is no mark on the left side. The two marks can be used to reinstall the wiper mechanisms if they have been removed.

Note it is obvious that the same windscreen is used for LHD and RHD vehicles,
hence the marks are only really useful for LHD cars.
For RHD cars the position of the right mark can be measured and transferred to the left side as a guide.

[[File:W220 Windscreen Wiper Park Position Markings.JPG|thumb|none|Right side and center mark (RHD vehicle).]]

If after a full wiping cycle the wiper blades do not park in the park position, the position has to be corrected by reinstalling wiper arms (see instructions below).

{| class="wikitable"
! Error Code
! Generated By
! Description
|-
|B1017
|SAM-FL - Front left signal acquisition and actuation module
|Component M6/1 (wiper motor) is not within the park position (terminal 31B).
|}

== Remove/install windshield wiper blades ==
{|
|{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YeOQNK2FzVs|320|center|W220 windshield wiper blade removal.|frame}}
|}

==Wiper system==

Networking of components:
{|
|[[File:W220_wiper_system.png]]
|
* CAN-B - CAN interior
* B38 - Rain sensor (valid up to 08/31/2002)
* B38/2 - Rain/light sensor (valid as of 9/1/02)
* M6/1 - Wiper motor
* N10/6 - Left front SAM control unit
* N70 - Overhead control panel control unit
* N80 - Steering column module
* S4 - Combination switch
|}

Preconditions for function:
* Circuit 15R ON

The windshield wiper system is operated using the combination switch (S4).
The following functions are possible:
* Touch wiping: A single wipe is performed. (To do this, push the combination switch (S4) to the detent)
* Intermittent wiper valid up to 31/08/2002: with automatic intermittent wipe control via the rain sensor (B38). To do this, turn the combination switch (S4) to position 1.
* Intermittent wiper valid as of 02/09/2002: with automatic intermittent wipe control via the rain/light sensor (B38/2). To do this, turn the combination switch (S4) to position 1.

'''Switch positions'''
At combination switch (S4) position: interval (rain sensor position)
the wiper requests are sent by the rain sensor
(B38) or as of 01/09/2002 by the rain/light sensor (B38/2) via the
overhead control panel control unit (N70).

If another wiper position is selected using the combination switch
(S4), the request is transmitted directly to the wiper by the left SAM
control module (N10/6).

* Intermittent wiping with slow speed (stage 1, approx. 40 cycles/min.) To do this, turn the combination switch (S4) to position 2.
* Wiping at high speed (stage 2, approx. 60 cycles/min). To do this, turn the combination switch (S4) to position 3.
* Washing: The windshield is wiped with additional water. To do this, push the combination switch (S4) beyond detent.

A data transfer between the left SAM control unit (N10/6) and the
overhead control panel control unit (N70) only takes place if the data
has changed or one of the two control units has been initialized.
Operation is interrupted when "circuit 15R OFF".

The combination switch (S4) information and the requests from
the overhead control panel control unit (N70) are provided by
the interior CAN.
A two-stage standard wiper control is used. It is actuated
directly by the left SAM control unit (N10/6).

=== Wiper system, location of components (up to 31/05/2000) ===


{|
|[[File:W220_wiper_system_up_to_31-05-2000.png]]
|
* B14 - Ambient temperature display temperature sensor
* B38 - Rain sensor (up to 31/08/2002)
* K40/6 - Left front fuse and relay module
* K40/6kA - Wiper park position heater relay (for left hand drive vehicles only)
* K40/6kG - Wiper stage 1 and 2 relay
* K40/6kH - Wiper On and Off relay
* M6/1 - Wiper motor
* N10/6 - Left front SAM control module
* N70 - Overhead control panel control module
* N80 - Steering column module
* R2/10 - Wiper park position heater (for left hand drive vehicles only)
* S4 - Combination switch
|}

=== Wiper system, location of components (as of 01/06/2000) ===


{|
|[[File:W220_wiper_system_as_of_01-06-2000.png]]
|
* B14 - Ambient temperature display temperature sensor
* B38 - Rain sensor (up to 31/08/2002)
* B38/2 - Rain/light sensor (as of 01/09/2002)
* K40/6 - Left front fuse and relay module
* K40/6kA - Wiper park position heater relay (for left hand drive vehicles only)
* K40/6kG - Wiper stage 1 and 2 relay
* K40/6kH - Wiper On and Off relay
* M6/1 - Wiper motor
* N10/6 - Left front SAM control module
* N10/8 - Rear SAM control module
* N70 - Overhead control panel control module
* N80 - Steering column module
* R2/10 - Wiper park position heater (for left hand drive vehicles only)
* S4 - Combination switch
* S17/3 - Left front door contact switch
* S17/4 - Right front door contact switch
|}

===Wiper function===


Slow wiping (stage 1) function sequence:
* The slow windshield wiping function is switched on by turning the combination switch (S4) to position 2
* The position of the combination switch (S4) is read in by the steering column module (N80) and sent to the interior compartment CAN as a message
* The left front SAM control module (N10/6) receives this message and controls the wiper On and Off relay (K40/6kH)
* Circuit 15R is switched via the wiper stage 1 and 2 relay (K40/6kG) to "circuit 53" (slow wiping) by the wiper motor (M6/1) . (The wiper stage 1 and 2 relay (K40/6kG) is then not actuated.)
* The wiper motor operates at slow speed

Fast wiping (stage 2) function sequence:
* The fast windshield wiping function is switched on by turning the combination switch (S4) to position 3
* The position of the combination switch (S4) is read in by the steering column module (N80) and sent to the interior compartment CAN as a message
* The left front SAM control module (N10/6) receives this message and actuates the wiper On and Off relay (K40/6kH) and the wiper stage 1 and 2 relay (K40/6kG)
* Circuit 15R is switched via the wiper stage 1 and 2 relay (K40/6kG) to "circuit 53b" (fast wiping) by the wiper motor(M6/1). (The wiper stage 1 and 2 relay (K40/6kG) is then actuated.)
* The wiper motor runs at high speed

Switching off wiping function:
* If the combination switch (S4) has been turned to position 0, the above-mentioned message is no longer on the interior compartment CAN
* If the wiper motor now reaches the park position, the left front SAM control module (N10/6) ensures that the wiper stops (If switch-off was accomplished from stage 2, the wiper motor is switched back to the slow stage until it reaches the park position)
* The wiper motor stops in the park position

The wiper motor (M6/1) can be switched back to intermittent wiping by the automatic speed reduction.

As of 01/09/2002 the functions anti-lock protection, lock detection, stopping and final wiping are monitored independently by the reversing wiper system (UWA).

===Windshield intermittent wiping function===

Operational sequence:
* The intermittent wiping function is switched on by turning the combination switch (S4) to position 1.
* The position of the combination switch (S4) is read in by the steering column module (N80) and sent to the interior compartment CAN as a message
* The left front SAM control module (N10/6) receives this message and initiates one wipe cycle (if the wiper was already moving, this wipe cycle is first brought to an end)
* After one wipe cycle, the wiper motor (M6/1) is stopped
* The intermittent pause is started.
* At the end of the pause, the next wipe cycle is executed.

'''Control of wiper motor'''

The left front SAM control module (N10/6) controls the wiper motor
(M6/1) by means of the wiper stage 1 and 2 relay (K40/6kG) and
wiper On and Off relay (K40/6kH) so that the wiper wipes at speed
stage 1.

'''Interruption of intermittent pause'''

If another wiper function is requested during an intermittent pause,
this function is executed without taking the intermittent pause into
consideration. After completion of this function, the intermittent
pause is started again.

'''Control of the intermittent pause'''

The intermittent pause is dependent on the amount of moisture
present on the windshield. The left front SAM control module (N10/6)
analyses for this purpose the data from the rain/light sensor (B38/2).
The exchange of data between the left front SAM control module
(N10/6) and the rain/light sensor (B38/2) takes place via the interior
compartment CAN and, because the rain/light sensor (B38/2) is not
connected directly to the interior compartment CAN, via the
overhead control panel control module (N70) as an interface.

In the event of a failure of the rain/light sensor (B38/2) the
intermittent time is set to approx. 5 s.

As of 01/06/2000 there is a safety cutout when the front door is open.

'''System functions'''

Function prerequisites:
* Circuit 15R ON

'''Windshield wipers'''

Switch position I = intermittent = pause duration dependent on quantity of moisture; can be regulated upward to continuous wiping stage 2.
Switch position II = stage 1 = continuous wiping 40 cycles/min
Switch position III = stage 2 = continuous wiping 60 cycles/min

A two-stage standard wiper control is used. This is actuated directly
from the left SAM control module (N10/6).

Data are only transferred between the left SAM control module
(N10/6) and the overhead control panel control module (N70)
when there is a change to the data, or when one of the two
control modules is initialized. The functions are interrupted with
"Circuit 15R OFF".

'''Intermittent wipe (valid as of 01/09/2002)'''

Continuous wiper control by the rain/light sensor (B38/2).
The top priority for switching on the wiper is always assigned to the
combination switch (S4). Information such as the vehicle speed, the
position of the wiper switch, the ambient light conditions as well as
the outside temperature are received by the overhead control panel
control module (N70) and processed in the algorithm implemented.
The wiper system is actuated via the interior compartment CAN by
means of the left SAM control module (N10/6).

The wiper is controlled depending on the particular quantity and frequency of moisture by:
* Individual wipe cycles
* Continuous wipe
* Continuous wiping with the selection of the required wiper speed

The intermittent time is determined by the rain/light sensor (B38/2)
(up to stage 2 continuous wiping). If communication with the
overhead control panel control module (N70) fails at switch position I
the intermittent wiping function is activated. If intermittent wiping is
transmitted from position 0, the wipe cycle takes place immediately.
After interrupting intermittent wiping by a wiper function, the
intermittent pause elapses.

Intermittent times (emergency mode):
* 1st intermittent time T/1 = 5 s 1 s
* 2nd intermittent time T/2 = 1.5 s (T/1 with automatic speed reduction)

The rain/light sensor (B38/2) is activated by switching on the
intermittent wiper setting and thus the CAN message generated by
the left SAM control module (N10/6) via the overhead control panel
control module (N70). The left SAM control module (N10/6) receives
the request for intermittent wiping via the interior compartment CAN.

'''Switch positions (valid as of 01/09/2002)'''

With the combination switch (S4) position: intermittent
(rain sensor position) the requests for the wiper take place via the
overhead control panel control module (N70) from the rain/light
sensor (B38/2).

If using the combination switch (S4) another wiper setting is
selected, the request comes directly from the left SAM control
module (N10/6) to the wiper.

The combination switch (S4) information as well as the
requests from the overhead control panel control module (N70)
are supplied by means of the interior compartment CAN.

==== Service Information ====


Intermittent wiping does not function when vehicle is standing still in the rain:

If the combination switch is set to I (intermittent wipe) and the driver
or front passenger door is opened, wiping is stopped for safety reasons.

Persons exiting or entering the vehicle are thus protected from splash water.

The windshield wiper will, for example, not come on automatically if
the windshield is being cleaned by hand while the ignition is on or the
engine is running.

Intermittent wiping is reactivated:
* when the selector lever is moved to D or N (for manual transmissions: when clutch is applied).
* when the combination switch is moved to setting II or III.

Side effect: If the driver gets out to, for example, close the garage
door, automatic wiping will be deactivated until a gear is engaged
again.

On the vehicle, check whether the customer complaint is a result of the built-in system logic.
Explain to the customer how the intermittent wipe function is design to work.

===Safety switch-off function (as of 01/06/2000)===


Networking of safety cutout Intermittent wipe:
{|
|[[File:W220_networking_of_safety_cutout_intermittent_wipe.png|600px]]
|
* CANB - Interior CAN
* A1 - Instrument cluster
* B38/2 - Rain/light sensor (as of 01/09/2002)
* K40/6 - Left front fuse and relay module
* K40/6kG - Wiper stage 1 and 2 relay
* K40/6kH - Wiper On and Off relay
* M6/1 - Wiper motor
* N10/6 - Left front SAM control module
* N10/8 - Rear SAM control module
* N70 - Overhead control panel control module
* N80 - Steering column module
* S4 - Combination switch
* S17/3 - Left front door contact switch
* S17/4 - Right front door contact switch
|}

'''Safety cutout with the intermittent wiping function'''

The following safety precaution has been incorporated in order to
minimize the risks of possible injuries:
* The intermittent wiping function (combination switch in position 1) is suppressed at a vehicle speed of less than 5 km/h as
soon as one of the front doors is opened.
* The function is possible again as soon as both front doors are closed

In order to permit the intermittent wiping function
even in the event of a defective door contact switch (S17/3, S17/4),
the states of the door contact switches have no effect at speeds above 3 km/h.

'''Fault analysis:'''

* Failure of the serial communication interface to the left SAM control module (N10/6) - wiper motor

In the event of a failure of the serial communication interface or a
fault report from the wiper motors (e.g.: Hall sensors defective), even
when there is as yet no wiper request, an error message is sent from
the left SAM control module (N10/6) via the interior compartment
CAN to the instrument cluster (A1).
The rain sensor and light information are sent from the overhead
control panel control module (N70) only in the event of changes.

'''Wiper startup suppression'''

Suppression of the wiper function with the driver or passenger
door open to prevent accidents.

The wiper function is suppressed when:
* Combination switch (S4) is in position 1 (intermittent stage)
* Driver or passenger door is open
* v < 5 km/h and
* Shift lever position is in P or N

If the driver or passenger door is open at v > 3 km/h, there is no
wiper startup suppression.

Actuation of the wiper after a suppressed actuation takes place if:
* the wiper switch has been pressed
* an engaged drive position is detected, or a gear is engaged
* v > 3 km/h

A wipe cycle which has already commenced, is not
interrupted. The wiper moves as far as the park position.

'''Networking'''

For the safety cutout, the signals of the front door contact switch are
needed. These are read in by the rear SAM control module (N10/8)
and are sent via the interior compartment CAN to the left front SAM
control module (N10/1).

The vehicle speed signal comes from the instrument cluster (A1) via
the interior compartment CAN to the left front SAM control module (N10/1).

'''Fault report of the wiper'''

If, due to the internal thermal protection, the wiper signals the overload bit,
this is signaled by the left SAM control module (N10/6) to the instrument cluster as a wiper fault.

'''Failure or lack of CAN communication to the overhead control panel'''

In the event of an incorrect message, the wiper request is rejected
and only responded to again with the next correct message. In the
event of five incorrect messages, the intermittent wipe control takes
place as under 1 (T = 5 s +/- 1 s). If correct communication with the
rain/light sensor (B38/2) can be established again, then the system
switches back to rain/light sensor mode.
No fault is displayed in the instrument cluster.

'''Timeout of the wiper startup suppression'''

* For door contacts (rear SAM): doors closed (default value)
* For combination switch (S4) request (electronic ignition switch/steering column module): last valid value
* For v-signal: v > 3km/h
The function can be coded out.

'''Anti-lock protection, lock detection, stopping, final wiping'''

The functions are carried out independently by the UWA (reversal wiper system).

'''Special case for wiper startup suppression'''

A wipe cycle that has already been initiated (with request via
combination switch (S4) "position 1" or "final wiping") is not
interrupted by opening the driver or passenger doors. The wiper
movement takes place until it reaches the park position. Further
wiper requests (with combination switch (S4) "position 1") are,
however, suppressed with the above-described criteria.

=== Wiper system automatic speed reduction function ===


The automatic speed reduction has an effect on the functions (valid as of 01/09/2002):
* Wiping in stage "1"
* Wiping in stage "2"

If the vehicle speed drops below 5 km/h,
then the left front SAM control module (N10/6) switches the
wiper motor (M6/1) from these functions back to intermittent wiping.
The intermittent pause is controlled in this case by the rain/light
sensor (B38/2).

'''Switching back to the selected wiper stage (valid until 31/08/2002)'''

If with increasing vehicle speed the value of
8 km/h is exceeded, the left front SAM control module (N10/6)
switches the wiper motor (M6/1) automatically back again to the
wiper stage ("1" or "2") set at the combination switch (S4).

The vehicle speed signal required for the speed reduction is
received at the left front SAM control module (N10/6) via the
interior compartment CAN from the instrument cluster (A1).

The speed reduction can be reset manually by pressing the
combination switch (S4) again for each desired function.

'''Switching back to the selected wiper stage (valid as of 01/09/2002)'''

If a rain/light sensor (B38/2) is provided, the system always switches
back to rain sensor mode. For this purpose, the rain/light sensor
(B38/2) must be activated and "circuit 15 ON". If the rain/light sensor
(B38/2) is present but defective, the standard way of switching back
(switching back one stage) is carried out.

Instantaneous status: v-back-switching not in USA.

=== Anti-lock protection for wiper motor function ===


'''Lock-up recognition'''

Lockup of the wiper motor (M6/1) is detected by the left front SAM
control module (N10/6) by the lack of signals from the cam switch.

'''Anti-lock protection for wiping in "stage 2" function'''

If this signal from the cam switch is missing for more than 4 s, then
the left front SAM control module (N10/6) switches the wiper motor
(M6/1) to "stage 1".

If the signal is still missing for a further 8 s, then the left front SAM
control module (N10/6) switches the wiper motor (M6/1) off.

'''Anti-lock protection for the functions one-touch wiping,
intermittent wiping, washing and wiping in "stage 1"'''

With these functions the left front SAM control module
(N10/6) switches the wiper motor (M6/1) off, if the signals from the
cam switch do not appear for more than 12 seconds.

In all cases, the anti-lock protection is canceled if: the
corresponding function is requested again by pressing the
combination switch (S4) or "circuit 15R" is switched on again.

If the wiper motor (M6/1) still locks after canceling the anti-lock
protection, the wiper motor (M6/1) is switched off again as described above.

=== Slowing down wiper motor function ===


Following the completion of a wiping operation, the wipers must
come to a stop in the park position.

'''Stopping wiper motor'''

To stop the motor, the wiper On and Off relay (K40/6kH ) is switched
off by the left front SAM control module (N10/6).
Through the opening of this relay:
* The connection circuit 53 for the wiper motor (M6/1) is disconnected from the voltage supply circuit 15R
* The connection circuit 53 for the wiper motor (M6/1) is connected to ground via an electronic switch (FET) of the SAM; this short-circuits the motor
* This short circuit decelerates the motor (eddy current dynamometer)

'''Prerequisites for stopping wiper motor'''

The stopping of the wiper motor (M6/1) is only initiated if:
* The wiper motor is switched off (combination switch (S4) in position 0) or
* Intermittent wiping is switched on (combination switch (S4) in position 1) and an intermittent pause has just started
* The cam switch is closed, and thus the park position has been reached

In order to detect the park position, the wiper motor (M6/1) has a cam switch.
When the motor runs through the park position, the cam switch is actuated.

The signal from the cam switch is interrogated continuously by
the left front SAM control module (N10/6) .

=== Wiper motor ===

{|
|[[File:W220_wiper_motor_location.jpg]]
|
* M6/1 - Wiper motor
|}

The wiper motor is located in the water trough underneath the windshield.

The purpose of the wiper motor is to drive the windshield wipers with two speed stages and detect exact end position of the wipers.

The drive for the windshield wipers consists of an electric motor with three brushes, gear and the cam switch on the output shaft.


'''Function'''

The wiper motor (M6/1) is a DC motor with three brushes.
Depending on which pair of brushes is energized, the wiper motor
(M6/1) operates at different speeds.

'''Cam switch'''

The cam switch is closed when the wiper motor (M6/1) is in the rest position.
With each wiping cycle the cam switch opens and closes when the non-actuated state is reached.
This generates the signal c. 31b.

Using the circuit 31b signal, it is possible to determine whether the wiper motor (M6/1)
* is operating correctly,
* locked up,
* or in the rest position.

===Wiper rest heater function===


Interlinkage of components:
{|
|[[File:W220_wiper_rest_heater.png]]
|
* B14 - Outside temperature sensor
* G2 - Generator
* K40/6 - Left front fuse and relay module
* K40/6kA - Wiper rest heater relay (only with left-hand steering)
* N10/6 - Left front SAM control module
* N10/7 - Right front SAM control module
* R2/10 - Wiper rest heater
|}

Prerequisites for operation of wiper rest heater:
* Engine: ON

'''Function'''

At outdoor temperatures below 5 °C the [[windshield]] is heated directly
in the area where the wiper blades rest by the wiper rest heater (R2/10).

If the outdoor temperature increases to above 7°C the wiper rest
heater is switched off.

'''Actuation of wiper rest heater (R2/10)'''

When switch-on conditions are fulfilled the left front SAM control
module (N10/6) actuates the wiper rest heater relay (K40/6kA) on the
left front fuse and relay module (K40/6). The wiper rest
heater relay (K40/6kA) then switches on circuit 30 to the wiper rest
heater (R2/10).

Required data:
* Outdoor temperature: The outdoor temperature sensor (B14) is read in directly by the left front SAM control module (N10/6) to check the outdoor temperature.
* Status of circuit 61 (generator): The status of c.61 is read in by the right front SAM control module (N10/7) and relayed to the left front SAM control module (N10/6) via the CAN bus (passenger compartment).

== Windshield washer function ==


The windshield is wiped while water is sprayed.

Function sequence
* Press combination switch (S4) beyond catch point
* The signal from the combination switch (S4) is read in by the jacket tube module (N80) and the corresponding message is transferred to the CAN bus (passenger compartment),
* The left front SAM control module (N10/6) and right front SAM control module (N10/7) receive this message.
* The left front SAM control module (N10/6) starts the wiper motor (M6/1), the right front SAM control module (N10/7) actuates the windshield washer fluid pump (M5/1):
** The windshield washer fluid pump (M5/1) runs as long as the combination switch (S4) is actuated.
* When the combination switch (S4) is released, the wiper motor (M6/1) continues to run to wipe off the remaining water. The number of wiping cycles depends on the time the combination switch (S4) was activated:
** If actuated less than 1 second the wiper wipes one more time,
** If actuated longer, 3 wiping cycles are completed.
* After completion of the wiping operation the wiper motor (M6/1) is decelerated.

The wiper motor (M6/1) runs in stage 1 for washing.
Wiping is accomplished at speed 2 only when the wipers were simultaneously set to speed 2.

'''Control of washer pump'''

The windshield washer fluid pump (M5/1) is actuated directly by the
right front SAM control module (N10/7). During the washing
operation the windshield washer fluid pump (M5/1) is connected to
ground by an electronic switch (transistor) in the control module.

In the event of an overload the pump is switched off by the right
front SAM control module (N10/7).

=== Windshield washer, location of components ===


{|
|[[File:W220_windshield_washer_components.png]]
|
* B14 - Ambient temperature display temperature sensor
* M5/1 - Windshield washer fluid pump
* M6/1 - Wiper motor
* N10/6 - Left front SAM control module
* N10/7 - Right front SAM control module
* N80 - Jacket tube module
* R2/1 - Heated windshield washer nozzle
* R2/11 - Washer nozzle hose heater
* S4 - Combination switch
* S42 - Windshield washer fluid level switch
|}

=== Windshield washer pump ===

{|
|[[File:W220_washer_pump_position.jpg]]
|
* M5/1 - Windshield washer fluid pump
* M5/2 - Headlamp washer fluid pump
* S42 - Windshield washer fluid level switch
|}



The purpose of the pump is to pump windshield washer fluid for washing the windshield.

The windshield washer fluid pump (M5/1) is driven by a DC motor integrated into the pump housing.


'''Function'''

For operation of the windshield washer the windshield washer
fluid pump (M5/1) pumps the windshield washer fluid from the
windshield washer reservoir through the hoses and windshield
washer nozzles to the windshield.
For this purpose ground is connected to the motor for the
windshield washer fluid pump (M5/1) by the right front SAM
control module (N10/7).

This actuation is accomplished directly by an electronic switch
(transistor) in the control module and not by a relay.

===Coolant/washer fluid level voltage coding===


[[File:W220_coolant_washer_fluid_level_coding.png|300px]]

The circuit shown in the figure is used to
determine the level of the coolant and
windshield washer fluid.
The coolant level indicator switch (S41) and
the windshield washer fluid level indicator
switch (S42) are connected in series. Both
switches are read in via two lines by the right
front SAM control unit (N10/7).

The figure illustrates the status of the
switches when the coolant and washer fluid
are at the correct levels.

'''Voltage coding:'''

For voltage coding the resistors r1 and r2 are connected in parallel
with the switches s1 and s2.
(The values from r1 and r2 must be different.)
When the switches are open, these resistors, together with r3
of the right front SAM control unit (N10/7), form a voltage divider
which is supplied with the constant voltage Uconst.
The voltage Ue at the input of the right front SAM control unit (N10/7)
therefore depends on the positions of the switches and the values of the resistors.
With the two switches, there are therefore four possible switch combinations (see table).
Each of these combinations results in a different value for voltage Ue
at the input of the right front SAM control unit (N10/7).

'''Evaluation'''

The voltage Ue is applied at the input of the ADC (analog-to-digital
converter) of the right front SAM control unit (N10/7). The ADC
(analog-to-digital converter) converts the analog voltage into a digital value.
This is necessary since the processor of the right front SAM control
unit (N10/7) can only work with digital values.

The processor compares the values to the threshold values stored in
memory and if necessary, passes an appropriate message (coolant
and/or washer fluid level too low) on the CAN (passenger compartment).
The instrument cluster (A1) reads this message and controls the
multifunction display (A1p13) accordingly.

If the resistance values and the voltage Uconst are known, Ue
can be calculated using the following formula:
Ue = Uconst * (r1 + r2 )/(r1 + r2 + r3)

'''Assignment of switch status/warning messages:'''

The following table shows the warning messages which appear
according to the status of the switches.
These messages can be acknowledged by pressing the reset button
on the instrument cluster (A1).

{| class="wikitable"
! Status Coolant !! Status Washer fluid !! Warning on the multifunction display
|-
| open || closed || No message
|-
| open || open || "CHECK WASHER FLUIDLEVEL"
|-
| closed || closed || "CHECK COOLANT LEVEL"
|-
| closed || open || "CHECK COOLANT LEVEL" (The message "CHECK WASHER FLUID LEVEL" has a lower priority.)
|}

If there is an open circuit in the wiring or if a sensor fails, no
message appears on the multifunction display (A1p13). A fault is
stored, however, in the fault memory of the right front SAM control
unit (N10/7).

=== Windshield washer nozzle and windshield washer nozzle hose heater function ===


The heated windshield washer nozzle (R2/1) and washer nozzle
hose heater (R2/11) are switched on automatically when:
* C. 61 ON (engine: ON) and
* outdoor temperature less than 5°C is recognized.

Switch-off is accomplished:
* C.61 OUT (engine: OFF) or
* outdoor temperature greater than 7°C are recognized.

If the values (outdoor temperature, c.61) are not present or not
logical the heater elements are not switched on!

'''Control of heater elements'''

The heater elements for the heated windshield washer nozzle (R2/1)
and washer nozzle hose heater (R2/11) are connected in parallel.
Control of the heated windshield washer nozzles (R2/1) and washer
nozzle hose heater (R2/11) is accomplished directly from the right
front SAM control module (N10/7). For this purpose the SAM
completes circuit 30 to the heater elements.

Required data:
* The ambient temperature is recorded by the ambient temperature display temperature sensor (B14). The left front SAM control module (N10/6) reads in the sensor and sends the measured value as a message on the CAN (interior).
* The status of c.61 (generator G2) is read in directly by the right front SAM control module (N10/7).

== Remove and install wiper arm ==


{|
|[[File:W220_remove_install_wiper_arm.jpg]]
|
* 1 - Wiper arm
* 2 - Nuts
* 3 - Retainer
|}

# Move wiper system to parked position
# Open engine hood and move to vertical position
# Unscrew nuts (2)
# Remove wiper arm (1). Installation: The wiper blade must rest directly on the mark (arrow) in the silk screen print of the windshield. On model 215, 220 as of the use of aero wipers, the retainer (3) is to be removed with the use of new wiper blades.
# Install in the reverse order
# Check operation of windshield wipers

Torque specifications:
* Nut on wiper arm: 33 Nm

==Remove/install wiper system==


{|
|[[File:W220_remove_install_wiper_system.jpg]]
|
* 1 - Expanding rivet
* 2 - Water repellent piece
|}

{|
|[[File:W220_remove_and_install_wiper_system.jpg]]
|
* 3 - Nut
* 4 - Wiper system
* 5 - Knurled nut
* M6/1x1 - Wiper motor connector
|}

Removing:
# Remove wiper arms
# Remove 4 expansion rivets (1)
# Remove water repellent (2) upward out of fold (arrow)
# Unscrew 4 nuts (3). Do not twist knurled nut (5), otherwise the incline angle of the wiper system is changed.
# Disconnect connector (M6/1x1) at wiper motor
# Remove wiper system (4)

Installing:
# Insert wiper system (4)
# Screw in 4 nuts (3)
# Move wiper motor to parked position
# Install water repellent (2)
# Install wiper arms
# Check operation of windshield wipers

Torque specifications:
* Nut, wiper system: 20 Nm

==Remove/install wiper motor==


{|
|[[File:W220_remote_install_wiper_motor.jpg]]
|
* 1 - Nut, wiper motor shaft
* 2 - Crank
* 3 - Screw/bolt, wiper motor
* 4 - Bracket
* A - Angle between crank and rib
* M6/1 - Wiper motor
|}

Remove:
# Open engine hood and move to vertical position
# Remove wiper system
# Unscrew nut of wiper motor shaft (1)
# Pull off crank (2) with wiper linkage
# Unclip connector at bracket (4)
# Remove screws/bolts at wiper motor (3)
# Remove wiper motor (M6/1)

Install:
# Move wiper motor (M6/1) to parked position
# Insert wiper motor (M6/1)
# Screw in wiper motor (3) screws/bolts
# Unclip connector at bracket (4)
# Align crank (2) in angle (A) to top rib of wiper motor bracket
# Turn nut on wiper motor shaft (1)
# Install wiper system
# Close engine hood
# Check operation of windshield wipers

Torque specifications:
* Bolt on wiper motor mount: 9 Nm
* Nut on wiper motor shaft: 19 Nm

Test and adjustment values for windshield wiper:
* Dim Angle "A" between crank and rib: 74°

==Move wiper motor to parking position==


{|
|
[[File:W220_move_wiper_motor_to_parking_position_1.png|thumb|none|Illustrated on model 163]]
|
[[File:W220_move_wiper_motor_to_parking_position_2.png|thumb|none|Shown on models 215, 220, 230]]
|
[[File:W220_move_wiper_motor_to_parking_position_3.png|thumb|none|Using Model 463 as an example]]
|}

# Connect wiper motor (M6/1) to wiper motor connector (1)
# Hold wiper motor (M6/1) using the left hand.
# Switch on ignition.
# Set combination switch to "stage 1".
# Turn combination switch back to "level 0".
# If the wiper motor (M6/1) is in the park position, switch off the ignition.
# Detach wiper motor connector (1) from wiper motor (M6/1).

==Wiper arm adjustment==


By checking the angle of incidence of the wiper arms in parked position
and reversing position, it can be assessed whether one wiper arm,
both wiper arms or the wiper system are to be adjusted.
The wiper arms are adjusted in case the check values deviate from the
tolerance range in reversing position or in case the check values
deviate from the tolerance range in reversing position and parked
position.

The angle of incidence is changed by twisting (crossing over) the
wiper arms with the aid of the adjustment lever. The angle of incidence
of the wiper arm always has to be adjusted in parked position.

In doing so the angle of incidence in parked position and reversing
position changes by the same amount. The angle of incidence of the
wiper arm to be adjusted is changed by at least the value of the
tolerance deviation in reversing position. To make sure that both
adjustment values lie within the tolerance range, the angle of incidence
has to be checked again in parked position and corrected if necessary.
The windshield wiper system is adjusted in case check values of
both wiper arms deviate from the tolerance range in parked position.

===Check wiper arms and adjust===


Shown on MODEL 211, windshield wiper system in reversing position:
{|
|[[File:W220_check_wiper_arms_and_adjust.jpg]]
|
* 1 - Driver-side wiper arm
* 2 - Passenger-side wiper arm
* A - Distance between driver-side wiper blade and A-pillar
* B - Distance between front passenger side wiper blade and A-pillar
|}

Caution:
* When working on raised wiper arm, ensure that this does not fall onto the windshield. Otherwise windshield will be damaged.
* When moving the windshield wiper system out of the park position or changing from reversing position to parked position, ensure that the wiper arm makes no direct contact with the windshield. Otherwise, the windshield may be scratched.

Check:
# Manually position windshield wiper system in reversing position
# Remove wiper blade from driver-side wiper arm (1). The driver-side wiper arm (1) must not be moved.
# Check driver-side wiper arm (1). The reversing position for the driver-side wiper arm (1) corresponds to the distance from the driver-side wiper blade to the A-pillar (A). Distance between driver-side wiper blade and A-pillar (A) approx. 50 mm.
# Remove wiper blade from passenger-side wiper arm (2). The passenger-side wiper arm (2) must not be moved.
# Check passenger-side wiper arm (2). Model 211: The reversing position of the passenger-side wiper arm (2) corresponds to the distance from the passenger-side wiper blade to the A-pillar (B) of approx. 350 mm.

Clean:
# Clean wiper blade fixtures on driver-side wiper arm (1) and passenger-side wiper arm (2) using a clean cloth
# Cover driver-side wiper arm (1) using suitable aids (scratch protection)
# Measure angle of incidence of wiper arm (1) to windshield, note this down and compare test value with adjustment value.
# Cover passenger-side wiper arm (2) using suitable aids (scratch protection)
# Measure angle of incidence of wiper arm (2) to windshield, note this down and compare test value with adjustment value.

Adjust:
# Adjust angle of incidence of driver-side wiper arm (1) in park position. If the test values deviate from the tolerance range in the reversing position or in the parked and reversing position. The driver-side wiper arm (1) must be adjusted by at least the value of the tolerance deviation in the reverse position.
# Adjust windshield wiper system. In the event that the check values of the wiper arm (1) deviate from the tolerance range in park position.
# Cover driver-side wiper arm (1) using suitable aids and move windshield wiper system out of park position.
# Install driver-side wiper blades.
# Adjust angle of incidence of passenger-side wiper arm (2) in park position. If the test values deviate from the tolerance range in the reversing position or in the parked and reversing position. The passenger-side wiper arm (2) must be adjusted by at least the value of the tolerance deviation in the reverse position.
# Adjust windshield wiper system. In the event that the check values of the wiper arm (2) deviate from the tolerance range in park position.
# Cover the passenger-side wiper arm (2) using suitable aids and move the windshield wiper system out of park position.
# Install wiper blades.

Test and adjustment values of wiper arms:
* Angle of incidence of wiper arm on driver-side in reversing position:
** Left-hand drive vehicle: –1,0°...–6,0°
** Right-hand drive vehicle: +1,0°...+6,0°
* Angle of incidence of wiper arm on passenger-side in reversing position:
** Left-hand drive vehicle: –0,5°...–4,0°
** Right-hand drive vehicle: +0,5°...+4,0°
* Angle of incidence of wiper arm on driver-side in parked position:
** Left-hand drive vehicle: +2,0°...+6,0°
** Right-hand drive vehicle: –2,0°...–6,0°
* Angle of incidence of wiper arm on passenger-side in parked position
** Left-hand drive vehicle: +2,0°...+6,0°
** Right-hand drive vehicle: –2,0°...–6,0°

Torque specifications:
* Nut, wiper system: 20 Nm

===Check wiper arms===

{|
|[[File:W211589022100_adjusting_tool_set.jpg|thumb|none|W211589022100 (Adjusting tool set).]]
|[[File:W220_check_wiper_arms_1.jpg|thumb|none|]]
|[[File:W220_check_wiper_arms_2.jpg|thumb|none|Shown on driver-side wiper arm (1).]]
|[[File:W220_check_wiper_arms_3.jpg|thumb|none|Shown on driver-side wiper arm (1).]]
|}
# Remove angle gauge (A) from the adjustment tool set.
# Insert adapter (B) into the guide (arrow) of the angle gauge (A) and fasten with the screw/bolt to angle gauge (A).
# Position wiper arm (1) to be adjusted in reversing position.
# Slide adapter (B) together with angle gauge (A) onto wiper blade mount of wiper arm (1) to be adjusted and attach with screw/bolt.
# Lower wiper arm (1) to be adjusted carefully onto windshield. All three contact points at the foot of the angle gauge (A) must make contact with the windshield.
# Read off the angle of incidence of the driver-side wiper arm (1) in reversing position on the scale of the angle gauge (A), note down and compare to the corresponding specified value.
# Raise wiper arm (1) to be adjusted and remove adapter (B) together with angle gauge (A).
# Raise wiper arms (1), cover with appropriate aids (scratch protection) and set down on windshield.
# Move wiper arms (1) to park position and remove aid (scratch protection) from wiper arms (1).
# Repeat test procedures 3 to 6 at the wiper arm (1) to be adjusted in parked position.

===Adjust wiper arms===


Adjustment of the wiper arm angle of incidence is always done in
the parked position. If the check values deviate from the tolerance
range adjustment occurs both in reversing position and parked
position. In doing so, the driver-side wiper arm or front passenger-side
wiper arm is adjusted by at least the value of the tolerance deviation in
reversing position.

Use adjustment levers (Z4) from adjustment tool set.

[[File:W220_adjust_wiper_arms_1.jpg]]

# Remove angle gauge (A) and adjustment lever (Z4) from adjustment tool set.
# Insert adapter into guide of angle gauge (A) and fix in place with screw/bolt at angle gauge (A).
# Slide adapter together with angle gauge (A) onto wiper blade mount of wiper arm to be adjusted and attach with screw/bolt.
# Lower wiper arm to be adjusted carefully onto windshield. All three contact points at the foot of the angle gauge (A) must make contact with the windshield.
# Place adjustment levers (Z4) as far from each other as possible on the wiper arm to be adjusted. The wiper arm is twisted with the aid of the adjustment lever (Z4) that was positioned close to the angle gauge (A). The second adjustment lever (Z4) is used as a counterholder.
# Press adjustment lever (Z4) in required direction until the wiper arm to be adjusted is at least distorted by the value of the tolerance deviation in the reversing position.
# Remove adjustment lever (Z4) from wiper arm to be adjusted.
# Read off angle of incidence for adjusted wiper arm on scale of angle gauge (A), note it down and compare against the test and adjustment values, adjust again if necessary.
# Detach angle gauge (A) with adapter from adjusted wiper arm.

{|
|[[File:W220_adjust_wiper_arms_2.jpg|thumb|none|Shown on model 203, driver side.]]
|[[File:W220_adjust_wiper_arms_3.jpg|thumb|none|Shown on model 203, driver side.]]
|}

===Adjusting wiper system===


The wiper system may only be adjusted if the test values of both wiper
arms deviate from the tolerance range in park position.

# Install angle gauge (A) to driver-side wiper arm (1).
# Open hood.
# Remove spreader clip (2) and push back water collector (3) until jam nut (4) is accessible.
# Loosen jam nut (4) and turn adjusting nut (5) until the correct adjustment value is shown on the dial of the angle gauge (A).
# Tighten locknut (4).
# Install spreader clip (2). Replace damaged expansion clip (2).
# Close hood and remove angle gauge (A) from driver-side wiper arm (1).

Shown on model 215:

[[File:W220_adjusting_wiper_system.jpg]]

== Issues ==
[[File:W220_wiper_arms_facelift.jpg|thumb|none|Wiper arms]]

{|
|[[File:W220_right_wiper_arm_hits_hood.jpg|thumb|none|Wiper arm hits hood]]
|[[File:W220_right_wiper_arm_worn_bushings.jpg|thumb|none|Right wiper arm worn bushings]]
|[[File:W220_right_wiper_arm_worn_bushing.jpg|thumb|none|Right wiper arm worn bushing]]
|}

Distronic

2020-03-19T12:06:53Z

Ricebubbles: /* Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31 */

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Network and Input and Output Signals===
[[File:20200319 DTR Network.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: On a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR foot-well. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR foot-well or extend the earth wire (brown) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL foot-well earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium floor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot-well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium floor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|DTR ecu in FL (RHD passenger) foot-well and relocated to the left in photo to accommodate a slightly shorter cable length.]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CAN bus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL foot-well cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS with Developer Mode.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive > ME (Engine Management): Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body > System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body > CGW (Central Gateway): Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems > ICM (Instrument Cluster): Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode (in German) and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. '''Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”'''
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4''' (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title '''Globale Variantencodierung''' [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''Abstandsregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''CAN-C: Abstandsassistent''' [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
# Select '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe statement “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Select '''YES F3'''
# Observe “'''The coding is being carried out'''.”
# Observe “'''The coding has been carried out.'''”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# '''Switch off ignition''' and check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4'''. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; '''The coding has been carried out.'''
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select '''F5''' “'''write codings'''”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note: “'''The coding has been changed.'''”
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Read the status, “'''The coding is being carried out, please wait.'''”
# Read the status," '''The coding has been carried out.'''"
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
#: TIP: On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# '''Clear fault codes'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title '''Distronic'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “'''Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?'''”.
# Click '''YES F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “'''Control module has been successfully initialized.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”]]
# Click '''F2''' to go ahead
# Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# '''Switch off ignition'''.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 11 Check Instrument Cluster====
Observe the Instrument Cluster and see the dedicated Distronic Display. In the next photo, the car icon on the left only appears when actually driving about 100m behind a vehicle in front.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|DISTRONIC Display with distance showing in feet (FT)]]

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

==Notes on Using – Distronic==
DTR will '''NOT''' engage:
* For up to two minutes after engine start-up (This is the initialization or self test phase.)
* Vehicle speed < 25 Km/h or mph
* With Parking Brake activated
* With ESP manually switched OFF
* If gear selector is NOT in position 'D'

DTR may be controlled in the same manner as the Cruise Control or Speed Limiter.

DTR will switch off automatically for the same reasons as Cruise Control.

The Distance potentiometer on the Centre Console regulates the DTR "following interval", or distance to the lead vehicle, from 1 to 2 secs.

DTR screen can be displayed in the instrument cluster while driving without engaging cruise control (the word DISTRONIC doesn’t appear).

DTR audible warnings are active without cruise control engagement, unless switched off by driver using the DTR switch on the Centre Console.

DTR will not apply the brakes to slow the vehicle while driver is using the accelerator to exceed the DTR speed setting.

If DTR display shows “ ---“ instead of the current vehicle speed may be due to dirt, snow or ice build up on the radar sensor or road mist, heavy rain or fog which can reduce radar signals enough to cause difficulty in detecting vehicles ahead.

Distronic

2020-03-19T12:01:26Z

Ricebubbles: /* Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31 */ fixed typos

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Network and Input and Output Signals===
[[File:20200319 DTR Network.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: On a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR foot-well. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR foot-well or extend the earth wire (brown) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL foot-well earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium floor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot-well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium floor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CAN bus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL foot-well cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS with Developer Mode.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive > ME (Engine Management): Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body > System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body > CGW (Central Gateway): Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems > ICM (Instrument Cluster): Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode (in German) and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. '''Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”'''
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4''' (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title '''Globale Variantencodierung''' [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''Abstandsregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''CAN-C: Abstandsassistent''' [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
# Select '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe statement “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Select '''YES F3'''
# Observe “'''The coding is being carried out'''.”
# Observe “'''The coding has been carried out.'''”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# '''Switch off ignition''' and check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4'''. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; '''The coding has been carried out.'''
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select '''F5''' “'''write codings'''”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note: “'''The coding has been changed.'''”
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Read the status, “'''The coding is being carried out, please wait.'''”
# Read the status," '''The coding has been carried out.'''"
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
#: TIP: On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# '''Clear fault codes'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title '''Distronic'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “'''Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?'''”.
# Click '''YES F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “'''Control module has been successfully initialized.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”]]
# Click '''F2''' to go ahead
# Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# '''Switch off ignition'''.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 11 Check Instrument Cluster====
Observe the Instrument Cluster and see the dedicated Distronic Display. In the next photo, the car icon on the left only appears when actually driving about 100m behind a vehicle in front.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|DISTRONIC Display with distance showing in feet (FT)]]

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

==Notes on Using – Distronic==
DTR will '''NOT''' engage:
* For up to two minutes after engine start-up (This is the initialization or self test phase.)
* Vehicle speed < 25 Km/h or mph
* With Parking Brake activated
* With ESP manually switched OFF
* If gear selector is NOT in position 'D'

DTR may be controlled in the same manner as the Cruise Control or Speed Limiter.

DTR will switch off automatically for the same reasons as Cruise Control.

The Distance potentiometer on the Centre Console regulates the DTR "following interval", or distance to the lead vehicle, from 1 to 2 secs.

DTR screen can be displayed in the instrument cluster while driving without engaging cruise control (the word DISTRONIC doesn’t appear).

DTR audible warnings are active without cruise control engagement, unless switched off by driver using the DTR switch on the Centre Console.

DTR will not apply the brakes to slow the vehicle while driver is using the accelerator to exceed the DTR speed setting.

If DTR display shows “ ---“ instead of the current vehicle speed may be due to dirt, snow or ice build up on the radar sensor or road mist, heavy rain or fog which can reduce radar signals enough to cause difficulty in detecting vehicles ahead.

Distronic

2020-03-19T11:48:02Z

Ricebubbles: /* Distronic Input and Output Signals */ Added DTR Network Diagram

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Network and Input and Output Signals===
[[File:20200319 DTR Network.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: on a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle from the engine bay.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell or extend the eathr wire (brwon) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL footwell earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CANbus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL footwell cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive/Engine Management: Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body/System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body/CGW: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems/Instrument Cluster: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode (in German) and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. '''Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”'''
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4''' (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title '''Globale Variantencodierung''' [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''Abstandsregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''CAN-C: Abstandsassistent''' [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
# Select '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe statement “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Select '''YES F3'''
# Observe “'''The coding is being carried out'''.”
# Observe “'''The coding has been carried out.'''”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# '''Switch off ignition''' and check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4'''. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; '''The coding has been carried out.'''
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select '''F5''' “'''write codings'''”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note: “'''The coding has been changed.'''”
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Read the status, “'''The coding is being carried out, please wait.'''”
# Read the status," '''The coding has been carried out.'''"
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
#: TIP: On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# '''Clear fault codes'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title '''Distronic'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “'''Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?'''”.
# Click '''YES F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “'''Control module has been successfully initialized.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”]]
# Click '''F2''' to go ahead
# Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# '''Switch off ignition'''.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 11 Check Instrument Cluster====
Observe the Instrument Cluster and see the dedicated Distronic Display. In the next photo, the car icon on the left only appears when actually driving about 100m behind a vehicle in front.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|DISTRONIC Display with distance showing in feet (FT)]]

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

==Notes on Using – Distronic==
DTR will '''NOT''' engage:
* For up to two minutes after engine start-up (This is the initialization or self test phase.)
* Vehicle speed < 25 Km/h or mph
* With Parking Brake activated
* With ESP manually switched OFF
* If gear selector is NOT in position 'D'

DTR may be controlled in the same manner as the Cruise Control or Speed Limiter.

DTR will switch off automatically for the same reasons as Cruise Control.

The Distance potentiometer on the Centre Console regulates the DTR "following interval", or distance to the lead vehicle, from 1 to 2 secs.

DTR screen can be displayed in the instrument cluster while driving without engaging cruise control (the word DISTRONIC doesn’t appear).

DTR audible warnings are active without cruise control engagement, unless switched off by driver using the DTR switch on the Centre Console.

DTR will not apply the brakes to slow the vehicle while driver is using the accelerator to exceed the DTR speed setting.

If DTR display shows “ ---“ instead of the current vehicle speed may be due to dirt, snow or ice build up on the radar sensor or road mist, heavy rain or fog which can reduce radar signals enough to cause difficulty in detecting vehicles ahead.

File:20200319 DTR Network.JPG

2020-03-19T11:44:43Z

Ricebubbles:

Distronic

2020-03-19T11:41:12Z

Ricebubbles: /* Calibration – Distronic */ Added new section Notes on Using – Distronic

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Input and Output Signals===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: on a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle from the engine bay.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell or extend the eathr wire (brwon) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL footwell earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CANbus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL footwell cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive/Engine Management: Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body/System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body/CGW: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems/Instrument Cluster: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode (in German) and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. '''Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”'''
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4''' (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title '''Globale Variantencodierung''' [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''Abstandsregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''CAN-C: Abstandsassistent''' [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
# Select '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe statement “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Select '''YES F3'''
# Observe “'''The coding is being carried out'''.”
# Observe “'''The coding has been carried out.'''”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# '''Switch off ignition''' and check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4'''. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; '''The coding has been carried out.'''
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select '''F5''' “'''write codings'''”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note: “'''The coding has been changed.'''”
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Read the status, “'''The coding is being carried out, please wait.'''”
# Read the status," '''The coding has been carried out.'''"
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
#: TIP: On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# '''Clear fault codes'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title '''Distronic'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “'''Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?'''”.
# Click '''YES F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “'''Control module has been successfully initialized.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”]]
# Click '''F2''' to go ahead
# Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# '''Switch off ignition'''.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 11 Check Instrument Cluster====
Observe the Instrument Cluster and see the dedicated Distronic Display. In the next photo, the car icon on the left only appears when actually driving about 100m behind a vehicle in front.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|DISTRONIC Display with distance showing in feet (FT)]]

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

==Notes on Using – Distronic==
DTR will '''NOT''' engage:
* For up to two minutes after engine start-up (This is the initialization or self test phase.)
* Vehicle speed < 25 Km/h or mph
* With Parking Brake activated
* With ESP manually switched OFF
* If gear selector is NOT in position 'D'

DTR may be controlled in the same manner as the Cruise Control or Speed Limiter.

DTR will switch off automatically for the same reasons as Cruise Control.

The Distance potentiometer on the Centre Console regulates the DTR "following interval", or distance to the lead vehicle, from 1 to 2 secs.

DTR screen can be displayed in the instrument cluster while driving without engaging cruise control (the word DISTRONIC doesn’t appear).

DTR audible warnings are active without cruise control engagement, unless switched off by driver using the DTR switch on the Centre Console.

DTR will not apply the brakes to slow the vehicle while driver is using the accelerator to exceed the DTR speed setting.

If DTR display shows “ ---“ instead of the current vehicle speed may be due to dirt, snow or ice build up on the radar sensor or road mist, heavy rain or fog which can reduce radar signals enough to cause difficulty in detecting vehicles ahead.

Distronic

2020-03-19T11:19:37Z

Ricebubbles: /* STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM */

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Input and Output Signals===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: on a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle from the engine bay.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell or extend the eathr wire (brwon) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL footwell earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CANbus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL footwell cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive/Engine Management: Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body/System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body/CGW: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems/Instrument Cluster: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode (in German) and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. '''Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”'''
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4''' (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title '''Globale Variantencodierung''' [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''Abstandsregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''CAN-C: Abstandsassistent''' [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
# Select '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe statement “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Select '''YES F3'''
# Observe “'''The coding is being carried out'''.”
# Observe “'''The coding has been carried out.'''”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# '''Switch off ignition''' and check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4'''. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; '''The coding has been carried out.'''
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select '''F5''' “'''write codings'''”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note: “'''The coding has been changed.'''”
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Read the status, “'''The coding is being carried out, please wait.'''”
# Read the status," '''The coding has been carried out.'''"
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
#: TIP: On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# '''Clear fault codes'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title '''Distronic'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “'''Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?'''”.
# Click '''YES F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “'''Control module has been successfully initialized.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”]]
# Click '''F2''' to go ahead
# Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# '''Switch off ignition'''.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 11 Check Instrument Cluster====
Observe the Instrument Cluster and see the dedicated Distronic Display. In the next photo, the car icon on the left only appears when actually driving about 100m behind a vehicle in front.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|DISTRONIC Display with distance showing in feet (FT)]]

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

Distronic

2020-03-19T11:10:08Z

Ricebubbles: /* STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM */

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Input and Output Signals===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: on a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle from the engine bay.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell or extend the eathr wire (brwon) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL footwell earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CANbus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL footwell cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive/Engine Management: Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body/System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body/CGW: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems/Instrument Cluster: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode (in German) and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. '''Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”'''
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4''' (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title '''Globale Variantencodierung''' [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''Abstandsregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''CAN-C: Abstandsassistent''' [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
# Select '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe statement “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Select '''YES F3'''
# Observe “'''The coding is being carried out'''.”
# Observe “'''The coding has been carried out.'''”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# '''Switch off ignition''' and check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4'''. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; '''The coding has been carried out.'''
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select '''F5''' “'''write codings'''”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note: “'''The coding has been changed.'''”
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Read the status, “'''The coding is being carried out, please wait.'''”
# Read the status," '''The coding has been carried out.'''"
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
#: TIP: On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# '''Clear fault codes'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title '''Distronic'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “'''Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?'''”.
# Click '''YES F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “'''Control module has been successfully initialized.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”]]
# Click '''F2''' to go ahead
# Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# '''Switch off ignition'''.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

Distronic

2020-03-19T11:07:39Z

Ricebubbles: /* STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS */

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Input and Output Signals===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: on a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle from the engine bay.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell or extend the eathr wire (brwon) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL footwell earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CANbus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL footwell cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive/Engine Management: Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body/System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body/CGW: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems/Instrument Cluster: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode (in German) and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. '''Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”'''
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4''' (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title '''Globale Variantencodierung''' [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''Abstandsregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''CAN-C: Abstandsassistent''' [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
# Select '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe statement “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Select '''YES F3'''
# Observe “'''The coding is being carried out'''.”
# Observe “'''The coding has been carried out.'''”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# '''Switch off ignition''' and check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4'''. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; '''The coding has been carried out.'''
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select F5 “write codings”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Special equipment.
# Note: “The coding has been changed.”
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Click on YES F3
# Read the status, “The coding is being carried out, please wait.”
# Read the status, The coding has been carried out.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
#: TIP: On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# '''Clear fault codes'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title '''Distronic'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “'''Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?'''”.
# Click '''YES F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “'''Control module has been successfully initialized.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”]]
# Click '''F2''' to go ahead
# Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# '''Switch off ignition'''.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

Distronic

2020-03-19T11:06:44Z

Ricebubbles: /* STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS */

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Input and Output Signals===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: on a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle from the engine bay.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell or extend the eathr wire (brwon) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL footwell earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CANbus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL footwell cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive/Engine Management: Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body/System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body/CGW: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems/Instrument Cluster: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode (in German) and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. '''Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”'''
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4''' (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title '''Globale Variantencodierung''' [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''Abstandsregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''CAN-C: Abstandsassistent''' [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
# Select '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe statement “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Select '''YES F3'''
# Observe “'''The coding is being carried out'''.”
# Observe “'''The coding has been carried out.'''”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# '''Switch off ignition''' and check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4'''. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; The coding has been carried out.
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select F5 “write codings”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Special equipment.
# Note: “The coding has been changed.”
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Click on YES F3
# Read the status, “The coding is being carried out, please wait.”
# Read the status, The coding has been carried out.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
#: TIP: On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# '''Clear fault codes'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title '''Distronic'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “'''Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?'''”.
# Click '''YES F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “'''Control module has been successfully initialized.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”]]
# Click '''F2''' to go ahead
# Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# '''Switch off ignition'''.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

Distronic

2020-03-19T11:03:29Z

Ricebubbles: /* STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW */

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Input and Output Signals===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: on a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle from the engine bay.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell or extend the eathr wire (brwon) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL footwell earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CANbus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL footwell cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive/Engine Management: Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body/System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body/CGW: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems/Instrument Cluster: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode (in German) and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit'''
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “'''Coding has been read.'''”
# Observe statement: “'''Switch off ignition.'''”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. '''Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”'''
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement '''Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.'''
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# '''Switch on ignition'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
# Click on '''NO F4''' (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title '''Globale Variantencodierung''' [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''Abstandsregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see '''CAN-C: Abstandsassistent''' [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select '''vorhanden''' [available]
# Select '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe statement “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Select '''YES F3'''
# Observe “'''The coding is being carried out'''.”
# Observe “'''The coding has been carried out.'''”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title Control unit adaptations.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click OK to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “Coding has been read.”
# Observe statement: “Switch off ignition.”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Switch on ignition.
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
# Click on NO F4. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title Control unit adaptations
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; The coding has been carried out.
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select F5 “write codings”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Special equipment.
# Note: “The coding has been changed.”
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Click on YES F3
# Read the status, “The coding is being carried out, please wait.”
# Read the status, The coding has been carried out.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
#: TIP: On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# '''Clear fault codes'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title '''Distronic'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “'''Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?'''”.
# Click '''YES F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “'''Control module has been successfully initialized.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”]]
# Click '''F2''' to go ahead
# Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# '''Switch off ignition'''.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

Distronic

2020-03-19T10:54:29Z

Ricebubbles: /* STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary */

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Input and Output Signals===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: on a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle from the engine bay.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell or extend the eathr wire (brwon) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL footwell earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CANbus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL footwell cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive/Engine Management: Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body/System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body/CGW: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems/Instrument Cluster: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode (in German) and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click F3.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title Control unit adaptations.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click OK to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “Coding has been read.”
# Observe statement: “Switch off ignition.”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Switch on ignition
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
# Click on NO F4 (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title Control unit adaptations
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option nicht vorhanden [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select vorhanden [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option nicht vorhanden [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select vorhanden [available]
# Select F3 to go forward
# Observe statement “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Select YES F3
# Observe “The coding is being carried out.”
# Observe “The coding has been carried out.”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title Control unit adaptations.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click OK to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “Coding has been read.”
# Observe statement: “Switch off ignition.”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Switch on ignition.
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
# Click on NO F4. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title Control unit adaptations
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; The coding has been carried out.
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select F5 “write codings”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Special equipment.
# Note: “The coding has been changed.”
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Click on YES F3
# Read the status, “The coding is being carried out, please wait.”
# Read the status, The coding has been carried out.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
#: TIP: On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# '''Clear fault codes'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title '''Distronic'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “'''Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?'''”.
# Click '''YES F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “'''Control module has been successfully initialized.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”]]
# Click '''F2''' to go ahead
# Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# '''Switch off ignition'''.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

Distronic

2020-03-19T10:52:37Z

Ricebubbles: /* Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31 */

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Input and Output Signals===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: on a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle from the engine bay.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell or extend the eathr wire (brwon) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL footwell earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CANbus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL footwell cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive/Engine Management: Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body/System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body/CGW: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems/Instrument Cluster: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click F3.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title Control unit adaptations.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click OK to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “Coding has been read.”
# Observe statement: “Switch off ignition.”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Switch on ignition
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
# Click on NO F4 (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title Control unit adaptations
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option nicht vorhanden [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select vorhanden [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option nicht vorhanden [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select vorhanden [available]
# Select F3 to go forward
# Observe statement “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Select YES F3
# Observe “The coding is being carried out.”
# Observe “The coding has been carried out.”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title Control unit adaptations.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click OK to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “Coding has been read.”
# Observe statement: “Switch off ignition.”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Switch on ignition.
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
# Click on NO F4. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title Control unit adaptations
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; The coding has been carried out.
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select F5 “write codings”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Special equipment.
# Note: “The coding has been changed.”
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Click on YES F3
# Read the status, “The coding is being carried out, please wait.”
# Read the status, The coding has been carried out.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
#: TIP: On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# '''Clear fault codes'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title '''Distronic'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “'''Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?'''”.
# Click '''YES F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “'''Control module has been successfully initialized.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”]]
# Click '''F2''' to go ahead
# Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# '''Switch off ignition'''.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

Distronic

2020-03-17T11:10:17Z

Ricebubbles: /* STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM */ Added sample photo

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Input and Output Signals===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: on a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle from the engine bay.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell or extend the eathr wire (brwon) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL footwell earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CANbus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL footwell cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive/Engine Management: Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body/System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body/CGW: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems/Instrument Cluster: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click F3.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title Control unit adaptations.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click OK to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “Coding has been read.”
# Observe statement: “Switch off ignition.”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Switch on ignition
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
# Click on NO F4 (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title Control unit adaptations
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option nicht vorhanden [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select vorhanden [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option nicht vorhanden [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select vorhanden [available]
# Select F3 to go forward
# Observe statement “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Select YES F3
# Observe “The coding is being carried out.”
# Observe “The coding has been carried out.”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title Control unit adaptations.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click OK to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “Coding has been read.”
# Observe statement: “Switch off ignition.”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Switch on ignition.
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
# Click on NO F4. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title Control unit adaptations
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; The coding has been carried out.
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select F5 “write codings”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Special equipment.
# Note: “The coding has been changed.”
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Click on YES F3
# Read the status, “The coding is being carried out, please wait.”
# Read the status, The coding has been carried out.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
#: TIP: On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# '''Clear fault codes'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title '''Distronic'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “'''Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?'''”.
# Click '''YES F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “'''Control module has been successfully initialized.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”]]
# Click '''F2''' to go ahead
# Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# '''Switch off ignition'''.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# '''Switch on ignition.'''
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

File:20200317 DTR Control module has been successfully initialized.JPG

2020-03-17T11:05:50Z

Ricebubbles: Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”

Control unit DTR “Control module has been successfully initialized.”

Distronic

2020-03-17T11:03:15Z

Ricebubbles: /* STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]) */ Added sample photos

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Input and Output Signals===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: on a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle from the engine bay.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell or extend the eathr wire (brwon) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL footwell earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CANbus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL footwell cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive/Engine Management: Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body/System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body/CGW: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems/Instrument Cluster: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click F3.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title Control unit adaptations.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click OK to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “Coding has been read.”
# Observe statement: “Switch off ignition.”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Switch on ignition
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
# Click on NO F4 (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title Control unit adaptations
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option nicht vorhanden [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select vorhanden [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option nicht vorhanden [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select vorhanden [available]
# Select F3 to go forward
# Observe statement “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Select YES F3
# Observe “The coding is being carried out.”
# Observe “The coding has been carried out.”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title Control unit adaptations.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click OK to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “Coding has been read.”
# Observe statement: “Switch off ignition.”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Switch on ignition.
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
# Click on NO F4. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title Control unit adaptations
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; The coding has been carried out.
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select F5 “write codings”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Special equipment.
# Note: “The coding has been changed.”
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Click on YES F3
# Read the status, “The coding is being carried out, please wait.”
# Read the status, The coding has been carried out.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward
# Observe the page '''Control unit ME-SFI 2.8''' with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “'''Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “'''The coding is being read, please wait.'''”
#: [[File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|The coding is being read, please wait.]]
# Click '''OK''' to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: '''Coding has been read.'''
#: [[File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Coding has been read.]]
# Observe statement: '''Switch off ignition.'''
# '''Switch off ignition'''
# Check SDS screen. '''Wait''' until you observe statement: '''Switch on ignition.'''
# '''Switch on ignition and restart engine.'''
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?'''”
#: [[File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?]]
# Click '''NO F4''' (If required see TIP at beginning of this section to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title '''Control unit adaptations'''
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.)
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations]]
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding]
# Select '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: [[File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand]]
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and '''photograph all field values as-found'''. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0272 bis [to] 0273''' and observe field entry '''Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)''' [Cruise control active].
#: [[File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight '''Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv)''' [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Observe field entry '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein''' [SPEEDTRONIC present].
#: [[File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]]]
# Observe the drop down field options for '''0202 bis [to] 0203'''
# Highlight '''Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus''' [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# '''F3''' to go forward
# Read the question, “'''Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?'''”
# Click on '''YES F3'''
# Observe the status, '''The coding is being carried out.''' TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked. Go to previous section and unlock ME ecu.
# Observe the statement: '''The coding has been carried out.'''
#: [[File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, The coding has been carried out.]]
# Click '''F2'''
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
#: TIP: The following confirmation steps may be skipped.
## Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
## Highlight Variant coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
## Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
## Highlight Coding and click F3
## Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
##: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
## Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
# On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# Clear fault codes.
# Observe the page DTR with title Distronic.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations, then click F3.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?”.
# Click YES F3
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “Control module has been successfully initialized.”
# Click F2 to go ahead
Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# Switch off ignition.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# Switch on ignition.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

File:20200317 The coding has been carried out.JPG

2020-03-17T10:49:20Z

Ricebubbles: The coding has been carried out

The coding has been carried out

File:20200317 SPEEDTRONIC present.JPG

2020-03-17T10:44:30Z

Ricebubbles: 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]

0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]

File:20200317 Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv).JPG

2020-03-17T10:39:41Z

Ricebubbles: Scroll up or down the page to 0272 bis [to] 0273 and observe field entry Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)

Scroll up or down the page to 0272 bis [to] 0273 and observe field entry Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv)

File:20200317 Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand.JPG

2020-03-17T10:35:24Z

Ricebubbles: Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand

Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand

File:20200317 Control unit adaptations.JPG

2020-03-17T10:32:41Z

Ricebubbles: Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations

Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations

File:20200317 Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit.JPG

2020-03-17T10:27:57Z

Ricebubbles: Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?

Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?

File:20200317 Coding has been read.JPG

2020-03-17T10:24:19Z

Ricebubbles: Coding has been read

Coding has been read

File:20200317 The coding is being read, please wait.JPG

2020-03-17T10:21:59Z

Ricebubbles: The coding is being read, please wait.

The coding is being read, please wait.

File:20200317 Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.JPG

2020-03-17T10:18:23Z

Ricebubbles: Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit

Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit

Distronic

2020-03-17T10:12:54Z

Ricebubbles: /* STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming */ Added some sample photos

==Description - Distronic and Distronic Plus==
The Distronic system in Mercedes-Benz is an important feature to maintaining the selected vehicle speed (cruise control function) and also regulating the distance to a vehicle ahead of the car.

The Distronic detects the traffic situation ahead of the vehicle by means of the radar sensor located behind the radiator grille. If the Distronic approaches another vehicle travelling at a slower speed, the speed of the car is reduced. The Distronic control unit calculates the distance required and can activate the following over the CANbus:
*Increase/reduction in the specified engine speed (Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit),
*Braking (Electronic Stability Program (ESP) control unit),
*Shifting gears (Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit).

The Distronic can be used from a speed of approx. 30 Km/h to 180 Km/h or 20 mph to 110 mph. If no vehicle is driving ahead, the Distronic behaves in the same way as a normal cruise control.

The Distronic is a convenience system and not a safety system. The driver must himself brake when corresponding traffic situations arise.

If a vehicle suddenly appears ahead (e.g. as a result of changing lanes), the Distronic attempts to take control. The braking action is, however, limited to approx. 2 m/s (which equals approximately 20% of the maximum braking power) for safety reasons. If more braking power is required, the driver is warned by means of an audible signal.

There is also a further audible signal (off signal) which sounds if the vehicle speed drops below approx. 30 Km/h.

If the speed set with the cruise control lever is exceeded by depressing the accelerator pedal, the distance measurement of the Distronic continues to remain active even above 180 Km/h (110 mph). The Distronic again controls the vehicle to the speed last set after the accelerator pedal is released.

The driver is able to influence the distance travelled behind the vehicle ahead with the distance potentiometer mounted in the centre console adjacent to the gear lever. The setting is actually a time setting of about 1 to 2 seconds.

If the Distronic is switched off, the calculation of the distance continues to remain active.

The display in the instrument cluster and the audible warning signal inform the driver if the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close or if there is a major difference in speed to the vehicle ahead. Visual indication (red distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster remains on) is also given if the time distance to the vehicle ahead is less than 0.8 seconds over a time period of more than 3 seconds.

The distance measurement range of the Distronic radar unit is 0 to 150 m.

===Distronic===
In W220 models '''UP TO''' 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219, the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar (Distronic) system consists of a Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) and a separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 001.jpg|300px|center]]
*The Radar Sensor (B29) (Item #30) is located behind the front radiator grill.
* The Distronic Electronic Control Unit (ECU) (N63/1) (Item #10) is located in the front passenger footwell (both LHD and RHD vehicles, ie always the passenger footwell) and is connected to several control units via the CAN-C bus.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

The original video ‘Mercedes S-Class Distronic Cruise Control' in operation in a W220 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_qpqLSuTkis|320|left||frame}}
 

===Distronic Plus===
In W220 models '''FROM''' 2014-06-01 the Proximity Controlled Cruise Control Distance Radar system was renamed as Distronic Plus and was simplified with all the electronics now in an integrated radar sensor and control unit (A89) mounted behind the front grill. Note that for these later A89 Distronic Plus systems, there are '''different connector''' versions for models 209/215/220 and 211/219/230.

In these later models the Distronic Plus is more of an anti-collision system. It works great even in stop and go traffic situations and will even bring the car to a complete stop when needed. After a complete stop of more than three seconds, you just need to pull the cruise control stalk towards you and the car will accelerate. No need to touch the pedals!

Another great feature of Distronic Plus is that when you change lanes it accelerates as soon as you turn the turn signal on! For example, if your set speed is 100, but you are going at 80 because there is a car in front of you, as soon as you turn the left turn signal on, the car will start to accelerate if there is no car in the left lane. Very useful when you need to squeeze in between two cars!

Think of Distronic Plus as a robotic driving system that takes over from cruise control when the car detects another car in the 200m distance ahead, which is way beyond the recognition distance for the braking system sensors. While there is a car in front Distronic Plus takes over from cruise control and tracks the car in front, maintaining a constant time gap as traffic speeds and slows. This mostly controls the throttle but will also brake in necessary. When the car in front gets too far in front the system then hands over to cruise control.

When following vehicles that are slowly decelerating the Distronic disengages at 30Km/h or 20 mph. The Distronic Plus will alarm with an audio and visual alert when the closure speed is not to its liking - the system can be turned on or off for that function.

A video of a Distronic Plus in operation in a 2013 M-B B250 is here;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uQRMofqQ9EQ|320|left||frame}}
 

==Issues - Distronic==
===Retrofitting -Distronic===
Is it possible to retrofit Distronic Cruise Control Radar functionality to a W220?

Thanks to BenzWorld member,David Prokity’s Project on his 2006 S430 recorded on video on YouTube, it is, and he states “This is absolutely the best option I have ever retrofitted”. David Prokity did the research and the physical install of the hardware and wiring. The reprogramming of the vehicle computer was outsourced. He was able to retrofit a W220 MY00 and a C215 MY04. He states that beside the horrible cost if you have to buy new parts, it's an easy and straight forward installation. '''BUT''' "Make sure that you have all the correct part numbers before you are starting".

The part which is a little more complicated is the coding. W220's up to 2004-05-31 have no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System. Later on more and more SCN coding was introduced to all M-B models and nowadays you need to have your your datacard modified by M-B Stuttgart first, then pull the required SCN codes with an '''Online''' DAS.

===Coaxial Cable Failure - Distronic===
The coaxial cable that feeds analogue signals from the Radar Sensor to the Distronic Control Unit can deteriorate through age or abuse. '''Be warned''' that during replacement of the coaxial cable, make sure not to bend it severely by maintaining a minimum radius of 25mm or more.

==Distronic Components - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
For W220 up to 2004-05-31 with Data Card CODE 219 as per information found in WIS.
===Distronic Function Description Contents===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 002.jpg|600px|center]]

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 003.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 004.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 005.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 006.jpg|600px|center]]
*Note Diagram is WRONG. N73 is the Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) control unit and not the DI control unit.

[[File:Distronic Retrofit 007.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 008.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 009.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 010.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 011.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Input and Output Signals===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 012.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 013.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 014.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 015.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 016.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 017.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Display and Operating Information===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 018.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 019.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 020.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 021.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 022.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 023.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 024.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 025.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 026.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Radar Sensor - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 027.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 028.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 029.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 030.jpg|600px|center]]

===Distronic Control Unit - Location===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 031.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 032.jpg|600px|center]]

===Switch Block - Location Task Design Function===
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 033.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 034.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 035.jpg|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 036.jpg|600px|center]]

==Distronic Component Diagram - W220 up to 2004-05-31==
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|600px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 040.jpg|400px|center]]
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center|thumb|none|Item #115 Switch block (S46/8)]]

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 042.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Control Unit (N63/1) located under the right foot well (LHD and RHD).]]

* Item #11 Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or Distronic grill (with the plastic window Item #12 for the protection of the radar sensor)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|500px|center|thumb|none|Panelling for Adaptive Cruise Control or
Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor.]]

* Item 20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 045.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|3 off M5x14 bolts.]]

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29)
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 046.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Radar Sensor Unit (B29) or Sender Unit behind front grill.]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 044.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit with adjustable bolts.]]

* Item #40 Wiring Harness
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 047.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Main Wiring Harness.]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) mounted in centre console.]]

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 048.jpg|300px|center|thumb|none|Distronic Minor Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8).]]

==Part Numbers- Distronic==
===How to Find Distronic Part Numbers===
====startekinfo====
Note startekinfo is not able to accept non-US credit cards as some of the technical information is U.S. Government-regulated.

Get help from someone on BenzWorld to access startekinfo [http://www.startekinfo.com/StarTek/]

Then key in your VIN and look for the Distronic parts, you will see a list of interchangeable part numbers.

====SDS EPC====
Using a Star Diagnostic System (SDS) open the Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC).

The trick is to NOT enter your VIN, but do the following;
*Select MD mode.
*In '''Assortment class''', select 1. Car.
*In '''Model designation''', select relevant model eg 220176 S 500.
*In '''Market''', select relevant field eg Europe.
*In '''Group''', select 54 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTS.
*In '''Subgroup select''', 755 PROXIMITY-CONTROLLED CRUISE CONTROL.
*Observe the generic parts diagram identifying Item nos. and Part numbers.
[[File:W220_DTR_Parts_Diagram_upto_and_including_MY2004.JPG|250px|center]]

If you do use your VIN then open Options, Filter, and Untick or Disable the Datacard SA filter.

Then you have the option to see all the required and valid parts for the VIN designated model, even without Distronic fitted.

Look at EPC, 54 Electrical Equipment and Instruments, 755 Proximity Controlled Cruise Control.

====mbpartsworld====
Access mbpartsworld website [www.mbpartsworld.com] and search for relevant model.

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 up to 2004-05-31===
There is a plethora of part numbers as Distronic is used on many different models of M-B cars.

The following are given as a guide for W220 up to 2004-05-31 but must be double checked before purchasing for your specific vehicle.

* Item #10 Control Unit (N63/1) 031 545 64 32 replaced by 032 545 90 32 replaced by 032 545 56 32 replaced by 032 545 63 32.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 050.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #11 Distronic grill with the plastic window for the protection of the radar sensor 220 880 06 83
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 043.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #20 Mounting Bolts Control Unit 140 990 06 36 or 3 off M5x14 bolts.

* Item #30 Radar Sensor Unit (B29) 000 540 88 17
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 049.jpg|600px|center]]

* Item #35 Mounting Kit Radar Sensor Unit 001 540 63 17

* Item #40 Major Wiring Harness 220 540 85 07 (or 230 540 94 07 To be confirmed).

* Item #130 Electrical Cable Upper Control Panel (N72/1) to Switch block (S46/8) 220 540 37 32
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 041.jpg|400px|center]]

* Item #115 Switch block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1) 220 821 87 58 7C4 (or 230 821 28 51 7167 or 120 820 10 10 7167 To Be Confirmed)

===Distronic Part Numbers - W220 after 2004-06-01===

To be completed.

==Availability - Distronic Parts==
===MBenzNL===
Website [http://www.mercedesforum.nl/mbenznlnl/]

Facebook [https://www.facebook.com/MBenzNL/]

Email [mbenznl@gmail.com]

'''Note''' as of June 2018, Steve from MBenzNL advises that "the main wiring harness for the older Distronic systems is '''no longer available''' for the W211 E-class and the W220 S-class. M-B no longer has them in stock and does not get them manufactured anymore. And be warned, getting yourself a used wiring harness is not ideal either because of the COAXIAL cable that runs from the Distronic Control Unit to the Distronic Radar Sensor, as that cable cannot stand much abuse before it does not work properly."

An alternative is available but requires modification. The harness from a R230 SL 500 is very similar to an early W220 harness. The coax cable is just long enough but if fitting to a RHD vehicle, the earth wire (brown) and the diagnostic wire (pink) require extending by about 1.5 metres. The R230 230.471 SL 500 part number is 230 540 94 07. TIP: when installing the cable in a RHD car, make sure to keep the cable as tight as possible, ie do not allow too much slack as the full length of the coax cable will be needed to reach the Distronic Control Module (DTR).

===eBay===
As always search for OEM part number in first instance.

==Retrofit Method – Distronic==
Be aware that the method varies for W220 up to 2004-05-31 and W220 after 2004-06-01.

===W220 up to 2004-05-31 - Distronic Retrofit===
2000 up to about 2004 W220’s had no SCN coding and all coding can be done with an offline DAS System.

The WIS document GF30.30-P-0002-02K Distronic (DTR) input and output signals shows Distronic control module N63/1 connected directly to;
* B29 Distronic radar sensor (DTR)
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

It is connected via the CAN-C engine compartment bus to the following;
* A1 Instrument cluster (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW) control unit
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC) control unit
* N3/10 Engine management control ME-SFI(ME) control unit
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering (SPS), Brake Assist (BAS) control units

It is connected to the CAN-B interior bus via gateway N73 (EIS) which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) control unit and then the S46/8 Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

====Retrofit Method - W220 up to 2004-05-31====
Even though David Prokity's video shows a Distronic being retrofitted to a '''post 2004''' vehicle it is a very useful tutorial on how to fit the components to all models, especially installing the wiring harnesses and the connection to the right fuse box.

He acknowledges the valuable assistance from:
* Steve Krabbenborg of MBenzNL (www.MBenzNL.nl) for his help in sending the correct parts and telling him how to calibrate the Distronic Radar Unit.
* Wanda Klein Gunnewiek of MBenzNL for answering his endless installation questions.
* Sunil Patel of Motorwerks of Houston for actually enabling the Distronic System.
* Without those three individuals his project would have never happened.

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

Also see the method used by mercupgrade.com to retrofit a Distronic to a 2004 SL55 using a "two box" Distronic here [http://www.mercupgrades.com/Distronic+Retrofit+++SL++R230++2002+2004-article-69.html]

Mercupgrade states "This reference describes how to retrofit Distronic to a '''MY2004 or older SL55'''. The pictures are from a Right Hand Drive car, but there is LHD information in this document."

The following summary is a combination of the Mercupgrade article modified to suit a 2003 (upgrade) W220.
* Disconnect battery.
* Disassemble the centre console in order to install the Distronic Switch Block (S46/8) with distance potentiometer (S46/8r1) and distance warning function switch (S46/8s1), mounted in the new wood grain panel. TIP: To remove the gear knob, turn the ferrule under the knob to release the catch and then pull the knob directly upward.
* Remove the COMAND from the dash. TIP: It is not necessary to remove the COMAND which can stay connected.
* Run the new "minor" Electrical Loom from the Switch Block (S46/8) behind the COMAND unit to the Upper Control Panel (N72/1). Plug the cable in to the empty slot in the UCP at the far left end.
* Install the Distronic Radar Sensor Unit (B29).
* Route the wiring loom starting from the Radar Sensor Unit (B29), to the Right Fusebox in the engine bay. TIP: Keep the loom as tight as possible so that it will reach the Distronic Control Module (N63/1). TIP: Remove the engine bottom cover and the front protection shield behind the front bumper to gain access for the wiring. TIP: Remove the FR inner wheel guards to route the loom behind and around the AIRmatic pump.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 01.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* There is already a hole in a grommet to allow the new Distronic loom to enter the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1).
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Major Wiring Harness 02.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]
* Remove the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: The Fusebox can be placed to one side to allow good access for routing the Distronic cable throughh the firewall into the FR foot well.
* Remove the FR floor carpet. TIP: on a RHD drive car remove the accelerator pedal first.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through the opening into the FR foot well.
* Pull the wiring loom through to the inside of the vehicle from the engine bay.
* Install Distronic fuse carrier into the empty position f36 in the the Front Right Engine Bay Fusebox (F1/1). TIP: f36 is the third fuse counting from the rear.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Fuse.jpg||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* On LHD vehicles, connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell. On RHD vehicles either connect the earth lead to the earth point in the FR footwell or extend the eathr wire (brwon) by about 1.5m so that it will reach the FL footwell earth point.
* On LHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FR (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: For RHD vehicles, skip this step.
* Remove the FL floor carpet.
* Using a plastic rod or stiff wire with the end of the Distronic cable temporarily taped to it, push through behind the COMAND to the FL foot well
* On RHD vehicles install the Distronic Control Module (N63/1) on the FL (passenger) aluminium foor plate and connect the loom. TIP: You may need to re position the control module on the aluminium floor plate rather than use the OEM mounting holes, in order to allow the Distronic coax cable to reach the appropriate connector.
[[File:W220 Installing Distronic Control Module.JPG||500px|center|thumb|none|]]

* Route the remaining Distronic loom to the FL cable ducting in the floor.
* Connect the Distronic loom twisted pair (green and green/white) to any similar "engine" CANbus twisted pair in the cable duct. TIP: Ensure the green CAN-CL wires are connected together and the green/white CAN-CH wires are twisted together.
* Connect the Distronic loom diagnostic wire (pink) to the blue/white wire on connector X35/66 in FL footwell cable ducting. TIP: X35/66 is the large black connector. TIP: The diagnostic wire X35/66 pin 8 (blue/white) goes to the OBDII port X11/4 pin 15 which is used by Star DAS to communicate with the DTR.
* Take vehicle to a Mercedes dealer for coding and most importantly for Distronic sensor alignment. TIP: If the car is a pre 2004-05-31 model the coding can be done using a Star DAS.

TIP: Apart from the alignment of the Distronic sensor the vehicle will have to be coded to activate/enable the Distronic:
* Drive/Engine Management: Either have Option 219 added to the datacard and SCN code the Engine Management system (best), or using Star Diagnosis with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' and enable Distronic/DTR. (NB. if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system is SCN coded in the future, then not only will Distronic not work, but there will be an ESP error and various other issues).
* Body/System Diagnosis: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This is for diagnosis purposes).
* Body/CGW: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This tells the lower control panel and ESP the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up).
* Info & Communication Systems/Instrument Cluster: Enable DTR/Distronic. (This enables the menu on the cluster).

===W220 after 2004-06-01 - Distronic Retrofit===
On later M-B models more and more SCN coding was introduced and you will require SCN Coding for the Distronics to work. The datacard must be modified in M-B Stuttgart first, then the required SCN codes installed with an Online SDS.

You may need to update some software too.

'''Be warned''' on these later vehicles there is no option for you to do it offline and Dealers and Independent Workshops may be very reluctant to code the SCN.

====Retrofit Method - W220 after 2004-06-01====
See the excellent video by David Prokity;

{{#ev:youtube|https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2qj5pVDVYg|320|left||frame}}
 

==Activation/Adaptation/Coding – Distronic (DTR)==
Vehicle control unit Activation/Adaptation/Coding/Programming is necessary after:
*Replacement of DTR control module (N63/1)
*Replacement of steering angle sensor (N49)
*Removal of steering wheel
*Replacement or adjustment of radar sensor (B29)
*Exchange or repair of chassis components including setting wheel toe.

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects directly to these components;
* B29 Distronic Radar Sensor
* K40/7 Right front fuse and relay module (terminal 87 voltage supply)
* X11/4 Data link connector

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-C engine bus to these components;
* N73 Control gateway gateway (CGW)
* A1 Instrument control module (ICM)
* N80 Steering column module (SCM-MRM)
* N73 Electronic ignition switch (EZS/ZGW)
* N15/3 Electronic transmission control (ETC)
* N3/10 Engine management electronics (ME-SFI)
* N47-5 Electronic Stability Program (ESP), Speed Sensitive Power Steering(SPS), Brake Assist (BAS)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects via the CAN-B interior bus via Control gateway (CGW) ecu which communicates to;
* N72/1 Upper control panel (UCP) and then the S46/8 Distronic Switch Block in centre console.
* N10/8 Rear SAM control unit (REAR SAM)
* N28/1 Trailer recognition control unit (special equipment)

The N63/1 Distronic (DTR) ecu connects indirectly to these components;
* N49 Steering Angle Sensor
* S40/4 Cruise Control Switch
* S46/8 Console Switches
* A7/7y1 BAS solenoid valve

Distronic requires control unit adaptation in these ecu's and preferably in this order;
* Central gate way (CGW)
* Electronic ignition switch (EZS)
* Instrument cluster with maintenance display (ICM)
* Upper control panel (UCP)
* Motor electronics (ME-SFI)
* Distronic (DTR)

TIP: Be aware of the difference between Control unit adaptations and Control unit adaptations done in Development Mode. The former allows access to the main codes for a vehicle and should be used in most situations. The latter allows access to these main codes plus a lot of normally hidden codes and should only be used by experienced persons.

BE WARNED: Activation requires specialized expertise. Distronic activation with Star Diagnosis System (SDS) off-line is not possible for vehicles manufactured after 2004-06-01. ESP SPS BAS errors will result. These cars require coding using the SCN system via an on-line SDS. On these later model cars if you don't have option 219 added to the datacard and the engine management system upgraded to the latest version, then the Distronic will not work and an ESP error will alternate with SRS warnings on the instrument panel. Even if the vehicle is manufactured before 2004-06-01 similar ESP SPS BAS error messages may appear on the Instrument Cluster. The ME ecu should be updated to the latest version before undertaking this project.

TIP: The following steps and associated photographs may differ for different years and models of M-B cars.

TIP: Each Step has a summary and a detailed description. The summary is useful as a hard copy and can be used to guide you through the steps. It is recommended that you print out the summary for each step before starting.

===Activation – W220 before 2004-05-31===
W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31 do not require SCN coding and hence Distronic (DTR) Adaptation may be performed with an off-line SDS using Developer Mode.

The method for adapting the Distronic (DTR) is very similar to that used for changing the top speed limit (factory coded setting Vmax) of an AMG. BenzWorld member Bayhas Kana has posted a video [https://youtu.be/9xD9d1uRRbQ] on this topic and it is a useful guide for retrofitting the DTR as far as the coding is concerned. Also see; [http://www.benzworld.org/forums/r230...l#post12226361].

'''Note''': The author prefers to use a list of steps rather than a video as a tutorial because it can be printed and each step ticked off as they are completed.

'''Update 20200314:''' Success at last! The author, BenzWorld member 'ricebubbles' can now report the successful installation and coding of a Distronic in a 2003 Update W220 S500L. The project took 18 months and a lot of agony reverse engineering the various Variant codes, mostly in German, using an '''off-line''' Star Diagnosis System. The trick was to investigate every possible option for every electronic control unit, looking for anything possibly related to Cruise Control (most common cruise control fitted), Speedtronic (speed limiter) and Distronic (radar cruise control). The secret to the author's success was to find the Variant code in the CGW ecu for "CAN-C: Abstandsassistent" [=CAN-C: Distance Assistant] which was coded "nicht vorhanden" [=not available] and once this was changed to "vorhanden" [=available], along with the other more obvious changes shown below, the system worked perfectly.

The author used to think that the Speed Limiter was the best device in the W220, but now having tried Distronic, rates Distronic equal best with the Speed Limiter. It is the best modification done to his W220.

The following steps have been edited to reflect the successful procedure. Be aware that other cars may require different or additional steps.

The steps required for activating Distronic or Distance Tracking Radar (DTR) using Star Diagnosis System (SDS) with 'Factory Mode or Developer key' are as follows.
* Start XENTRY
* Configure COM Port from 19,200 to 9,600 bps.
* Add Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way
* Confirm Distronic in control unit CGW (Central gate way)
* Enable Distronic in control unit EZS (Electronic ignition switch)
* Enable Distronic in control unit ICM (Instrument cluster with maintenance display)
* Distronic and control unit UCP (Upper control panel)
* Unlock control unit ME-SFI 2.8 (Motor electronics) for Programming
* Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])
* Reset/Initialize control unit DTR (Distronic)
* Clear all fault codes

====STEP 00 MUST READ Preliminary====
SDS XENTRY is a real pain to use when changing the Motor Electronic (ME) ecu, especially the ecu unlock step, which nearly always took many attempts (using the same technique) before it would unlock.

It also helps to understand that there are two main modes of operation of XENTRY. The simplest, accessed via each ecu and '''Control unit adaptations''' return the Variant codings and the set option in English. This is how to open the ME ecu in this mode;
* ME Variant coding via Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Control unit adaptations > Variant Coding > Display of coding data > Coding.

The second mode, which is extremely powerful and if not used carefully, slowly and with considerable thought before each step, can end up "bricking" the car, ie rendering it useless, so be warned. It is called '''Developer mode''' and returns the Variant codings and the set and available options in German, so having a translation available before starting is essential. It is possible to create a reasonable translation by reading all the possible codes in the normal/simple mode (in English) and repeating in Developer Mode and comparing the two, line by line. This is how to open the ME ecu in this Developer Mode;
* Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung

A warning about Explizite Kodierung. As far as the author can ascertain, Explizite Kodierung seems to be a quick way for the factory to set '''multiple''' variant codes for a particular vehicle, with just a few mouse clicks in SDS. The same codes may be set, one by one, using Implizite Kodeirung, in a more controlled fashion. It took the author several days to recover after using Explizite Kodierung to change the ME ecu to what he thought was the correct vehicle. As well as making a couple of required changes, the SDS also changed a heap of other parameters and upset the vehicle completely. For example, the tyre settings changed to some weird specifications, which affected the Speedometer, Cruise Control and Speed Limiter (no Distronic at this stage) which were all different and out compared to a GPS speed indication by a factor of 1.9. TIP: Before you start on this or a similar project, make sure you have created a full backup record of every setting for every ecu, just in case something goes wrong. The translation printouts, if they are complete, will help in this regard, but you cannot beat having a photograph of every setting. Fortunately the author found some old photographs from two years before the
Explizite Kodiering mistake, otherwise he would not have been able to recover without a lot of trial and error.

The author found an Internet suggestion that the engine needs to be running and idling, for ME control unit programming to be properly stored and committed, didn't apply in his case. The vehicle MUST be connected to a battery charger though, and the car voltage (as seen on SDS) should not go below 12.6V.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted changing coding using SDS seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;

SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank (actually "- - -"), and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is mostly overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, (but do not transfer the read codes to a "new control unit" by pressing the "NO F4" button at the appropriate time. All going well, SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. The author found in the EIS (EZS) ecu that he coudn't get rid of the blanks and went ahead with the required changes any way, leaving most of the fields blank, and it didn't seem to matter if the fields as read/observed were left blank. The required changes were successfully made.

====STEP 01 Starting XENTRY====
Connect SDS (must have Developer Mode enabled) to vehicle

# Open XENTRY Diagnostics.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group.
# Click on vehicle eg S (220).
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle.
# Highlight the required model eg 220.175 – S500 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine.
# Highlight the relevant Engine eg 113.960.
# Highlight the relevant Transmission eg 722.901 and click '''Continue'''.
# Observe XENTRY, Brand > Product Group > Vehicle > Transmission/engine > Overview – Identification is complete.
# Click on the '''stethoscope''' icon on left to start Xentry Diagnostics application.
# Observe NOTES re damage to electronic components.
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe NOTES re Sicherheitshinweise [Safety instructions]
# Click '''F2''' to accept NOTES and go forward.
# Observe several windows with “Vehicle data are being read...”.
# Wait while “Data are being determined, please wait…”
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Main groups'''.
#: [[File:Distronic Retrofit 037.jpg|600px|center]]
# Highlight '''Control units''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.

'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 038.jpg|600px|center]]

====STEP 02 Add DTR to CGW====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. This tells the UCP and Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) that the car has Distronic, so once this is done the button for Distronic will light up.

In summary:
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ZGW
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit
* Coding has been read
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Replace the old control unit with the new control unit
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
** Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
** CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
*** Change nicht vorhanden [not available] to vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Main menu of control module ZGW'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ecu programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click F3.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title Control unit adaptations.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click OK to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement “The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “Coding has been read.”
# Observe statement: “Switch off ignition.”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with statement Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Switch on ignition
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
# Click on NO F4 (See TIP at beginning of this step to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit CGW with title Control unit adaptations
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding], then click '''F3'''.
# Observe “The coding is being read.”
# Observe page Control unit CGW with title Globale Variantencodierung [Global variant coding]
## Scroll up or down the page to see Abstandsregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
### Observe option nicht vorhanden [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select vorhanden [available]
## Scroll up or down the page to see CAN-C: Abstandsassistent [CAN-C: Distance Assistant]
### Observe option nicht vorhanden [not available]
### Use drop down menu to select vorhanden [available]
# Select F3 to go forward
# Observe statement “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Select YES F3
# Observe “The coding is being carried out.”
# Observe “The coding has been carried out.”
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

==== STEP 03 Confirm Distronic in CGW ====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to confirm Distronic (DTR) availability to the Central Gateway (CGW) ecu for M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. It is not really necessary to perform this step, but can give you reassurance that everything is going well.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* CGW – Central gateway
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and change if necessary.
* Distronic
* Observe Distronic PRESENT
* Now back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''CGW – Central Gateway ''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''CGW'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''CGW''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit CGW''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and change if necessary and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Highlight Distronic and click F3
# Observe page Control unit: CGW with title Read coding and change if necessary
# Observe Distronic PRESENT
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 04 Add DTR to EZS====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Electronic ignition switch (EZS or ZGW) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software;
* SDS appears to read the existing ecu settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then SDS will actually show the current values for the ecu. It doesn’t seem to matter if the fields as read/observed are blank.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Body
* EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)
* Clear any faults or events stored in memory
* Development data
* Control unit adaptations
* Main menu of control module EZS3
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Wait because it takes a long time.
* Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?
* NO F4
* Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Varcode_Description
* Abstandregeltempomat [Adaptive cruise control]
* Vorhanden [available]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Body''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Body'''.
# Highlight '''EZS – Electronic ignition switch ELCODE (DAS 3)''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
## A. Highlight '''Fault codes''', then click '''F3'''.
## B. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Fault codes'''.
## C. If there are Fault codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''.
## D. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase fault memory? If you delete fault codes, stored events will also be deleted.
## E. Click '''YES'''.
## F. If there are no Fault codes go back by clicking '''F1'''.
## G. Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
## H. Now check there are no remaining events stored in the car’s memory.
## I. Highlight '''Event memory''' and click '''F3'''.
## J. Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Event memory'''.
## K. If there are Event memory codes present erase them by clicking '''F9'''
## L. '''Note''' the question. Do you really wish to erase event memory? If you delete events, fault codes will also be deleted.
## M. Click '''YES'''.
## N. If there are no Event memory codes go back by clicking on '''F1'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Electronic ignition switch'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Main menu of control module EZS3'''.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit and click '''F3'''
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title Control unit adaptations.
# Observe the Warning; When replacing different control module versions (e.g. Q1 for Q2), wrong coding can occur. For this reason the code settings must be check (sic) under ‘Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)’.
# Click OK to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement “The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement: “Coding has been read.”
# Observe statement: “Switch off ignition.”
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. Wait until observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with statement Replace the old control unit with the new control unit.
# Observe statement: “Switch on ignition.”
# Switch on ignition.
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
# Click on NO F4. (See TIP to understand why this is done.)
# Observe the page Control unit EZS with title Control unit adaptations
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''.
#: '''Note''': This is the command for manual coding of different features in the vehicle.
# Click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Varcode_Description''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Abstandregeltempomat''' [Adaptive cruise control].
# Observe the associated field '''nicht vorhanden''' [not available].
# Use the drop down arrow to view the field options and highlight '''vorhanden''' [available].
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Read the question; Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
# Click on '''YES F3'''.
# Observe the page '''Control unit EZS''' with title '''Varcode_Description'''.
# Observe statement; The coding has been carried out.
# Click '''F2''' to forward.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#:'''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 05 Add DTR to ICM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to add Distronic (DTR) availability to the Instrument Cluster (ICM) electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Information and communication
* ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Variant coding
* Special equipment
* Select DTR Distronic
* PRESENT
* Select F5 “write codings”
* The coding has been changed.
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out.
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger.
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Information and communication''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Information and communication'''.
# Highlight '''ICM – Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Instrument cluster with maintenance interval display.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding, then click F3
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding
# Highlight '''Special equipment''' then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Note that DTR Distronic is not listed
# Select F2 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see and highlight DTR Distronic
# Observe the DTR Distronic coding '''NOT PRESENT'''.
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Read the DTR Distronic Notes on coding.
# Use the drop down arrow to view the DTR Distronic field options and highlight '''PRESENT''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ICM''' with title '''Special equipment'''.
# Select F5 “write codings”.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Special equipment.
# Note: “The coding has been changed.”
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Click on YES F3
# Read the status, “The coding is being carried out, please wait.”
# Read the status, The coding has been carried out.
# Observe the page Control unit ICM with title Variant coding.
#: Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 06 Add DTR to UCP====
Updated 20200314

It is not necessary to enable Distronic (DTR) availability in the Upper Control Panel (UCP) ecu for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31. Once the UCP and the Upper Control Panel (N72/1) is connected to the Switch block (S46/8) via the Electrical Cable, the switch and distance potentiometer should work. This can be verified using Star Diagnosis System in the normal way.

====STEP 07 Unlock ME for Programming====
Updated 20200317

The following steps may be used to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

In summary:
* Disconnect battery charger
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Development data
* Actuations
* Complete index of actuations
* Highlight Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access * authorization)].
* F3 to go forward
* F3 Start Action
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* If you see Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.] go back and repeat the last 3 or 4 steps.
* Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The author found this suggestion was not necessary, but if you are experiencing problems, it may help to have the engine running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Actuations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Highlight '''Complete index of actuations''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Actuations'''.
# Scroll up and down the page to see '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)].'''
#: [[File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]]]
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung''' [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization].
# Observe the Action: F3: Start.
# Click '''F3''' to confirm unlocking of the ME 2.8 SFI electronic control module ready for programming.
# When the request to unlock the ME 2.8 SFI ECU has worked you will see; '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# If you see '''Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt'''. [Access already allowed.]
#: [[File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]]]
# And then when proceeding see the error message: “'''Communication error 8.561.6067'''” .
#: [[File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Communication error 8.561.6067]]
# It means the ecu is still '''locked and unavailable for coding'''. Go back to the start and repeat the steps.
#:TIP: Experience has shown that you may have to repeat the ME ecu unlock procedure from the beginning several times to get it to work properly.
#:TIP: If that doesn't work,it sometimes helps to read the Variant codings first using ''Control unit groups > Drive > ME-SFI 2.8 > Development data > Control unit adaptations > Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit > F4 > Control unit adaptations (Variant Coding) > Implizite Kodierung.''
# Then go back to the start and repeat the steps.
# When the ME ecu unlocking is successful, observe the statement: '''Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben''' [Access allowed, features enabled].
#: [[File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG|500px|center|thumb|none|Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]]]
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 08 Enable ART in ME (Using Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding])====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to change the coding option in the ME ecu from Cruise Control to AbstandsRegelTempomat (ART) [Distance rule cruise control] for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

TIP: Unlocking the ME ecu '''must''' be done before doing any coding changes to the ME ecu.

TIP: The ME ecu is particularly difficult to unlock and may require several attempts before you see "Result: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben" [Access allowed, features enabled]. If you see "Result: Zugriff bereits erlaubt." [Access already allowed.] the ecu may not be unlocked and you will get an error message when proceeding: “Communication error 8.561.6067”. This means the ecu is locked and unavailable for coding so go back and repeat the unlock procedure.

'''BE WARNED:''' Do not use Explizite Kodierung for this project. Explizite Kodierung [=Explicit coding] is as the name suggests a method for setting multiple ME codes in one step. It assumes that you know exactly what the existing codes are and mean. You '''MUST''' make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You '''WILL''' need the original settings afterwards to identify what has been changed by Explizite Kodierung. The following shows a procedure to use Implizite Kodierung [=Implicit coding] to manually change as few or as many individual ME codes as required. It is far less risky than using Explizite Kodierung.

TIP: The original ME ecu appears to have a built-in cruise control function. This needs to be either disabled or switched over to Distronic (DTR) as you don't want two settings fighting for control.

TIP: Enthusiasts who have attempted this step seem to have discovered a possible quirk/bug in the SDS software; During the step where you first select "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS appears to read the existing settings, then when the screen appears, the fields are blank, and SDS states that one or more setting is invalid. This quirk is overcome by first using "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data, then when entering "Implizite Kodierung” [Implicit Coding], SDS actually shows the current values for the ME ecu. Use a camera to photograph every DAS screen observed during this reading process and certainly record the value of every discovered setting once they are available.

TIP: It is almost essential that you make a record of all ME codes via Implizite Kodierung -> "Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit" just to read the data '''BEFORE''' making any changes. You may need the original settings after wards to identify what has been changed and to correct any mistakes or to put the ME ecu back into its original configuration.

In summary:
* Engine on and idling
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Safety notes
* Erase any faults or stored events
* Development data
* Main menu of control module ME28
* Control unit adaptations
* Read coding and/or transfer data to a new control unit
* Note “The files to be copied are being identified…”
* Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
* OK
* “The coding is being read, please wait.”
* Coding has been read.
* Switch off ignition.
* Switch on ignition
* “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
* NO F4
* Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
* Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)
* Implizite Kodierung [Implicit Coding]
* F3
* Scroll to 0272 bis [to] 0273
** Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
* Scroll to 0202 bis [to] 0203 Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present]
** Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
* Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?
* YES F3
* The coding has been carried out
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Disconnect battery charger and start engine
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8''', the click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
# Read the safety notes and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''ME-SFI 2.8 – Motor electronics 2.8'''.
#: '''Note''': Before performing any adaptation coding any existing fault codes and event memory records should be erased. This was performed at Major Step above Unlock ME 2.8 SFI for Programming.
# Highlight '''Development data''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Main menu of control module ME28'''.
#: '''Important Note''': The engine needs to be running and idling, for ME ECM programming modification to be properly saved and permanently stored.
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations''' and click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Read coding and/or transfer download data to a new control unit.
# Click F3 to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Warning.
# Click OK to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations with Note “Download data cannot be automatically transferred to the new control unit.”
# Click OK to go forward
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement “The coding is being read, please wait.”
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with statement: Coding has been read.
# Observe statement: Switch off ignition.
# Switch off ignition and check SDS screen. Wait until you observe statement: Switch on ignition.
# Switch on ignition and restart engine.
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the new control unit?”
# Click NO F4
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
# Highlight '''Control unit adaptations (Variant coding)'''. (This is for manual coding of different features in the vehicle).
# Click '''F3''' to go forward.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Control unit adaptations'''.
# Highlight '''Implizite Kodierung''' [Implicit Coding] then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''ME-SFI 2.8''' with title '''Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand'''.
#: TIP: Scroll over all available pages with the heading Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 and title Implizite Kodierung ME28 F3-Stand, and photograph all field values as-found. Keep as a record in case something goes wrong later.
# Scroll up or down the page to 0272 bis [to] 0273 and observe field entry Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [Cruise control active].
# Observe the drop down field options for 0272 bis [to] 0273.
#: TIP: The options translated mean;
#: Bandende, kein ART (Tempomat aktiv) [End of the tape, no ART (cruise control active) or [=Normal Cruise Control and DTR not present]]
#: Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active) or [=DTR present or cruise control functionality in traction system and normal Cruise Control inactive]]
#: Bandende externe fahrgeschwindigkeitsregelung [banding external vehicle speed control]
# Highlight Bandende, ART (Tempomat nicht Aktiv) [End of the tape, ART (cruise control not active)]
# Scroll up or down the page to 0202 bis [to] 0203
# Observe field entry Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer ein [SPEEDTRONIC present].
# Observe the drop down field options for 0202 bis [to] 0203
# Highlight Motor-Code E/A 2, var.Geschw.begrenzer aus [SPEEDTRONIC not present or SPEEDTRONIC functionality in traction system]
# F3 to go forward
# Read the question, “Is the coding to be transferred to the control unit?”
# Click on YES F3
# Observe the status, The coding is being carried out. TIP: If you see “Communication error 8.561.6067” the ME ecu is not unlocked.
# Observe the statement: The coding has been carried out.
# Click OK
# Observe the page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title ME-SFI 2.8 F3 – Motor electronics 2.8.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations and click F3
# Highlight Variant coding and click F3
# Observe Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Control unit adaptations
# Highlight Variant coding and click F3
# Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Variant coding
# Highlight Display of coding data and click F3
# Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Display of coding data
# Highlight Coding and click F3
# Observe page Control unit ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding
#: TIP: Photograph all as-found field entries for ME-SFI 2.8 with title Coding and keep as a record.
# Scroll down and observe 0202 – 0203 SPEEDTRONIC: Present
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

====STEP 10 Reset/Initialize DTR ECM====
Updated 20200314

The following steps may be used to reset/initialize DTR electronic control module for a M-B W220 manufactured before 2004-05-31.

In summary:
* Connect battery charger
* Control unit groups
* Drive
* DTR Distronic
* Erase any fault codes or events stored in memory
* Control unit adaptations
* Preconditions
* Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?
* YES F3
* Control module has been successfully initialized.
* F2 to go forward
* Switch off ignition
* Switch on ignition
* Back out gracefully

In detail:
# Connect battery charger
# Perform the steps for Starting XENTRY above or continue from the last step.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Control unit groups'''.
# Highlight '''Drive''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page Control unit '''---''' with title '''Drive'''.
# Highlight '''DTR - Distronic''', then click '''F3'''.
# Observe the page '''---''' with title '''DTR – Distronic'''.
# On some models may need to highlight ARS100/130 (Two-Box) (W220 up to 2004-05-31) and click F3.
# Clear fault codes.
# Observe the page DTR with title Distronic.
# Highlight Control unit adaptations, then click F3.
# Observe the page DTR with title Control unit adaptations.
# Note the preconditions.
# Read the Question; “Is the procedure (initializing DTR ECU) to be carried out now?”.
# Click YES F3
# Observe the page Control unit DTR
# Observe “Control module has been successfully initialized.”
# Click F2 to go ahead
Observe command “Switch off ignition”
# Switch off ignition.
# Check SDS screen.
# Observe command “Switch on ignition”
# Switch on ignition.
# Now back out gracefully.
# Observe the page Control unit --- with title Control unit groups
#: '''This is the starting page for all DTR adaptations.'''

===Activation – W220 after 2004-06-01===
For the Activation, David Prokity recommends;
*Replace the main factory software with new. The programming that brings the car to life was basically reinstalled with Distronic added.
*Have the code number (219) added to the data card, which is the build card ie the factory record of the items installed like Parktronics, TPMS, Voice Command, NAV etc.
*Have SCN code added to the Engine Management System.

==Calibration – Distronic==
It is essential that the three radar beams of the Distronic can detect and recognise vehicles at the correct distances and positions on the road.
[[File:Distronic Retrofit 055.jpg|700px|center]]

The Radar Sensor Unit has three screws for adjusting the transmit angle.

It is preferable that the Distronic calibration and alignment be performed by a M-B expert using a special alignment tool.

See section Special Tools [https://w220.ee/Special_Tools#Distronic_.28DTR.29_Calibration_Tool Distronic (DTR) Calibration Tool]

One BenzWorld member posted "To aim the unit you just turn the mounting screws all the way in by hand . Do not torque just bottom them out. Back out 1½ turns and you are set. Drive around and over time you will see if you need to adjust. It is really that easy and no expensive equipment is required."

Also checkout

AR30.30-p-1000R: Check/adjust sensor setting of Distronic (DTR).

AR30.30-p-1010Q: Remove/install Distronic sensor (DTR).

File:20200317 Communication error 8.561.6067.JPG

2020-03-17T10:00:31Z

Ricebubbles: Communication error 8.561.6067

Communication error 8.561.6067

File:20200317 Access already allowed.JPG

2020-03-17T09:58:00Z

Ricebubbles: Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]

Zugriff bereits erlaubt. [Access already allowed.]

File:20200317 Access allowed, features enabled.JPG

2020-03-17T09:53:23Z

Ricebubbles: Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]

Zugriff erlaubt, Funktionen freigegeben [Access allowed, features enabled]

File:20200317 Control unit unlocked.JPG

2020-03-17T09:48:23Z

Ricebubbles: Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]

Steuergerät entriegein (DJ_Zugriffsberechtigung) [Control unit unlocked (DJ_Access authorization)]